subtle energy: healing and transformation
DESCRIPTION
Master research/thesis on the working mechanisms of the subtle body system of the chakras, nadis and prana (subtle energy) in healing and transformation. The research cross-examine these phenomena in a interdisciplinary way with a specific concentration on integrating existing knowledge on the esoteric knowledge of the chakras and its governing system. Moreover, the research attempt to bring together eastern wisdom and western knowledge on the spectrum of consciousness. Interdisciplinary lenses used are performing arts, eastern philosophy and transpersonal psychology (amongst others disciplines). Methods employed are hermeneutic phenomenology, journaling, laboratory research and critical review of relevant literature with direct exploratory research.TRANSCRIPT
UNIVERSITY OF CALGARY
Subtle Energy: Healing and Transformation
by
Giuseppe Rosato
A THESIS
SUBMITTED TO THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES
IN PARTIAL FULFILMENT OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS
INTERDISCIPLINARY GRADUATE PROGRAM
CALGARY, ALBERTA
JULY, 2010
© Giuseppe Rosato 2010
ii
Abstract
The purpose of this hermeneutic phenomenological study was to make intelligible
order out of the whole phenomenon of subtle body energy in relation to healing and
transformation in the present day meaning of health, psychology and spirituality. This
was done by drawing on meditational, transpersonal and health science literature.
Health science literature on the application of specific yogic subtle body
modalities supports the initial notion that these are non-invasive, safe and effective.
However, this study argues for a further implementation of research on the transpersonal
multidimensionality of individuals, as this could produce effective application of
alternative subtle energy modalities.
My final overall conclusion, based on the interpretative phenomenological
analysis of the interdisciplinary literature and experiential data, is that the theory of subtle
energy in healing is quite likely to be more than mere speculation.
iii
Acknowledgements
I would like to express the deepest appreciation to my supervisor, Dr. A. W.
Barber, who has continually and convincingly conveyed a spirit of adventure and
encouragement from the very early stage of the thesis. Without his guidance and
persistent help this thesis would not have been possible.
I would like to thank my committee members, Dr. Nancy Dudley and Professor
Darcy McGehee for their encouragement, guidance and support from the initial to the
final writing of my thesis. Their talent and originality triggered and nourished my
intellectual maturity.
I am much indebted to Dr. Thomas Mouat for supporting me in fine tuning the
thesis, and using his precious time to provide his valuable and critical comments about it.
Words fail me to express my appreciation to my loving life long friend and
partner Sunitha who shares a passion for yoga and ―point of awareness‖ with me. I am
grateful for her love, patience, and persistent confidence in me.
A special thank you to Vladimir, my yoga teacher, who more than other yoga
teachers gave me a strong foundation in understanding and mastering yogasanas and kept
the flame of yoga alive; to Sonia, my Reiki teacher, who introduced me to the healing art
of subtle energy; to Swami Shyam Lal, who with his siddhi powers helped me focus on
various chakras causing an activation of that specific energy; and, finally, to Sujata and
Captain Menon for their keen interest in the subject of my thesis and their inspiring
mantras towards the success of the project.
Finally, I prostrate myself at the feet of ―my‖ Guru Ji.
iv
Dedication
This thesis is dedicated to my father, who taught me that knowledge has no value
unless it was put into practice. It is also dedicated to my mother, who taught me the value
of perseverance and patience. Finally, I dedicate my hard work to Lakshmi and Daisy
who bestowed me with oodles of love and care that I will treasure forever.
v
Table of Contents
Abstract ............................................................................................................................... ii Acknowledgements ............................................................................................................ iii
Dedication .......................................................................................................................... iv Table of Contents .................................................................................................................v List of Tables ................................................................................................................... viii Epigraph ............................................................................................................................. ix
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................1 Theoretical Framework ............................................................................................2 Personal Framework ................................................................................................6
Purpose and Rationale............................................................................................12 Potential Significance ............................................................................................14 Thesis Overview ....................................................................................................14 Methodological Background ..................................................................................15
The methodological rationale behind the study. ...........................................15 Phenomenology and hermeneutics. ..............................................................18
Applying hermeneutic phenomenology. .......................................................23 Philosophical Background .....................................................................................26
Historical Background: Indic Meditational Literature on Subtle Body System ....31 Hindu tantric literature. .................................................................................32
Hindu non-tantric literature...........................................................................34 Buddhist tantric literature. ............................................................................36
Background and Definitions Related to the Subtle Body System .........................38
Background of Transpersonal Psychology and Integral Theories .........................45 Definitions of transpersonal psychology. .....................................................47
Therapeutic framework of transpersonal psychology. ..................................48
CHAPTER 2: REVIEW OF LITERATURE ....................................................................52 Introduction ............................................................................................................52
Yoga as a way of personal development.......................................................53
Kundalini yoga as a new opportunity. ..........................................................59 New understanding of human evolution. ......................................................60 Personal development and spiritual growth. .................................................61 Subtle body system. ......................................................................................67
Main structure. ....................................................................................67
Healing and transformation. ...............................................................68 Ontological and phenomenological meanings. ..................................69 Therapeutic benefits. ..........................................................................71
Measurement of yoga practices. ...................................................................72 Conclusion .............................................................................................................73 Integral Framework ................................................................................................74
Subtle energy-consciousness. .......................................................................74
Conundrum of consciousness. ......................................................................76 Spectrum of consciousness. ..........................................................................80
vi
Pinnacle of consciousness: Transcendence. ..................................................82 Overview ................................................................................................................83
Integral development model of growth: Chakras & psychological stages. ..86 Body-mind and spiritual awareness. .............................................................88
Creativity and transcendent consciousness. .......................................88 Body-mind relationship. .....................................................................93
Summary and Conclusion. .....................................................................................95
CHAPTER 3: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY ..............................................................97 Descriptive Phenomenological Analysis of Literature ..........................................98
Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis of Experiential Literature.................100
Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis of the Overall Study .........................101
CHAPTER 4: EXAMINATION OF MEDITATIONAL LITERATURE ......................103 Examination of Ancient Meditational Literature .................................................103
Hindu tantric literature. ...............................................................................103 Hindu non-tantric literature.........................................................................105
Buddhist tantric literature. ..........................................................................110 A Comparative Study of the Main ‗Subtle Body Systems‘ .................................116
Two main chakras models. .........................................................................117 The main nadis system................................................................................118
The life-force-energy and its mechanics. ....................................................120 Yogic subtle body practice and its purpose. ...............................................120
Interpretation of the subtle body system. ....................................................124 Summary of comparative findings. .............................................................126 Some conclusions to the preliminary section..............................................129
CHAPTER 5: A BROAD STUDY OF ‘ENERGY-HEALING-THEORY’ ...................131 Consciousness: A Theoretical Study ...................................................................131
Conundrum of defining and sorting out consciousness. .............................132 Theoretical systems. ....................................................................................133
Western scientific-materialistic group. .............................................133 Towards integral vision. ...................................................................135
East-West integral movement. .........................................................139 Tripartite system of consciousness: Body-mind and spirit integration. ......141 Spectrum of consciousness. ........................................................................145 A brief summary of consciousness theories................................................146
Conclusion. ..........................................................................................................147
Integral Framework ..............................................................................................149 Basis for integral psycho-therapeutics. .......................................................149 Integrating yoga and psychotherapy. ..........................................................150 Integrating yoga and western medicine. .....................................................151
The raison d‘être of integral practice. .........................................................152 Chakras as psychotherapeutic development models. .................................153 Characterization of the development stages. ..............................................154
Energy-Healing Theory: A Study ........................................................................157 Examination of yoga based modalities. ......................................................158
vii
Measurement of psychosomatic health benefits. ...............................158 Neuro measurement of altered state of consciousness. ......................162
Summary/overview. ....................................................................................164 The work of energy as a basis in yoga practice. .........................................166
Relationship between health and spirituality in yoga. ................................167 A case study of mantra application. ...........................................................170
Energy activation through mantra. ...................................................171 Possible implication of mantra modality. ........................................174 Applying sonic entrainment. ............................................................175
Discussion and Conclusion ..................................................................................177
Self-experiential Study on Subtle Body Patterns .................................................180
An integral creative approach to energy activation. ...................................180 Tantra and artistic inquiry: Integral approaches. ........................................184 Summary and preamble. .............................................................................189 Identify the main constituents of this self-experiential study. ....................191
Self-experiential laboratory. .............................................................191 Participant: Myself. ..........................................................................195
Chakras as an integral developmental model. ..................................197 Journaling. ........................................................................................203 Methodology. ...................................................................................203
Main direction and purposes of self-experiential study. .............................204
Report of journal and chakra analysis. .......................................................204 Discussion of findings and conclusion. ...............................................................215
CHAPTER 6: DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION ......................................................222 Ontological Meaning of the Subtle Body System................................................222 Consciousness and Energy Interrelations ............................................................226
Overview. .............................................................................................................228 Conundrum of Sorting Out Consciousness. .........................................................229 Chakra System: An Integral Psychotherapeutic Development Model. ...............230
Implication of Yoga and Mantra Modalities .......................................................232
Intepretative Phenomenological Analysis of the Subtle Energy Phenomenon ....234
Conclusion to the Methodology ...........................................................................237 Overall Conclusion ..............................................................................................240 Disclaimer ............................................................................................................241
REFERENCES ................................................................................................................243
viii
List of Tables
Table A: Hindu Chakra Model ...................................................................................... 109
Table B: The Hevajra Tantra Chakra Model ................................................................. 112
Table C - The Inner Kalachakratantra Chakra Model .................................................... 112
Table D - Kalacakratantra Chakra Model ...................................................................... 116
Table E - Hindu and Buddhist Anatomy of Channels .................................................... 119
Table F - Vedic and Buddhist Structure of Mind-Consciousness ................................... 143
Table G - Yoga‘s Therapeutic Paradigm ........................................................................ 168
Table H - Chakras‘ Psychological Energies/Emotions and Tasks ................................. 201
ix
Epigraph
―There are numberless energy rays in the Universe…All rays…come from the
subtle nature of the Universe…The interwoven energy net influences the
lives of individual human beings, whole societies and entire races…A virtuous
individual who responds to the high, pure, harmonious Subtle Energy rays
and integrates them with the positive elements of his own inner being may
strengthen his life, enhance his health and power and lengthen his years‖
Lao Tzu (500 B.C., 1979)
1
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
This thesis is about the subtle energy phenomenon that positively affected my
psychosomatic system, resolving physical health issues and enhancing my sense of
psychological well-being and spiritual perception. When I use the words health, healing
and transformation, I am talking about the holistic welfare of the individual, which
includes physical and psychosomatic health and well-being, as well as the expansion of
consciousness and spiritual evolution. In my experience, confirmed by the main classic
literature on subtle energy phenomenon, wellness does not simply occur on its own
accord; rather, a systematic self-awareness and spiritual discipline is needed so that this
subtle energy can be purposefully activated and directed. One of the few systems of self-
awareness and spiritual discipline that affirms entirely the prescribed phenomenon and its
mode of operation is Tantric yoga, which in the West is more commonly known as
Kundalini yoga. In this thesis, by focusing through the lens of Kundalini yoga and other
Indic spiritual traditions such as Hinduism and Buddhism, that were directly influenced
by the tantra body of knowledge, I endeavour to understand the fundamental theoretical
and practical principles that govern the subtle energy phenomenon. My aim is to broaden
my potential for personal and professional development, while enhancing my spiritual
growth.
I am physically and psychologically involved with the phenomenon; because, in
practical terms, I directly experience its therapeutic work. In addition, I am also involved
with it at the intuitive and conscious levels; because I feel driven by unfathomable forces
to investigate academically the prescribed phenomenon in the context of ancient Indic
traditions and Western modes and principles of artistic inquiry, in a present-day integral
2
meaning. In a very broad sense, this research is not only meant to resolve issues of
personal development and spiritual purpose in my life; but also to contribute, albeit little,
to the huge effort that scholars and professionals around the world are making to
understand this putative energy phenomenon and its governing system. My thesis is
inspired by the great spiritual traditions of the East, particularly tantric yoga; new
emerging integral science of the West, particularly transpersonal psychology; and the
inspiring modes and principles of artistic inquiry.
Theoretical Framework
Many Eastern spiritual traditions hold that that the prime element permeating all
living beings is vital energy. Vital energy is also referred to as vital breath, life-force,
life-energy and subtle energy in Western culture, and as chi in China, ki in Japan, and
prana in Sanskrit. Vital energy is one of the underlying theoretical and practical
principles that many Eastern spiritual and therapeutic traditions share. In simplistic terms,
vital energy can be understood as energy that is important for sustaining life. Also,
another prime principle of the Eastern philosophies is that subtle energy responds to
human awareness or consciousness. Moreover, these Eastern traditions share the common
belief that this vital energy can be channelled along a complex energetic body positioned
within and without the human anatomical structure. This complex energetic body system
is also referred to as the subtle body system or anatomy.
Although many Eastern traditions incorporate the concept of vital energy, all
research requires some degree of focus. Therefore, notwithstanding the fact that China
has produced a rich systemic knowledge and literature (e.g., for example, the spiritual
tradition of Taoism with its traditional materia medica of Acupuncture) that directly
3
works with the ‗subtle energy‘ (chi) and ‗subtle body anatomy‘ (meridians); and,
however interesting and fruitful the contribution of Chinese thought would be to this
thesis, my research tackles the prescribed topic by focusing on another important Eastern
geographical area: the Indian subcontinent.
Early on in my research, for reasons which will be made clear in the section that
elucidates my personal framework, I proposed to concentrate solely on the spiritual and
practical discipline of Kundalini yoga--the specific yoga that deals with the phenomenon
of subtle energy and its subtle body system. However, the importance of including
mainstream Indian spiritual traditions, namely Hindu and Buddhist, which have been
influenced by the practical disciplines of tantrism and yoga, became clear after a
scrupulous examination of the issues with my academic supervisor, Dr. A. W. Barber. As
I discovered, an examination of the literature of these traditions allows the research to
have a multidisciplinary framework, which is a fundamental aspect of the research. It also
allows more exact, accurate data to be obtained. This breadth increases accuracy because
the intermingling of the mainstream spiritual traditions of Hinduism and Buddhism with
tantric yoga movements, and the commingling of them all, otherwise makes
distinguishing where one thought or practices ends and the next begins extremely
difficult. However, with regards to the topic of study, the specific literature that deals
with the phenomenon of subtle energy and its sustaining subtle body system is the Tantra.
The word Tantra applies to any of the Indic spiritual scriptures that are commonly
identified with the worship of Shakti (Brahmacharini, 1990, p. 77). Feuerstein (2003)
defines ―Shakti (―power‖)‖ as ―The dynamic or creative principle of existence‖ (p. 269),
which, in conjunction with prana or kundalini, comes to represent a creative force found
4
in life-energy (prana/kundalini-shakti), which is essential to healing and transformation.
A review of the Tantra literature permits an interdisciplinary perspective on how subtle
energy operates, for example, in relation to healing and transformation, within the Indic
spiritual and meditational context. This is a necessary prelude to contextualizing the
researched topic within a present-day meaning.
Parenthetically, according to the Indic meditational traditions, the subtle body
anatomy comprises chakras, which are ―the psychoenergetic vortices from the major
‗organs‘ of the body composed of life energy (prana)‖ (Feuerstein, 1997, pp. 67-69) and
nadis, which are ―the flow of the psychosomatic energy‖ (Feuerstein, 2003, pp. 193-194)
and/or ―the networks of subtle energy channels that sustain the physical body‖
(Feuerstein, 1997, p. 194). Therefore, I will interchangeably use the word prana with
vital energy, life-energy or subtle energy; and, I will use the terms subtle body system,
chakras system or pranic body/anatomy interchangeably, when I refer to the subtle
energy body/anatomy.
The Indic meditational traditions broadly assert that subtle energy manifests
within and without the subtle body system or anatomy, both in gross and subtle forms.
For example, it manifests as oxygen, which is a less subtle aspect of vital energy; and it
manifests as a subtle energy or prana that permits healing and transformation. Of course,
a variety of Indic traditions presupposes diversity of interpretation. Nevertheless, I
believe that by focusing on the intersecting commonalities, clarity can be achieved. For
example, anticipating some of the findings illustrated in chapter 4, these traditions share
many systemic concepts of particular interest for this study. This occurs with the notion
of subtle energy or prana, the subtle body system or chakras and nadis, and their modus
5
operandi; and, most notably, in their common quest for transformation and evolution of
consciousness and spiritual enlightenment or samadhi (in skt.). Samadhi can be defined
as ―liberation‖ from bondage (Bhattacharyya, 1986, p. 174), thus, in ultimate analysis is
―the prevailing of a person‘s true nature, and the overcoming of limitations and suffering‖
(Fields, 2001, p. 6). These traditions unanimously affirm that a prerequisite for the
obtainment of samadhi is the strict observation of a practice of realization or ―spiritual
practice‖ (Flood, 1996, pp. 92, 156, 160, 167) or sadhana (in skt.). Specifically, what
these traditions describe in their literature is the prime notion that subtle energy is an
essential and common life-force, which one needs to bring to a focus in the practice of
self-realization or sadhana. In other words, life-energy is not only accepted and
understood through philosophical and theological constructs, but also through direct
experience obtained through the employment of a subtle practice taught in all the Indic
spiritual traditions. Moreover, many of the tantric techniques are used as remedies in
Indic whole medical systems such as Ayurveda. In this regard, Wallace (2001) points out
that ―the early Buddhist materia medica was also similar to that of the Ayurveda‖ (p. 49).
Healing is another aspect that is directly related to subtle energy and the yoga that
governs it. Healing, in its holistic definition, is very much a tantric way of seeing: Tantric
teaching admits that we need ―a sound mind in a sound body,‖ (Fields, 2001, p. 6) with
the aim of ―recovering the wholeness‖ ( p. 6). This perspective includes an evolutionary
spiritual path, leading to transformative consciousness. Fields (2001) further explains
that, although ―recovering the wholeness‖ (p. 6) or samadhi is the ultimate goal of yoga,
nonetheless, a practice of realization (or sadhana) is required to recover such wholeness;
and the practice always deals with the spectrum of an individual‘s development, ranging
6
from physical to emotional and from mental to spiritual, which is ultimately necessary in
order to achieve healing in the holistic sense, including transformation of consciousness.
Also implicit in the tantric traditions is the concept that imbalance in and
stagnation of the flow of vital energy or prana, within and without the gross (e.g., vital
organs) and subtle body anatomy, results in illness and lack of well-being. Therefore,
health and well-being are achieved by restoring the balance and the flow of subtle energy.
However, the Indic spiritual traditions argue that health and well-being are only the
preliminary and necessary stage for a third stage associated with healing that involves
consciousness development and spiritual transformation.
Personal Framework
The phenomenon of the subtle body system, which I scrutinize in this research, is
of great personal interest. I have, since I was very young, felt an existential need to make
sense of my life outside the realm of materialism. When I speak of materialism, I mean
both a view of life as being governed by the pursuit of capital for consumerist power and
a vision of reality confined to logical sensory perceptions. I seek to surpass materialism;
because, in the past, the feelings that had been most constant in my life-pattern were
characterized by an intuitive awareness that something was missing in my life and a
subconscious sense that the absence was causing a deep feeling of being disjointed. At
that time I was not equipped to comprehend the possible reasons for such feelings and I
was not ready to explore in-depth the possibility of extension beyond the parameters of
logical thought. This disjointed condition aggravated my moods, which were
characterized, at best, by a temporary frustration, sensed as a painful isolation from my
surroundings, an incapacity to relate to others (e.g., family and friends), and a lack of
7
personal fulfilment, and, at worst, by a depressive psychological state, full of negative
thought patterns.
Despite my lack of professional training in psychology, I had learned to associate
these moods with neurotic futures. Nonetheless, I have so far experienced a fairly normal
life, with many personal and professional accomplishments. As a matter of fact, neurosis
seems to be a very general kind of mental disorder. A quick Google search on the
meaning of neurosis yields comforting results. For example, Dorland‘s medical
dictionary defines neurosis as:
Former name for a category of mental disorders characterized by anxiety and
avoidance behavior. In general, the term has been used to refer to disorders in
which the symptoms are distressing to the person, but reality testing does not
yield unusual results, behavior is not outside the socially acceptable, and there is
no apparent physical condition to cause it. Disorders that used to be called
neuroses are now classified as anxiety disorders, dissociative disorders, mood
disorders, sexual disorders, and somatoform disorders. (Dorland, 2007)
This initial explanation for my interest in this field is important to my thesis,
because it links my research and earlier intuition of what Jung (1990) considers the
importance of energising with spiritual forces. I also believe that it was this visceral quest
that led me to future life-events characterised by an ever increasing inner awareness. In
my case, such enlightenment as I have gained has been achieved through exploration of
the Eastern spiritual discipline, yoga.
Today, yoga accounts for many authoritative schools and manuals, which are the
collected knowledge of a written and oral collection of ancestral, ―scientific‖ knowledge.
8
I learnt to understand that each of these schools is like an appendage to something larger
or more important. However, this something can somehow still perform a primary
function with or without this appendage. My first experience with this discipline was in
Hatha yoga. Generally, in the Western context, Hatha yoga is related with a form of yoga
mistakenly taken to be the simple practice of asanas (physical postures), pranayama
(breathing techniques) and mind concentration techniques. Moreover, based on my
experience during the first five years of practice in England, where I had enrolled in
many Hatha yoga courses, a typical class of 1 to 1.5 hour duration, only 5 to 10 minutes
was dedicated to pranayamas and meditation. Thus, yoga is generally thought in the
West to be mere physical gymnastics of the body. Fortunately, some of my teachers were
genuine about the discipline, and I benefited immensely from the repetitive and strenuous
physical exercise and the communication of theoretical knowledge. I became more aware
of my body and mind in those years of practice. I also noticed that my mental
concentration skills were enormously enhanced, which is a prerequisite for body control
and physically demanding postures. Moreover, to achieve certain advances in performing
the postures, I had to train mentally to manage pain, to make use of proper breathing
techniques, and to enhance endurance in holding these postures. Another element that is
proper to yoga postures and its relation to mind is the initiation to cumbersome postures,
which I felt not only enabled my body to be more flexible but also made my mind more
receptive to difficult situations, in other words, more elastic and receptive. However,
eager to know more, after a few years I began a self-practice using readily available
manuals that contained mostly practical explanations about how to perform exercises, but
very little detail about yoga theory. After almost ten years of ups and downs in the
9
practice, I committed myself to training that prepared me to teach professionally and that
taught more advanced techniques, specifically in breathing and meditation. During the
years 1998 to 2001, I began an intense training schedule. I progressed to creatively
exploring with pranayamas, kriyas, meditation and other subtle body practices, which
gradually revealed to me insights into the complex relation between the body, mind and
breath. During these years I noticed slow but steadily advancing result from this
continuous exploration of the various aspects of the complex yogic discipline: my
lifestyle changes were leading me to increasing physiological harmony; my mental poise
was improving; and my mental outlook was more positive. Usually, after a yogic
practice, I felt more graceful, rejuvenated, grounded, relaxed, balanced and clear-minded.
The benefits increased after longer periods of subtle body practice and diminished when I
stopped or reduced the practice. However, until 2004, I had not truly glimpsed the power
of subtle energy and its connection with the subtle body system of the chakras. In 2004, I
was experiencing a period in my life that I would describe, in a non-medical term, as a
‗mental breakdown‘, due to emotional imbalances. (I will omit the personal details as I
believe they are not germane to this thesis). A series of critical events during this period
weakened my immune system and psychological equilibrium, manifesting in disorders.
For example, I experienced upper gastrointestinal bleeding (i.e., acute ulcer), skin rash,
panic attacks, anxiety, low self-esteem and so forth. Moreover, during this crisis, I
decreased my yoga practice and teaching significantly. Phenomenally, I was introduced
to a local healer, a combination of Reiki master, chakra healer and medium (at time I was
living in Cuba), who introduced me to the concept of subtle energy and chakras in a
practical way. She systematically instructed me in various techniques for becoming aware
10
of the subtle energy present within and without my body; and, most important, she
trained me to channel subtle energy to the various chakras centres. As part of my
training, I was given a fortnight of self healing treatment that consisted mainly of
attuning the chakras centres with the channelling of subtle energy through self hands
application, meditation on visualization of my chakras as healthy, and so forth. At the
end of the treatment I was given a series of healing sessions and subsequently initiated
into becoming a Reiki master, at which time I had the visual experience of the forefront
chakra, so that theoretical and corporeal understanding became even more a sensible
manifestation.
This period of training, with a mix of theory, practice, and application of
therapeutic treatments, either by this healer or self applied, allowed me not only to
become physically, mentally and spiritually aware of the subtle energy and the chakras
subtle body system, but also to experience, in a relatively short time of about three
months, a general enhancement of health and well-being at the physical, emotional,
mental and spiritual levels. This improvement could be measured in terms of improved
health, my ulcer was cured completely; mentally and emotionally I was more balanced, I
had become more reliable to myself and others; and my panic attacks and anxiety
subsided. In a few months, I was not only feeling a higher self-esteem that brought
meaningfulness back to my personal life but I also advanced my professional life as a
yoga teacher and Reiki healer. Worth mentioning is that, during the some period, I had
taken parts in various professional workshops on psychosomatic disciplines relating to
such artistic inquiry modalities as dance movement, creative writing, and drama. Like
yoga and Reiki, these workshops suggested to me, albeit based on a short exposure, the
11
validity of certain principles (e.g., creativity, aesthetic motifs, and movement) as possible
factors enhancing energy and aiding healing and transformation.
While in Cuba, I completed Reiki masters initiations and certifications. As a result
of these events, I travelled in India during 2005, taking the opportunity to retrain in
various yoga ashrams and Reiki centres. In that year, I completed intensive yoga teacher
training, at the Sivananda International School of Yoga, and further Reiki master training
and certification. Upon returning to Europe, I started teaching yoga full time in various
community centers, and discovered the possibilities of working with others by sharing
my newfound knowledge of subtle energy at a theoretical and practical level, specifically
by giving Reiki healing sessions.
At the personal level, since that stage of my life, I have noticed a slow but
gradual increase in experiences with subtle energy and chakras that I have learnt to
associate with psychological characteristics, some of which have been mentioned above,
that are recognised as clear signs of consciousness expansion, also broadly known as
altered states of consciousness. Expansion of consciousness includes changes in
emotional expression, alterations in thinking, an altered sense of time, perceptual
alterations, perceived changes in the body, unitive experiences, loss of control, changes in
meaning or significance, feelings of grace and rejuvenation, development of the noetic
sense and the sense of the ineffable (Deikman, 1963; Grof, 1975; Levine, Ludwig, and
Lyle, 1963; Ludwig, 1966; Tart 1990, 1969).
What I consider important from this retrospective analysis of personal experience
is the realization that I have reached a stage in my life where I want to commit to the
study of the phenomenon of the subtle body system, and, thus of the employment of life-
12
energy at a more conceptual and empirical level. Also, I have a keen interest in exploring
such principles of artistic inquiry as creativity that, although I had already explored from
one perspective through the practice of artistic disciplines, seemed also to be implicit in
the tantric yoga discipline.
Purpose and Rationale
The purpose of this study is to make intelligible the phenomenon of subtle energy,
which includes its subtle body system, its mechanics and its practices, in relation to
healing and transformation. The terms healing and transformation imply a holistic
meaning that includes such issues as health, well-being, personal development, expansion
of consciousness and spiritual growth. The intelligible order which I attempt, draws its
foundations from newly emerging integral theories and practices on the subtle energy
phenomenon. This integral construct is based on my experience with Eastern practices
such as yoga and Reiki, Western psychosomatic therapies related to expressive and
artistic practices such as dance, and my literature review, that proposes an integral
approach to the scrutinized phenomenon and related issues. Therefore, these integral
theoretical and practical approaches to the interpretation of subtle energy in healing and
transformation may lead to the validation of this phenomenon, for example, in terms of
applying ancient subtle body practices or techniques in a present day alternative health
system or in terms offering new interpretative possibilities of the meaning and purpose of
the phenomenon as a tool for personal development and spiritual growth.
The study was conducted by strictly adhering to hermeneutic phenomenological
approaches. In the attempt to come to an intelligible interpretation that could uncover the
inherent meaning and purpose of the phenomenon, I began an intense study of tantric
13
literature with a strong desire to further my knowledge: 1) of the phenomenon of subtle
energy and its chakra system; 2) with a present horizon of meaning, ―on being able to
hear what the text did not say‖ (Palmer and Heidegger, 1969, p. 234); and 3) in finding
answers, ―in the temporal context of work and, also in the present day .... to hear, in other
words, what it [the text] did not and could not say‖ (p. 235). Thus, I needed to come in
direct contact with the phenomenon through a self-experiential study, within whose safe
boundaries I could engage, observe and report findings. Naturally, I could not eschew my
personal background in such body-mind disciplines as yoga and Reiki (i.e. energy
medicine), given that I had developed knowledge in their practice of techniques for the
arousal and control of subtle energy and other general theoretical principles and
techniques of self-awareness that aid the understanding and investigation of energetic
fields such as body sensations, emotions, thoughts and consciousness (Carleton, 2002;
Rogers, 1993). However, although my direct experience of practical and theoretical
principles of Kundalini yoga are adequate, as Rama et al. (1976) explain, achieving a
focused inward awareness of subtle energy by means of yoga requires a proficient level
of practice. Thus, based on the positive results obtained during my previous, brief
exploration of artistic inquiry into drama, dance movement, and creative writing, I opted
for an integral laboratory, where I engaged directly with theoretical and practical Western
dance movement course-work. Various forces of a personal, interpersonal and
transpersonal nature, previously experienced by me, were allowed to come together so
that possible embodiment of life-energy could be aided and explored. Examples of these
forces are creativity, aesthetic motifs, dance movement and music, intuition and self-
awareness (these forces are described in both tantric literature and artistic inquiry).
14
Potential Significance
This thesis endeavours to investigate, at a theoretical and pragmatic level, within a
strict academic framework, Indic energy-based principles and modalities, and explore
integral, new opportunities to employ such knowledge. I foresee that the work presented
in this thesis could provide some basis for therapists, health care professional, and others
to actively support the newly emerged theoretical discourse and pragmatic approaches to
an integral vision of health and well-being, where spiritual-energetic constructs of the
complex human body are taken into consideration, based on integral approaches that
include Eastern experiential understanding of the nature of reality or ―being in the world‖
(Myss, 1996, pp. 129-130). This thesis aims to contribute, albeit modestly, qualitative and
critical data which maintain the efficacy of energy-based modalities for healing; and are
thus apt for employment in the alternative and standard health-care system. However, the
original principles need to be thoroughly explored before adoption.
Thesis Overview
Specifically, in this thesis I proceed as follows: First, within the introduction, I
provide a theoretical and personal framework of the study, including directions and
overview. In the sections that follow I provide a philosophical background of the given
disciplines, a historical background of the Indic meditational literature and glossary of
technical yogic terminologies and definitions. In chapter 2, I review primary topics that
relate to my personal involvement with the subject of this thesis, which basically cover
my self-discovery journey through yoga and the events that brought me into direct
contact with the subtle energy phenomenon and the yoga that governs it. Subsequently, in
an attempt to look at the prescribed phenomenon holistically, I cover primary issues that
15
develop around personal and concrete, and transpersonal and abstract themes. In chapter
3, I expound on the methodology employed in this thesis, hermeneutic phenomenology.
Then, in chapter 4, I conduct an analysis of the specified Indic meditational literature and
present the findings of a comparative study of the main models of the subtle body system
and its mechanics. After that, in chapter 5, I conduct a broad study of energy-healing
theory, where the integral mode of understanding and applying energy modalities is
considered. Finally, within the conclusive chapter 6, I discussed the overall findings of
this research in regards to the controversial theoretical and practical interrelatedness (e.g.,
energy-consciousness) and implications (e.g., in healing and transformation) of the
scrutinized subtle energy phenomenon.
Methodological Background
The methodological rationale behind the study.
In this study, the methodological design emerged from a creative and intuitive
learning process that attempts to holistically understand the phenomenon of subtle energy
in healing. These general design criteria fit well within the broad framework of
qualitative research and naturalistic methods of inquiry. Creswell (2007) describes
qualitative research as follow:
Qualitative research is an inquiry process of understanding based on distinct
methodological traditions of inquiry that explore a social or human problem. The
researcher builds a complex, holistic picture, analyzes words, report detailed
views of informants, and conducts the study in a natural setting. (p. 249)
According to Polit and Beck (2004) ―qualitative research involves an emergent
design--a design that emerges in the field as the study unfolds‖ (p. 267). In other words,
16
according to them, qualitative research admits to ―ongoing decisions reflecting what has
already been learned‖ (p. 245), which is hardly ―known or understood at the outset‖ (p.
245) of the study. Furthermore, they (2004) explain, ―qualitative researchers tend to be
creative and intuitive, putting together an array of data drawn from many sources to
arrive at a holistic understanding of phenomena‖ (p. 267). According to Polit and Beck
(2004) another important factor that is implicit in qualitative research in the naturalistic
methods of inquiry, which:
Attempt to deal with the issue of human complexity by exploring it directly.
Researchers in the naturalistic tradition emphasize the inherent complexity of
humans, their ability to shape and create their own experiences, and the idea that
truth is a composite of realities. Consequently, naturalistic investigations place a
heavy emphasis on understanding the human experience as it is lived, usually
through the careful collection and analysis of qualitative materials that are
narrative and subjective.... Naturalistic researchers tend to emphasize the
dynamic, holistic, and individual aspects of human experience and attempt to
capture those aspects in their entirety, within the context of those who are
experiencing them. (p. 16)
On the collection and analysis of data Polit and Beck (2004) affirm:
In naturalistic research, the collection of information and its analysis typically
progress concurrently; as the researcher sift though information, insights are
gained, new questions emerge, and further evidence is sought to amplify or
confirm insights. Through an inductive process, researchers integrate information
to develop a theory or description that helps explicate processes under
17
observation.... Naturalistic studies result in rich, in-depth information that has the
potential to elucidate varied dimensions of a complicated phenomenon. Because
of this feature-and the relative ease with which qualitative findings can be
communicated to lay audiences--it has been argued that qualitative methods will
play a more prominent role in health care policy and development in the future.
(p. 17)
Polit and Beck (2004) acknowledge that ―findings from in-depth qualitative
research are rarely superficial, but there are several limitations of the approach‖ (p. 17)
amongst these concerns are the ―idiosyncratic nature of the conclusions‖ (p. 17) and the
―small group of people under study‖ (p. 17). However, she maintains, in response to the
many scholars who argue that quantitative research is scientifically more exact than
qualitative research, that ―qualitative studies often serve as a crucial starting point for
more controlled quantitative studies‖ (p. 17). Kuhn (1961) suggests that the two are co-
dependent and that ―large amounts of qualitative work have usually been prerequisite to
fruitful quantification in the physical sciences‖ (p. 162). Thus, I will argue here that the
above assumption that favours quantitative research over qualitative research needs to be
structurally revised. It is in this broad framework of qualitative research that I selected a
specific method that served my research purposes.
The overall purpose of my study is to understand the phenomenon of subtle
energy in healing and transformation. To this end, the study ttempts to determine the
conscientious claims of ancient and modern meditational literature and therapeutic
specialists alike, by relying whenever possible on existing quantitative measurements.
However, for reasons that span from the inability of present-day scientific technology to
18
measure phenomena of a spiritual nature, to a systematic disregard by conservative
scientists of the need to investigate transpersonal phenomena, I had to rely heavily on
experiential, thus qualitative, data.
In my endeavour to scrutinize the subtle energy phenomenon under strict
scientific parameters, I considered hermeneutic phenomenology the ideal research
method to be employed. First, hermeneutic phenomenology borrows largely from
qualitative and naturalistic modes of inquiry (Giorgi, 2000). Second, the breadth of
inquiry in qualitative research ―is necessitated by phenomenological principles‖ (Giorgi,
2000, p. 62). And third, as we will see in the chapter on methodology, hermeneutic
phenomenology provides a precise method to describe, structure and interpret textual and
experiential data in an equitable scientific procedure and framework (Giorgi, 2000).
Phenomenology and hermeneutics.
Leading philosophers such as Heidegger, Gadamer, Merleau-Ponty and Sartre
moved, with their valuable contributions, phenomenological philosophy from a focus
upon the matter of interpretation [or hermeneutics] itself (Smith, Flowers, Larkin, 2009,
pp.11- 39), towards:
The view of the person as embedded and immersed in a world of objects and
relationships, language and culture, projects and concerns …. toward a more
interpretative and worldly position with a focus on understanding the perspectival
directness of our involvement in the lived world--something which is personal to
each of us, but which is a property of our relationship to the world and others,
rather than to us as creatures in isolation. (p. 21)
19
Hermeneutic phenomenology is a research method informed specifically by the
phenomenology philosophy and inquiry and hermeneutics principles (Smith et al., 2009).
Polit and Beck, in their 2004 writing, affirm that phenomenology philosophy ―is an
approach to discovering the meaning of people‘s life experiences. Phenomenological
researchers ask: What is the essence of this phenomenon?‖ (p. 253). This essence is
understood as ―an essential invariant structure‖ (p. 253), which can be investigated as
―subjective phenomenon in the belief that critical truths about reality are grounded in
people‘s lived experiences‖ (p. 253). Thus, the essence of the phenomenon under
research, subtle energy in healing, is investigated here by asking the questions: What is
the nature or meaning of subtle energy? What is the nature or meaning of healing? And,
what is the nature or meaning of the subtle body system?
According to Polit and Beck (2004), ―the focus of phenomenological inquiry,
then, is the meaning of people‘s experience in regard to a phenomenon (descriptive
phenomenology), and how those experiences are interpreted (hermeneutics)‖ (p. 253).
Finally, in accordance to A. Giorgi (2000), ―the phenomenological method [requires] that
the phenomenon be given directly to one‘s own experience‖ (p. 64).
Palmer and Heidegger (1969) state that hermeneutics poses ―major challenges to
widely held ideas in prevailing [literary] criticism .... Hermeneutics can and should serve
as a foundational and preliminary discipline for all literary interpretation‖ (p. 4). Thus,
hermeneutics is a methodology of choice when interpreting texts (texts in a broad sense).
Palmer and Heidegger (1969) point out that ―one of the essential elements for an
adequate hermeneutical theory, and by extension an adequate theory of literary
20
interpretation, is a sufficiently broad conception of interpretation itself‖ (p. 8). Smith et
al. state (2009):
Our attempts to understand other people‘s relationship to the world are
necessarily interpretative, and will focus upon their attempts to make meaning out
of their activities and to things happening to them …. Thus … the complex
understanding of experience invokes a lived process; an unfurling of perspectives
and meanings, which are unique to the person‘s embodied and perpetuated
relationship to the world. (p. 21)
Husserl‘s call to return to the investigation of the things as they appear, tried to
overcome examining and explaining only their material conditions, extrinsic causes etc.,
without finding out what they are and mean intrinsically. He extended the Cartesian
cogito, ergo sum (I think therefore I am) to cogito, ergo die Welt ist (I think, therefore the
world exists). Accordingly, the objective world is ―proved‖ through subjective
identification. Thereby, ontology is consequently founded upon epistemology, more
precisely on transcendental (inter-)subjectivity that is a reflection of the possibility for
knowledge and experience. (Küpers, 2009, pp. 54-55).
Küpers (2009) argues that there is a need ―for a proper understanding of
transcendence, for not falling into solipsism‖ (p. 71), and he further affirms that this
argument was already made explicit in classical phenomenology by Husserl, who
asserted:
Is phenomenological research therefore solipsistic research? Does it restrict the
research to the individual ego and precisely to the province of its individual
psychic phenomenon? Not in the least. [A] misunderstanding of the particular
21
meaning of transcendence and its exclusion leads to a confusion of psychological
immanence (that which is precisely solipsistic) and phenomenological
[immanence] (Husserl, 1910-11, p. 154). (p. 71)
Küpers (2009) further explains:
At the heart of the phenomenological method is the assumption that human
experience follows fundamental structural principles that express themselves
differently and contingently. Experience is necessarily personal, but not
necessarily private. Therefore, phenomenology is not reiteration of introspective
solipsism, for it assumes that the study of particular experience leads to the
recognition of generative structures that are common to human beings more
generally. (p. 71)
Küpers (2009) further elucidates on the important notion characterizing
phenomenology:
The program of phenomenology aims for disclosing and clarifying the true
epistemic [of or relating to knowledge or to the degree of its validation] and
ontological significance of consciousness. As mentioned before, phenomenology
is specifically dedicated to describing and reconstructing the structures of
experience as they present themselves to consciousness. This implies a systematic
study of the structures of consciousness that enable consciousness to refer to
objects outside itself. Thereby, phenomenology deals with phenomenon, that is,
with those objects as we experience them in consciousness and with our different
ways of relating to these objects experientially as contents of consciousness.
Accordingly, phenomenology investigates conscious experience [as experienced]
22
by analysing the structure, that is the types, intentional forms and meanings,
dynamics, and [certain] enabling conditions of various forms of experiences. (p.
55)
Heidegger and Gadamer, amongst others, forged the phenomenological and
hermeneutics approaches into one: hermeneutic phenomenology (Smith et al., 2009, pp.
11-39). Smith et al. (2009) manage to convey concisely and precisely the existing relation
between hermeneutics and phenomenology:
Hermeneutics is the theory of interpretation. It enters our story as a much older
and entirely separate body of thought from phenomenology, but ... the two strands
are due to meet, in the work of hermeneutic phenomenologists - notably
Heidegger. Originally, hermeneutics represented an attempt to provide surer
foundations for the interpretation of an increasingly wider range of texts, such as
historical documents and literary works. The sorts of things which concern
hermeneutic theorists are: what are the methods and purposes of interpretation
itself? Is it possible to uncover the intentions or original meaning of an author?
What is the relation between the context of a text‘s production (e.g. its historical
genesis in the distant past) and the context of a text‘s interpretation (e.g. its
relevance to life in the present day)? (pp. 21-22)
For Schleiermacher:
Interpretation involved what he called grammatical and psychological
interpretation. The former [Heidegger] is concerned with exact and objective
textual meaning, while the latter with the individuality of the author or speaker ....
For Schleiermacher, interpretation is not a matter of following mechanical rules.
23
Rather it is a craft or art, involving the combination of a range of skills, including
intuition. Part of the aim of the interpretative process is to understand the writer,
as well as the text, and Schleiermacher believes that if one has engaged in a
detailed, comprehensive and holistic analysis, one can end up with ‗an
understanding of the utterer better than he understand himself‘. (Smith et al.,
2009, pp. 21-22).
Applying hermeneutic phenomenology.
Heidegger stated, ―The phenomenology….is a hermeneutic in the primordial
significance of this world, where it designates this business of interpreting‖ (2005/1962,
p. 62). Palmer and Heidegger (1969) see ―in phenomenological hermeneutics, as against
other forms, the most adequate context for exploring the question [what is
interpretation?] (p. 5). However, because Palmer and Heidegger (1969) admit that
―interpretation ... is a complex and pervasive phenomenon‖ (p. 10) he explains that ―… a
radical critique of realistic conceptions of perceiving and interpretation is
phenomenology‖ (p. 6). Palmer and Heidegger (1969) give the following suggestion to a
researcher preoccupied with the task of applying hermeneutic phenomenology in literary
interpretation:
A work of literature in not an object we understand by conceptualizing or
analyzing it; is a voice we must hear .... understanding is both an epistemological
and an ontological phenomenon. Understanding of literature must be rooted in the
more primal and encompassing modes of understanding that have to do with our
being-in-the-world. Understanding a literary work, therefore, is not a scientific
kind of knowing which flees away from existence into a world of concepts; it is a
24
historical encounter which calls forth personal experience of being here in the
world. (pp. 9-10)
Palmer and Heidegger (1969) expand these precepts to the fields of ―humanities‖
and ―sciences‖ and affirms that ―through a study of hermeneutical theory, the humanities
can achieve a fuller measure of self-knowledge and a better understanding of their
character of their task‖ (p. 10)
Guba and Lincoln (1994, p. 108) categorize alternative inquiry paradigms
according to their stance on the following three questions: (1) the ontological question--
What is the form and nature of reality? And, therefore, what is there that can be known
about it? (2) The epistemological question--What is the nature of the relationship between
the knower or would-be knower and what can be known? (3) The methodological
question--How can the inquirer go about finding out whatever he or she believes can be
known?
Furthermore, Palmer and Heidegger‘s (1969) attempt to answer this fundamental
question: What is interpretation?, leads to the set up of a fundamental principle that,
according to him, elucidates another fundamental question: What does understanding a
text mean?
Understanding is always positional; it stands at a given point in history .... A
genuine comprehension of the way that history is constantly at work in
understanding, and a consciousness of the creative tension between the horizon of
the work and that of one‘s own present time. (p. 224)
Within this framework of ideas, I conducted my examination of the texts on the
subtle body system. Most importantly, I used contemporary phenomenological
25
interpretation of these texts (e.g., Zimmer, 1951 and Eliade, 1969-1973), in an attempt to
experience the literature in terms of a present horizon of meaning (Palmer and Heidegger,
1969, pp. 231-235). For example, the subtle body system (of chakras, prana, nadis) is
decontextualized from its past historical context and interpreted in line with a modern
theory of energy-healing, in other words, within a transpersonal and integral psychology
framework.
Another important element that characterizes hermeneutic phenomenology is
― being able to hear what the text did not say‖ (Palmer and Heidegger, 1969, p. 234). This
allows, according to Palmer and Heidegger (1969), finding answers ―in the temporal
context of work and also in the present day .... to hear, in other words, what it did not and
could not say‖ (p. 235). Armed with this principle, I have interpreted the teaching of
tantric and yogic texts by cultivating Palmer and Heidegger‘s (1969) horizons:
A dialectical questioning which does not simply interrogate the text but allows the
thing said in the text to interrogate back, to call the interpreter‘s own horizon into
question and to work a fundamental transformation of one‘s understanding of the
subject. This does not mean a denial of the interpreter's horizon, nor does it mean
making one‘s own horizon absolute, as implicit in most analysis and method; it
means a creative fusion of horizons .... In true experience there is a partial
negation of one‘s own horizon, and through this a more encompassing
understanding emerges. (p. 234)
I have intentionally conducted the research by examining and interpreting
important literature on the subtle energy in healing and other related aspects of this
phenomenon such as the subtle body system, mechanics and practice. Specifically, I
26
examined: classical Eastern meditational literature; prime interpretational contemporary
literature on the classical texts; contemporary literature on energy-healing theory; and
literature on contemporary experimental studies on the healing effect of energy-based
interventions. Finally, I have also included an interpretative phenomenological analysis
of data on experienced subtle energy through the subtle body work results of a self-
experiential study in contemporary dance movement.
Philosophical Background
At the time when Western society is experiencing a revolutionary encounter with
the East, the need arises for a cultural symmetry, for the ability to look beyond cultural
perspectives. Since mental processes are partially related to body processes, the
descriptions of human beings that the natural sciences provide play an important role in
the philosophy of mind. Many scientific disciplines study body processes related to the
mental processes (e.g., biology, computer science, cognitive science, cybernetics,
linguistics, medicine, pharmacology and psychology). Most of these scientific
disciplines, with traditional scientific psychology in the forefront, attempt to apply
quantitative measurements to the mind‘s psychological processes or phenomenon.
However, none of these disciplines account for the spirit component as proposed by
Eastern traditions.
In the case of scientific psychology Wilber (2000) affirms:
‗... the law of the connection between the mind and body can be found in
statements of quantitative relation between mental sensation and material
stimulus‘. Fechner‘s law, as it was soon known, is stated as S = log I (the mental
sensation varies as the logarithm of the material stimulus). (p. viii)
27
Nevertheless, according to Wilber (2000), it is certain that ―because of Fechner‘s
work, for the first time scientists could measure the mind‖ (p. viii). This, however ―... had
saved psychology from contamination of the … spirit, and had happily reduced the mind
to measurable empirical doodles‖ (Wilber, 2000, p. viii). He further notes that Fechner
had stated in his book Life after Death (1835) the following:
In the first stage man lives in the dark, alone; in the second, he lives associated
with, yet separated from, his-fellow-men, in a light reflected from the surface of
things; in the third, his life, interwoven with ... universal spirit ... is a higher life.
(Wilber, 2000, pp. viii-ix)
According to Wilber (2000), this statement proves beyond doubt that Fechner
believed in the ―spirit‖ (pp. viii-ix).
In this thesis, ‗consciousness‘ plays an important role. However, as we will see,
consciousness is a conundrum. When the attempt is made to define, classify and identify
it, two fierce contenders arise, ready to fight for the rights to interpretation: Pure
spiritualism and pure materialism. The current research attempts to avoid these two
extreme poles of interpretation, by mediating between the two with a comprehensive
interpretation. This comprehensive interpretation can be found, for example, in the
integral theory/movement (which includes disciplines such as integral philosophy and
integral psychology). Integral Theory attempts to synthesize the map of consciousness
into a cross-cultural one, where major Western and non-Western psychologies, the
perennial philosophy, and religious practices come together. According to Huxley (1969)
―perennial philosophy‖ can be described as:
28
The metaphysic that recognizes a divine Reality substantial to the world of things
and lives and minds; the psychology that finds in the soul something similar to,
or even identical with, divine Reality; the ethic that places man's final end in the
knowledge of the immanent and transcendence Ground of all being; the thing is
immemorial and universal. Rudiments of the perennial philosophy may be found
among the traditional lore of primitive peoples in every region of the world, and
in its fully developed forms it has a place in every one of the higher religions. (p.
vii)
Within the refrain of time and the space of this master thesis, it will suffice to
synthesize its complexity by saying that the advocates of extreme ‗materialism‘ (e.g., in
science) deny the existence of ‗spirituality‘ and all its manifestations, by understanding
them simply as brain-biology input-output. This approach is reductive and sectarian. On
the other hand, the advocates of extreme ‗spiritualism‘ reduce the body and its
manifestation as a simple obstacle in the way of pure spirit. In this thesis, the discussion
of spiritual extremism (usually associated with the sectarian form of fanatical
religiousness) will be omitted, as it would not contribute to our study and would
completely distract our research from its center. However, the ‗materialism‘ orthodox
point of view needs to be discussed, as it often corresponds with an established scientific
paradigm that refrains from any form of integration between, the material and the spirit.
This thesis will further illustrate studies where results assert that the scientific
dismissiveness of spirit, consciousness, and energy is incorrect. Such data could play an
important role in the establishment of a paradigmatic shift from a dichotomy of
mechanistic science of mind and body, to a trichotomy of spiritualistic science working
29
with a tripartite human anatomy: body, mind and spirit. However, a strong urge exists to
explain and demonstrate that the physical and mental body, together with the spiritual-
energetic one, is paramount for the achievement of healthy human beings. Thus, this
work attempts to integrate a substantial body of evidence, wherein mainstream medicine
can operate within a ―tripartite system of body, mind and spirit [versus] nociceptive
model of pain [where] human beings are conceived of as extreme machines‖ (Leskowitz,
2008, p. 226). Hopefully, this integration of knowledge will help to establish the
theological and philosophical beliefs that human consists of three parts (i.e., a body,
mind, and spirit), and most importantly, pave the way to an increase in (1) the popularity
of holistic health interventions and practices in the West, and (2) a comprehensive
employment of putative ‗Energy Medicine‘ as CAM in the conventional health care
system. Cornell (1994) states:
Despite the great advances in modern medicine, there is growing discontent with
the restrictive view of Western medical science and the practice that focuses
exclusively on the biochemical operations of the body, disregarding the human
mind and spirit. A growing number of physicians have begun to incorporate
holistic techniques such as the art of the mandala, yoga, creative visualization,
and meditation into their practice. (p. 3)
In view of the different conceptualization of the ‗I‘ in East-West paradigms,
Meadow (1993) notes:
The individual's growth and personal development are common threads of
concern in both modern psychology and religious or spiritual traditions. Each
30
discipline has strategies and techniques for fostering growth, and each has
likewise produced models of the manner in which growth occurs. (p.67)
The philosophy of yoga and its meditative yogic practice are continuous sources
of inspiration for new theories found, for example, in directive disciplines such as
Transpersonal Psychology, and an ever-increasing mode of alternative holistic healing—
based not only on physical and mental dictates but also on the spiritual one.
In ancient cultures, the subtle body system and its mechanics held center stage in
the maintenance of body-mind and spiritual well-being (Flood, 2005; Samuel, 1989;
Campbell, 1991; Campbell, 1968; Eliade, 1969; Avalon, 1951) and, within this broad
mark of reference subtle body system theory makes its entrance: firstly, in the Western
philosophical construct (e.g., through the Integral Movement); secondly, in the field of
applied psychology (e.g., through transpersonal and integral psychology); and, finally, in
the field of modern health science (e.g., through alternative medicine, embracing
umbrella fields such as CAM, Holistic Medicine, Body Energy Psychotherapy, Energy
Medicine‘).
This ever increasing and systematic appearance in the global scene of ―existing
new technology[ies] of healing‖ as Judith Cornell (1994) aptly affirms, ―brings together
the body, mind, and spirit and focuses on the whole person‖ (p. 5). This tripartite body
system, with a pivotal ‗energy-consciousness‘ element, points to a holistic health
approach by some, referred to as the ‗new Art of Healing‘. For example, according to
Carleton (2002):
Energy and consciousness are the two dimensions of the life force, which operate
at all levels of the personal reality. Consciousness shapes and directs our energy
31
…. Energy is a living force that emanates from each level of consciousness. It is
characterized by pulsation, motility, rhythm, abundance, flexibility and
malleability. Human consciousness uses energy to sculpt the shape of the body
and determine the basic form of existence. The physical body is the laboratory of
life and the vehicle through which emotions, thoughts, and spiritual self are
expressed. (p. 37)
Thus, this thesis is also intended as a convergence of Eastern and Western thought
towards an integral vision, wherein recognition of the ‗ancient theory of life energy‘ by
mainstream health professionals (e.g., in psychology, medicine, nursing, etc.) is
considered and added to the framework for the construction of a comprehensive (i.e.,
integral) theoretical work.
Historical Background of Indic Meditational Literature on Subtle Body System
The Indic meditational literature was eventually narrowed down, for sake of
convenience and clarity, into texts gathered from three main Indic spiritual traditions:
Hindu and Buddhist tantric and the Hindu non-tantric Hatha yoga. As a result, the
specified literature is a mix of Indic spiritual doctrines. With regard to this Indic
meditational literature, I determined to provide some historical background for each text,
in line with the dictates of Asian Religious Studies, who deem it necessary to discuss the
original sources for contemporary investigation; nevertheless, it important to
acknowledge that, because of the extreme intermingling of these traditions, for some of
the texts studied, ascertaining with absolute accuracy their historical origins is not
possible. However, most of the material available on the subtle body system and its
mechanics is dealt primarily within the tantra literature, and most material on the subtle
32
body practice is found within the Hatha yoga literature. However, the subtle body system,
its mechanics and practice is also dealt with in others Hindu and Buddhist texts.
The primary source of information on the phenomenon of subtle energy, the
subtle body system and its mechanics and practice is ancient Indic (e.g., yogic)
meditational literature, including root and non-root text sources. Texts that have
traditionally been dictated by Hindu deities or Buddhas are considered root texts (it has
been recorded that the description of the subtle body system and its mechanics were
presented in Hindu and Buddhist literature at least 1000 years ago and therefore these
texts are considered the earliest texts) and texts written by historic individuals (e.g.,
yogis) are considered non-root texts (e.g., commentaries). According to the Hindu
tradition, a text written by a yogi is not as important as one uttered by a god. It is
important to mention here that root texts have been written in Sanskrit, the classical
language of India, and others in regional languages (some preserved in Tibetan
translations). I have selected for this study only root texts that are available in English
translations from Indic classical languages.
This section is to be considered the foundational basis for the review of Indic
meditational literature, since it compiles information from classic manuscripts that have
been the subject of investigation in identifying data on the subtle body system and its
relation with healing and transformation, as reported in chapters 2 and 4.
Hindu tantric literature.
The most comprehensive text available in English translation on the subtle body
system has been, perhaps, the Sat-Cakra-Nirupana. This text was written more than five
hundred years ago, in Sanskrit, by the Bengali tantric yogi ―Purnananda-Svami‖ (Avalon,
33
1974, p. xi). Although this text is a part of the commentary tradition and not a root text, it
has nevertheless been highly esteemed through the centuries and has, itself, been the
subject of numerous commentaries.
The manuscript of Sat-cakra-nirupana, in the original Sanskrit, was obtained by
Arthur Avalon (also known as Sir John Woodroffe), who was the first to translate the text
into English. The translation was subsequently included, with an introduction, a
commentary, and other unpublished tantric work, in the book entitled The serpent power;
being t -cakra-nirupana and Paduka-pañcaka: Two works on Laya-yoga (first
published in 1919). The Sat-cakra-nirupana ―forms the sixth chapter of his [Purnananda-
Svami] extensive and unpublished work on Tantric Ritual entitled ‗Sri-tattvacintamani‘‖
(Avalon,1974, p. xi), whose work belongs to ―a particular form of Tantric Yoga named
Kundalini Yoga‖ (Avalon, 1974, p. 1). The word sat-cakra-nirupana means ―‗description
of an investigation into the six bodily centres‘‖ (Avalon, 1974, p. xi) or ‗cakras‘ (please
note that Avalon spells ―cakra‖ instead of chakra). Ultimately, in this text the essence
and purpose of the primary system of the subtle body is revealed from the first verse
throughout the remaining fifty-four verses. It is noteworthy that Avalon‘s commentary
and translation of the Sat-cakra-nirupana became so famed that Carl Gustav Jung, in his
1932 seminar given to present findings on kundalini, made extensive use of Avalon‘s
commentaries. Heinrich Zimmer (Zimmer, 1951) states that Avalon‘s studies ―are the
most important examinations of the Tantra published in modern times‖ (p. 570).
The Tantraraja tantra (King of Tantras) as the name implies is an important work
of ‗tantric‘ literature. The specific text scrutinized in this thesis is the 1981 edition by
Arthur Avalon (translator and commentator) and Lakshmana Shastri (Ed.) who wrote a
34
short analysis of the chapters and introduction (the first edition of the some authors is
1926). Arthur Avalon, in the introduction (pp. 1-11), affirms that this is a root text
supposed to have been dictated by Siva to Devi to remove any possible confusion
existing in the previous tantric texts. He further states that the first transmission of this
work, with a commentary called Manorama by Subhaganandanatha of the Kashmir
School (the philosophical school of consciousness that started in Kashmir about 1200
years ago), deals with the multifaceted aspects of the tantric theological doctrines and
myths. Specifically, the work considers the principles involved in tantric worship and
practices—which are mantra, chakras, and so forth—in the larger context of Hindu
tantric tradition.
The Vijnanabhairava (Divine Consciousness - A Treasury of 112 Types of Yoga)
is considered a root text. While this text cannot be exactly dated, there are recorded
accounts of its existence and popularity in the 8th century C.E (Singh, 1979, p. x). This
manuscript has also ―been referred to as Agama‖ (Singh, 1979, p. ix) and by other
various names. Throughout the text we find multiple accounts on practical ways of
obtaining self-realization. The specific text reviewed in this thesis is the one translated
and commented on by Jaideva Singh (1979).
Hindu non-tantric literature.
The Hathayoga-pradipika of Svatmarama was written by Svatmarama in 15th
C.E., and is one of the most treasured treatises on yoga. The specific edition studied
herewith is the English translation by Srinivasa Iyangar with commentaries Jyotsna of
Brahmananda (Svatmarama, 1972). According to Brahmananda (Svatmarama, 1972),
Svatmarama compiled the Hathayogapradipika ―in view of the combined advantage of
35
the two systems [Raja-yoga and Hatha yoga]‖ (p. xvii). Brahmananda also affirms that
this is perhaps the text that most attempts ―the task of reconciling the [two yoga]
systems‖ (1972, p. vii). Brahmananda goes on to explain that the Hathayoga-pradipika
contains the yoga-sastra (or the science of yoga), which is a body of knowledge on
metaphysical and practical aspects of the human consciousness, the means to attain self
realization (moksha); overall, this ancient treatise is a comprehensive manual on specific
yogic techniques (e.g., physical postures [asana], breathing exercises [pranayama],
attitude [mudras] aimed at rousing prana for the obtainment of ultimate absorption
[samadhi]) (1972, pp. vii-xvii).
The Gheranda samhita (The collection of verses of Gheranda) is a late 17th
century Sanskrit text considered to be the most detailed encyclopaedic text amongst the
three classical Hatha yoga texts. The text used in this study is the commentary by James
Mallison with the original Sanskrit and English translation (Gheranda and Mallison,
2004). According to Mallison this text ―was copied in Bengal in 1802 C.E.‖ (p. xiii) and
―it was never cited by medieval commentators in their works on Hatha yoga‖ (p. xiii).
Mallison further affirms that ―the early texts of Hatha yoga showed no trace of Vedanta
and that their doctrinal framework was Tantric‖ (p. xiv). However, ―Tantric influences
have been toned down considerably‖ (p. xiv). The Gheranda samhita speaks of a
sevenfold yoga aiming at activating the subtle body system.
The Siva samhita, (The Collection [of Verses] of Shiva) was, according to
Mallison (2007), a root text ―composed over five centuries ago‖ as many ―eminent
medieval authors‖ have mentioned this root text (p. x) and ―it proclaims a Yoga teaching,
yet also calls itself a tantra‖ (p. xi). For example, Svatmarama in the Hathayoga-
36
pradipika (1972) states that the Siva samhita gives the yoga-sastra‘s ―discipleship and
method of their observance‖ (p. viii). The particular Siva samhita text studied here is the
English translation and critical version by James Mallison (2007). The Siva samhita
provides a thorough account of the subtle body system and its mechanics (Mallison,
2007, p. x). Of particular interest for the aim of this thesis are the thorough description of
the microcosmic model of the subtle body system in the second chapter; of the mudras,
which are considered psycho-spiritual techniques of rising energy thus, considered more
than mere asanas (as described in the Gheranda Samhita) in the fourth chapter; and, of
the ―esoteric centres and energies in the body‖ in the fifth chapter (Mallison, 2007, p. x).
Buddhist tantric literature.
The Hevajra tantra (Hevajra tantraraja nama), possibly published in India
between the seventh and eighth century C.E. (Snellgrove, 1959) or "late ninth or early
tenth century" (Davidson, 2005, p. 41), is one of the prime (root) texts in the Buddhist
tantric classification system (Wayman, 1977; Snellgrove, 1959). According to
Chattopadhyana (1970), Tāranāthaa Lama of the Jonang school of Tibetan Buddhism
(1575-1634 C.E), lists Saroruha and Kampala (also known as "Lva-va-pā, "Kambhalī",
and "Śrī-prabhada") as its "bringers" (pp. 245-246). A translation of the Hevajra tantra
into English from Sanskrit and Tibetan was published by Snellgrove in 1959, from
Chinese by Wellman in 1983, and with a complete translation of the commentaries
Yogaratnamala by Farrow and Menon in 1992. The texts reviewed in this thesis are The
Hevajra tantra: A critical study by Snellgrove (1959 -composed of two volumes: Vol. I,
introduction and translation; and, Vol. II, Sanskrit and Tibetan text); and, The concealed
essence of the Hevajra tantra, with the Commentary Yogaratnamala, translated into
37
English and edited by Farrow and Menon (1992). The theories described in the Hevajra
tantra teach Buddhist Vajrayana philosophy in correlation with the yogic method of
subtle body practices. Thus, this text is strictly focused on the subtle body system and its
mechanics.
The Kalacakratantra ―is an early eleventh-century esoteric treatise belonging to
the class of unexcelled yoga-tantras (anuttara-yoga-tantra). This is believed to be the
last manuscript of this tradition that was ‗published‘ in India‖ (Wallace, 2001, p. 3). The
main classic commentaries reviewed for this thesis were: A Commentary on the
Kalachakra Tantra taught by Geshe Lharampa Ngawang Dhargyey, translated by Gelong
Jhampa Kelsang and commented on by Allan Wallace (1985); The Practice of
kalachakra by Glenn H. Mullin, which includes a translation of important texts on the
Kalachakra tantra, with foreword by H. H. the Dalai Lama (1991); and, Wallace‘s work
(2001).
The inner kalacakratantra: A Buddhist tantric view of the individual is a rich
textual source that expresses the relevant doctrinal and social theories ―of the individual
as cosmos, society and gnosis‖ (Wallace, 2001, p. vi), and tantric practices deliniating
―the path of spiritual transformation‖ (Wallace, 2001, p. vi). ―In this text the topics of the
inner Kālacakratantra are dealt with in their relationship to the larger context of
Kālacakratantra‘s theory of ‗nonduality‘‖ (Wallace, 2001, p. vi). Wallace‘s work (2001),
the text I am using for this study, profoundly analyzes: ―The kalacakratantra‘s view of
the nature of the individual and one‘s place in the universe and society‖ (p. v); and the
Kālacakratantra's practical tradition giving the relevant tantric practices for spiritual
transformation that were characteristic of north Indian Buddhism in its final stages.
38
Nevertheless, for this thesis specific attention was given to the practical aspect, which is
dealt with in the form of a textual, historical, and philosophical analysis of the second
chapter of the Kālacakratantra, the ―Chapter on the Individual‖ (adhyātma-paala), and
the Vimalaprabhā, its primary commentary.
The Vimalaprabhā (the Stainless Light) by Pundarika ―became the most
authoritative commentary on the Kalacakratantra and served as the basis for all
subsequent commentarial literature of that literary corpus‖ (Wallace, 2001, p. 3).
Moreover, as Wallace (2001) says, the Vimalaprabhā commentary on the
Kalacakratantra was of great importance to her translation of the Kalacakratantra work,
as without this commentary it would have been practically impossible to penetrate ―the
Kalacakratantra's cryptic verses and often grammatically corrupt sentences‖ (pp. 3-4).
Referring to the notorious openness and directness of the tantric teachings, Wallace
(2001) states, this ―is actually far more characteristic of the Vimalaprabhā than of the
Kalacakratantra itself‖ (p.4). This text makes cumbersome reading for a non specialist in
Buddhism. However, when the attempt to study this text is made, one thing that becomes
clear is that the Kālacakra tradition's theory of the human being permeates all the chapters
of the Kālacakratantra. Thus, all the chapters on tantra are intimately related to the other
chapters.
Background and Definitions Related to the Subtle Body System
The Doctrines of Yoga: According to Bhattacharya (1992), Yoga means
―disciplining of the body for various purposes-physical, mental and spiritual‖ (p. 483).
According to Eliade (1969), ―Four basic and interdependent concepts, four ‗kinetic
ideas,‘ bring us directly to the core of Indian spirituality. They are karma, maya, nirvana,
39
and yoga‖ (p. 3). These four concepts are the fundamental philosophy underpinning
Indian doctrines. Yoga, according to Eliade (1969) is ―the means of attaining to Being,
the effectual techniques for gaining liberation‖ (p. 3) or ―to ‗free oneself‘ is equivalent to
forcing another plane of existence, to appropriating another mode of being transcending
the human condition‖ (p.4).
―Patanjali defines yoga as the suspension of the modification of thinking
principles…‖ (Jyotsna, 1972, p. x) which can be achieved in many ways but none of them
―without controlling the … breath, which is intimately connected with the mind…‖ (p. x).
―Prana is the chief principle of motion in the … gross … subtle … and casual bodies‖ (p.
xii). ―The regulation of breath for the purpose of checking modification of the thinking
principle is called Hatha yoga‖ (p. xii). According to (Bhattacharyya, 1982) Hatha yoga
is ―a form of physical exercise for making the body so disciplined as to serve all spiritual
purposes …. In the Hathayogapradipika I. 10 it is regarded as the source of all forms of
Yoga‖ (p. 428)
According to Eliade (1969):
There is a ‗classic‘ Yoga, a ‗system of philosophy‘ expounded by Patanjali in his
celebrated Yoga-sutras; and it is from the ‗system‘ that we must set out in order to
understand the position of Yoga in the history of Indian thought. But, side by side
with this ‗classic‘ Yoga, there are countless forms of ‗popular,‘ non-systematic
yoga; there also non-Brahmanic yogas (Buddhist, Jain); above all, there are yogas
whose structure are ‗magical,‘ ‗mystical,‘ and so on. (p. 4)
Thus, yoga is characterized not only by ―its practical side, but also by its
initiatory structure‖ (Eliade, 1969, p.5). One concept linked to this ―initiatory structure‖
40
is the rite ―that pursues the creation of a ―‗new body,‘ a ‗mystical body,‘‖ that ―plays a
considerable part in all forms of Yoga, and especially in tantrism‖ (Eliade, 1969, p. 6).
According to the Yoga-sastra, each individual has the power to undergo
transformation, including spiritual transformation, or in other words, expand his/her
consciousness. This power is achieved and made possible through the mechanics of
awakening and raising life-force (prana) (e.g., through the psychic centres, channels and
so on). The initiatory rebirth is defined, by all forms of Yoga, as access to a nonprofane
and hardly describable mode of being, to which the Indian schools give various names:
moksa, nirvana, asamkrta, et cetera (Eliade, 1969, p. 6).
Now, an important factor of all Indian philosophies and all Indian mysticisms is
―pain‖ or ―suffering‖ and the emancipation from it (Eliade, 1969, p. 12). Most of the
Indian doctrines—Vedanta and Samkya, for example—teach that the emancipation from
―suffering‖ and the ultimate liberation from the human conditions is possible through
means of ―knowledge‖; however, others doctrines—Yoga and Buddhism—by means of
experience. (Eliade, 1969, p. 12).
Chakra derived from the Sanskrit cakram, is a Sanskrit word that translates as
spinning vortex or wheel or disc (―wheel‖ from root car, ―to move‖; adopted into the
English language as chakra) (Feuerstein, 1997, pp. 67-69).
Yoga asana: “Posture, seat, pedestal. The term denotes a mystic or any attitude
exhibited in the lower limbs‖ (Bhattacharyya, 1982, p. 410)
Yoga-tantra: ―In principle, the Buddhist tantras are divided into four classes:
kriya-tantra, carya-tantra, yoga-tantra, and anuttara-tantra, the first two focusing on
rituals and the others on yogic procedures for attaining supreme truth (Eliade, 1969, p.
41
201). According to Lessing and Wayman (1978) ―that which is held in common between
the two Tantras, Yoga and Anuttarayoga, is called yoga-tantra‖ (p. 251).
Tantra or tantram: ―Tantra was a body of religious practice that evolved through
similar phases both within India and throughout its expansion into greater Asia ... all the
features, however, are specific to tenth-century Indian Tantra, whether Hindu, Buddhist,
or Jain‖ (White, 2000, p. 24). According to Brahmacharini (1990), Hindu tantra is a
religious philosophy in which Shakti is usually the main deity worshipped, and the
universe is regarded as the divine play of Shakti and Shiva. The word Tantra also applies
to any of the Hindu scriptures commonly identified with the worship of Shakti
(Brahmacharini, 1990, p. 77). Flood (2006) explains that the ―Buddhist Tantras‖ are
―believed to be the word of the Buddha, which became incorporated into the vast
Buddhist canon between c. 400 and 750 CE ...‖ (p. 7). Tantra deals primarily with
spiritual practices and ritual forms of worship, which aim at liberation from ignorance
and at rebirth (Brahmacharini, 1990, p. 77). The tantric movement has influenced the
Hindu, Buddhist and others religious traditions. Tantra in its various forms has existed in
India, Nepal, China, Japan, Tibet and others Asiatic countries (D. G. White, 2000, p. 7).
White (2000), while being cautious in providing a rigid definition of tantra in a
Hindu context, offers the following definition:
Tantra is that Asian body of beliefs and practices which, working from the
principle that the universe we experience is nothing other than the concrete
manifestation of the divine energy of the Godhead that creates and maintains that
universe, seeks to ritually appropriate and channel that energy, within the human
microcosm, in creative and emancipatory ways. (p. 9)
42
According to Flood (2006):
Arriving at definitions of 'Tantra' and 'Tantrism' has been notoriously difficult and
has varied between presenting external accounts of a phenomenon named
'Tantrism' … and internal accounts of what the term tantra refers to. An important
indigenous distinction is between tantrika, a follower of the Tantras, and vaidika,
a follower of the Vedas. This distinction operates across the sectarian divides of
Saivas, Vaisnavas and so on. The former refers to those who follow a system of
ritual and teaching found within the Tantras, in contrast to those, especially the
Brahman caste, who follow the Veda as primary revelation or sruti (and so called
Srautas), or who follow the later texts of secondary revelation called smrti (and so
called Smartas). (p. 8)
Kundalini yoga (or tantric yoga): According to Avalon (1974) this yoga is related
to the principles of kundalini-shakti (e.g., its arousal), which are dealt extensively in the
various definitions of the Tantra scriptures and practices (pp. 285-289). According to
Geoffrey Samuel (1989), ―The Tantras are a well-known, if not always well-understood,
part of Hindu and Buddhist religious practice .... The Buddhist and Hindu Tantras employ
a non-dualist conceptualization of body and mind based upon the anatomy of the subtle
body with its ‗centres‘ (chakra), ‗channels‘ (nadi) and flows of ‗energy‘ (prana)‖ (p.
197). The ―Tantras contains description of ritual practices, sacred formulae (mantras),
mystical diagrams (yantras), gestures (mudras), postures (asanas), initiations (diksa), and
yoga or mystic practices‖ (J. Singh, 1979, p. x).
43
Kundalini: “The serpent power remaining latent in the muladhara .... as the
source of all energy, kundalini reveals itself when aroused by Yogic exercise ... It has
two-forms, dynamic or kinetic, and static or potential …‖ (Bhattacharyya, 1982, p. 443)
Kalacakra Tantric tradition: ―The Kalacakra Tantric cycle was conceived in
Northwest India around the X-XI centuries (C.E.) and is an exact historical and
chronological reconstruction of the Kalacakra Tantric tradition (protagonists, events and
works) is not realistic, mainly because of history-myth entanglement‖ (Cicuzza, 2001, p.
11). However, the works that belongs to the ―Kalacakra literary corpus … express … the
relevant Tantric practices … of north Indian Buddhism in its final stages … and role of
Indian tantric Buddhism of that era in particular‖ (Wallace, 2001, p. v).
Nadi (or yoganadi): is generally translated as ―conduit‖, ―channel‖ ―vein‖, or
―artery‖ and can refer either to ―any of the blood-carrying veins or arteries‖ but ―also, any
of the subtle (sukshma) channels in or along which the life force (prana) circulates. ―Nadi
is derived from the root nad, ‗motion,‘ and means a channel (Vivara)‖ (Avalon, 1974, p.
318), ―a nerve which carries the vital air‖ (Bhattacharyya, 1982, p. 483)
Prana (―life‖; lit. ―breathing forth,‖ from the prefix pra and the root an, ―to
breathe‖), in the Rig Veda (10.90.13) stands for the breath of the cosmic purusha and for
the breath of life in general. In the sacred scriptures of Hinduism, prana almost invariably
signifies the universal life force, which is a vibrant psychophysical energy similar to the
pneuma of the ancient Greeks. Fields (2001) explains: ―Prana means breath, but, more
important, it means vital energy, life-force, spirit, and power‖ (p. 117). Singh (1988)
defines prana as ―vital power; vital energy; life energy ...‖ (p. 249).
44
Mantras: ―Mantra [is] a verbal formula or sound, which is full of power‖ (Knott,
1998, p. 125). Bhattacharyya‘s (1982) technical definition of the word mantra is
―Brahman or ultimate reality in the form of sound. Letters, words, and sentences are its
different forms‖ (p. 448) and also ―Sakti or power in the form of sound, words and letters
.... which appears in the individual‖ (p. 448). However, in its most literal sense, mantra
means ―getting rid (trai, trana) of worldly fetters‖ (p. 448) or "to free from the mind"
(Radha, 2005, p. 23; Russil, 1983, p. xi) and at its core it is used for this purpose
Bhattacharyya, 1982, p. 448; Radha, 2005, p. 23; Russil, 1983, p. xi).
While the notion that sound reverberates spiritual and healing experience is
embedded in most of the ancient civilizations and cultures (Alvin, 1975, pp. 7-15;
Ashley-Farrand, 2006, p. 1; Blofeld, 1977, pp. 83-95; Beck, 2006, pp. 5-6; Newham,
1999, p. 123; Lavezzoli, 2006, ¶ 2), one geographical hub has preserved its essence right
until the present day: the Indian Subcontinent. In the Indian subcontinent it is believed
that the methodical recitation of Sanskrit Vedic hymns and sacred formulas, mantras,
over thousands of years has generated powerful fields of energy in sacred places and
mystical seers. Mystical seers are known to be endowed with psychic powers, used in the
attempt to obtain freedom from mental and physical illness and, ultimately, to experience
transcendence and the expansion of consciousness (Beck, 2006, ¶ 4).
Accounts of the nature of mantra energy may vary according to the various
degree of described experience, ―spiritual‖ (Radha, 2005, p. 23), ―psychic‖ (Blofeld,
1977, p. 100) ―auditory‖ (Russil, 2004, p. 46) or ―physical as well as subtle‖ (Ashley-
Farrand, 2006, p. 14).
45
Samadhi: according to Bhattacharyya (1982), samadhi is the last of ―six Yogic
practices‖, which is described in the Buddhist and non-Buddhist tantras as ―obtaining
perfect wisdom‖ (p. 230), or a ―state of perfect bliss in which the world of senses
disappears from mind of the aspirant. It is the aim of all yogic exercises…‖ (p. 467).
Feuerstein (1997) affirms that samadhi or ―the final limb (anga) of the yogic path‖ (p.
251) is described by various texts as a ―spectrum of ecstasy‖ (pp. 251-252); Mallison
(Gheranda and Mallison, 2004), in his English translation of the Gheranda Samhita, talks
of samadhi as the last of the sevenfold yoga, namely ―isolation‖, aimed at activating the
psycho-spiritual possibilities closely inherent in the subtle body system; specifically, the
chapter on Dhyana teaches ―three types of samadhi‖ (p. xii) or psycho-spiritual
transformational stages obtained by means of specific yogic practices. The
kalacakratantra, ch. 4, v.117, and the Vimalaprabhā speak of the yoga of samadhi ―a
meditative concentration of the form of gnosis (jnana-bimba). It is also interpreted as the
imperishable bliss that arises from the union of the apprehended object (grahya) and the
apprehending subject (grahaka)‖ (Wallace, 2001, pp. 203-207).
Background of Transpersonal Psychology and Integral Theories
From the beginning of the twentieth century, researchers, mostly in the fields of
psychiatry and psychology (humanistic psychology, behaviourism and psychoanalysis),
took an ever-increasing interest in the study of broader perspectives on consciousness.
This resulted later on in the twentieth century in the formation of a new discipline of
psychology, transpersonal psychology. Transpersonal psychology is considered by many
the natural prolongation of other major schools of psychology such as the school of
Psychosynthesis founded by Roberto Assagioli, the Analytical school of C. G. Jung and
46
the Humanistic psychology of Dr. Abraham Maslow. For example, transpersonal
psychology‘s particular focus in studying transpersonal psychological phenomena was
one of the pioneering aims proposed by Dr. Abraham Maslow (1970). Maslow (1970)
considered that the scientific study of transpersonal events, that he had defined as ―peak-
experiences‖ could enhance a better understanding of man's existence. Since Maslow‘s
preposition many psychologists and psychiatrists have incorporated in their study a
broader perspectives on consciousness (for example, altered states of consciousness), and
many transpersonal psychologists are theorizing on the phenomenon of expansion of
consciousness (Grof, 1988; Deikman, 1966; Ludwig, 1966; Ornstein, 1972; Tart, 1975).
Transpersonal psychology perhaps has been the discipline that has completely
originated from specific interest in the study of consciousness and its assumed
phenomena of expansion, also known as Altered States of Consciousness (Grof, 1988;
Deikman, 1966; Ludwig, 1966; Ornstein, 1972; Tart, 1975). Nevertheless, there are also
leading exponents of transpersonal psychology who are already talking of the exigency of
a more comprehensive psychology where the full range of the human consciousness, its
full ―spectrum‖ is taken into consideration, the notable example being Ken Wilber (1993,
1996, 1995, 2000). Wilber (2000) explains the aim of Integral psychology:
For an integral psychology, this means that the basic levels of consciousness
available to men and women need to be carefully differentiated into various
developmental lines. Through the levels or waves of the Great Nest (body, mind,
soul, spirit) run numerous different developmental lines or streams (cognitive,
moral, aesthetic, affective, needs, identities, perspective, etc.). It is the job of an
47
integral psychology to track all of these various waves and streams as they unfold
in any given individual. (p. 191)
Among the forerunners to the development of integral and transpersonal theories
of consciousness we find the Integral Philosophies of Sri Aurobindo Ghose, Jean Gebser,
Haridas Chaudhuri, and Indra Sen amongst others. Other contemporary transpersonal
and/or integral theorists that conducted bold research and studies on consciousness are
Michael Murphy, Michael Washburn, Allan Combs, Jean Gebser, Don Beck, Clare
Grave, Sean Esbjörn-Hargens, Ashok Gangadean, Ervin László, George Leonard, Steve
McIntosh, Michael Murphy, Richard Tarnas, William Irwin Thompson, Peter Wilberg,
Michael E. Zimmerman, just to mention a few.
In the last two decades we have witnessed a somewhat natural development
toward integral models and theories of consciousness and the application of these integral
perspectives to therapeutics applications. Transpersonal Psychology has a new discipline
has played an active part to host together the diverse cluster of theories on man‘s
psychological spectrum including transpersonal consciousness in a contemporary East-
West integral paradigm.
Definitions of transpersonal psychology.
There are many recognised definitions and aims of transpersonal psychology.
However, it can be stated that transpersonal psychology is a discipline in psychology
aiming at bridging the East-West perspective on the nature of consciousness and reality.
Its strength comes from its attempt to unify modern psychological theory, which draws
upon scientific disciplines (such as neurology, biopsychology, physics, and chemistry),
with different forms of Eastern knowledge, which draws upon mysticism.
48
Charles Tart (1975) states:
Transpersonal psychology is a fundamental area of research, scholarship, and
application based on experiences of temporarily transcending our usual
identification with our limited biological, historical, cultural and personal self
and, at the deepest and most profound levels of experience possible, recognising
‗‗something‘‘ of vast intelligence and compassion that encompasses the entire
universe. From this perspective our ordinary, ‗‗normal‘‘ biological, historical,
cultural, and personal self is seen as an important, but quite partial (and often
pathologically distorted) manifestation or expression of this much greater
‗‗something‘‘ that is our deeper origin and destination. (p. 156)
According to Lajoie and Shapiro (1992) transpersonal psychology is "the study of
humanity‘s highest potential, and with the recognition, understanding, and realization of
unitive, spiritual, and transcendent states of consciousness" (p. 91). Visser (2003)
describes transpersonal psychology as ―a school of religious psychology set up at the end
of the sixties which endeavours to study the field of mystical spirituality in a
scientifically sound way‖ (p. 1).
Therapeutic framework of transpersonal psychology.
As we have seen so far, transpersonal psychology attempts to unify modern
Western psychology, with Eastern spiritual disciplines. However, transpersonal
psychology does not seem to have in its main agenda exclusively the study of higher
states of consciousness; rather, it includes the study of many others aspect of
consciousness related to healing and transformation; in other words, transpersonal
psychology is also concerned with the health and well being of individuals.
49
This therapeutic concern of transpersonal psychology can be found right from
conception. For example, the term transpersonal psychology is closely associated with
the work of Abraham Maslow and his understanding of ―peak experiences‖ (1970, pp.
97-99, appendix H). He clearly expounds the therapeutic concern and aims in his work:
Descriptively, we can see in each person his own (weak) tendencies to grow
toward self-actualization; and, also descriptively, we can see his various (weak)
tendencies toward regressing (out of fear, hostility, or laziness). It is the task of
education, therapy, marriage, and the family to ally themselves to the former, and
to be conducive to individual growth. But why? How to prove this? Why is this
not just a covert smuggling in of the arbitrary, concealed values of the therapist?
(1970, p. 97)
Caplan, Hartelius and Rardin (2003) conducted a survey that represents a sizeable
spectrum of perspectives and ―offers a framework around which the reader is invited to
contemplate both foundational themes and shifting emphases within transpersonal
psychology‖ (p. 143). The survey shows how contemporary viewpoints on transpersonal
psychology are ―multifaceted and wide-ranging‖ (Caplan et al., 2003, p. 143), and
generally they are in line with the therapeutic aim of humanistic psychology and other
Integral disciplines (Caplan et al., 2003).
Grof (2000) defines transpersonal psychology as a discipline that includes various
aspects of concerns including the therapeutic one:
Transpersonal psychology is a discipline that expands, complements, and
modifies the conceptual framework of mainstream psychology and psychotherapy
in several important ways: (a) field of study and source of research data (uses
50
scientific methods to study the full spectrum of human experience, including an
important subgroup of non-ordinary states of consciousness ... (b) model of the
psyche (c) architecture of ―psychopathology‖ (d) therapeutic mechanisms (e)
spirituality. (p. 148-149)
We could readily include in the ―full spectrum of human experience‖ the
visualization and use of ‗the subtle body system‘, the ‗kundalini awakening‘, or healing
energy, the topic of this thesis. According to Sovatsky (1998):
Transpersonal Psychology sees all psychological maturation and pathology as
forward-moving struggles with faith (confidence combined with humility), hope
(optimism), love (deepening powers of gratitude, appropriate contrition,
forgiveness, and ecstasy), the palpability of eternal time (awe, endlessness) and
the mystery of time-passage (anicca (Sanskrit) in Buddhism, Kali-Shaivism in
Hinduism, grace in Judaism and Christianity), and the attainment of
‗‗extraordinary‘‘ mental, moral, and emotional intelligence/maturity. It holds
special regard for nonlinguistic gnosis (meditation, ecstatic states and bodily
sensations such as ‗‗Kundalini,‘‘ ‗‗chi,‘‘ ... et cetera) and for the limitations of
linguistic ‗‗knowledge‘‘ in general. (p. 154)
Walsh and Vaughan (1980) stress, more than do others, transpersonal
psychology‘s therapeutic (and transpersonal studies in general) proposal and main agenda
of implementing psycho-spiritual growth and well-being; thus, they explain:
Transpersonal Psychology is concerned with expanding the field of psychological
inquiry to include the study of optimal psychological health and well-being. It
recognizes the potential for experiencing a broad range of states of consciousness,
51
in some of which identity may extend beyond the usual limits of the ego and
personality. (p. 16)
In the above sentence Walsh and Vaughan (1980) are clearly pointing to the full
spectrum of human consciousness, which will be extensively examined within this thesis.
Furthermore, Walsh and Vaughan (1980), referring to the importance that the therapeutic
aspect has for transpersonal psychology, state ―… it is the aspect of therapy that goes
beyond ego goals and bridges psychological and spiritual practices‖ (p. 161).
Thus, transpersonal psychology‘s perspective spans many research interests and fields
(such as meditation, consciousness, near death experience [NDE], kundalini awakening,
health, nursing, et cetera), and, as already mentioned, is also preoccupied with bridging
and integrating them (notable example is given by Wilber‘s 2000 work, Integral
Psychology).
52
CHAPTER 2: REVIEW OF LITERATURE
Introduction
With the following review of literature, I intend to unfold to the reader the diverse
themes that I have encountered, and struggled with, and meditated upon. I will briefly
narrate, first, how my thesis research derives from my interest in personal development;
then, I will explore topics extracted from my personal and professional life-narrative;
subsequently, I will introduce the literature review that inspired my research proposal;
finally, I will describe, as comprehensively as possible, the topics that inspired the
literature review throughout the writing of this thesis. The main themes abridge the need
for an in-depth explanation of what personal development and spiritual growth (which I
understand as being a part of human development that spans the entire life) imply for the
therapist and nonprofessional alike. The main topic is a specific phenomenon reflected in
yoga: subtle energy in healing and transformation.
The sections that follow are in many ways a retrospective journey through my inner
effort to understand the meaning of human development. This journey, as any journey,
has been full of obstacles. It has taken me through topics of personal and professional
interest, topics assimilated first through a commitment to deeply contemplate them.
Contemplation led to a thorough examination of the relevant literature. This examination
has been structured by a precise interdisciplinary framework, already identified in the
introductory chapter and elsewhere in this thesis. Finally, my examination of the
literature, coupled with my commitment to direct experience, has led me to reach a
phenomenological understanding of what the phenomenon of self development implies,
for me.
53
In my quest to understand self development, Yoga constitutes one of the
fundamental lenses, as this holistic discipline integrated organically complex prospective
principles for understanding human development and human nature. Thus, yoga as a
method for personal development becomes the first topic that needs to be dealt with in
this review of the literature.
Yoga as a way of personal development.
My thesis research and the literature review that it inspired derive from my
interest in personal development, which became apparent at about the age of twenty one.
As I moved into my adult years, I joined a class in the ancient self-care discipline of
yoga. I see my partaking of this first yoga workshop as a personal life landmark that
initiated my journey to discover and learn how to integrate new modes of understanding
personal development, so that I could better understand myself. For example, yoga
introduced me, in a pragmatic way, to principles entirely new to me, such as body-mind
awareness and the concept of an inner spirituality that had nothing to do with the
religious beliefs that had been imparted to me since my early childhood. Many years have
passed since that first yoga course. Since then, a strong commitment to further my self-
knowledge through practical training and theoretical literature about yoga principles has
gradually shaped me into a yoga practitioner and therapist. Nonetheless, despite the fact I
have accumulated some teaching experience in the yoga discipline and have experienced
its therapeutic benefits for a few years now, I feel a complete beginner and that I am a far
away from reaching the peak of my potential. Moreover, I have reached a stage at which I
am aware that yoga discipline as a tool for working with oneself and others, on issues
related to personal development, is a path constructed, step by step, through a continuous
54
process of learning and growth that eventually takes the practitioner beyond a logical (by
logic I mean here reasoning conducted or assessed according to strict principles of
present day scientific understanding) understanding of what personal development, and
for that matter, human evolution and life structure might involve. The words that describe
the sentence ‗beyond a logical understanding‘ are many: Spirituality, transcendence,
mysticism, transpersonal or higher consciousness are but a few of them.
The first issue that I had to resolve within me was the need to better understand
yoga as an ancient discipline. The second was yoga‘s significance in a present-day
context of personal development. While this process of resolution had begun at a
preliminary stage, when I was still contemplating my specific thesis proposal, and was to
a certain degree an issue that I had resolved within the preliminary review of literature
that informed my master‘s proposal, I believe that a brief review holds significance, since
it helps explain how I arrived the specific area of interest for my overall master‘s degree
and thesis, which is ‗subtle energy: healing and transformation.‘
Although I originally engaged in the practice of yoga from an interest in personal
development, in recent years I have had the opportunity to further train myself in this
discipline, so that I have become a professional yoga teacher and therapist (my personal
framework has been dealt with already in the thesis‘ introduction). I saw, in the
opportunity to teach yoga professionally, an opportunity to share and pass on to others
the self care and therapeutics principles implied in the whole system of yoga, more than
an opportunity to make a living. Within the true yoga philosophy, which had been my
overall approach to this systemic discipline, a strong spiritual bond exists with the idea of
sharing without expecting anything in exchange. Essentially, the idea of teaching yoga or
55
employing yoga as a therapeutic tool in exchange for monetary benefits does not lie at the
foundation of the discipline, in the way it is ‗unfortunately‘ conceived nowadays. Instead,
yogi adepts have traditionally relied on ‗trust‘ that their survival and basic needs would
be met. Whatever the term ‗professional‘ might imply in a present-day context, I share
here in short my idea of becoming a professional yoga teacher and therapist: Professional
yoga teachers have the spiritual opportunity to share their knowledge of yoga, in
whatever form possible, for the physical, mental and spiritual benefit of others, in
exchange for energy, in whatever form it may appear, including, but not necessarily,
money. I understand this principle to be related significantly to my pursuit of personal
development and spiritual growth. However, my primary need to address issues related
to my personal development and spiritual growth were much later merged with the need
to address issues related with the need to teach a yoga true to its teachings, which
ultimately aims at healing and transformation (in the broad sense explained in the
introduction chapter of this thesis), and to achieve a better understanding of certain
evolving issues. Examples of concerns are: difficulty in relating to others; life-style
issues; self-management; and personal balance. Thus, in the process of reviewing the
main literature on yoga, I was determined to find a literature that could provide new
information that addressed my personal and professional misgivings.
The study by Valente and Marotta (2005), The impact of yoga on the professional
and personal life of the psychotherapist, which explores the impact of a regular practice
of yoga in the personal and professional lives of psychotherapists, provided, in a
conclusive way, definitions and clarifications of yoga and its complex and fundamental
meanings for personal and professional development. These definitions, in my opinion,
56
more than others, capture the complex yoga discipline in a way that resolved my
uncertainty about yoga as a path to personal development and spiritual growth, and
satisfied my need to bridge past and present understanding of yoga as a holistic system.
Valente and Marotta explain that: ―Yoga is an ancient form of meditation used to bring
awareness and balance to one‘s life and to develop human physiological, psychological,
and spiritual potentials‖ (p. 71). Moreover, they provided a comprehensive categorization
of ―… common patterns … addressing professional growth and the self care of the
therapist‖, ―that emerged as four themes …. These themes are: internal/self awareness,
balance, acceptance of self and others, and yoga as a way of life‖ (p. 65). Although the
authors concentrate specifically on psychotherapists, I believe that these patterns are
universal and can be applied to any professional therapists. They are, therefore, indicative
of my need for personal and professional fulfilment. Moreover, I believe that Valente and
Marotta conceptualize the holism implied in yoga, as well as meditation, and for that
matter in other disciplines, in a way that is very clarifying and inspiring to my own search
for meaning, since they seem to understand well the implication of this discipline. A
description by these authors encapsulates the whole implication of the yoga discipline:
―The movement involved in yoga not only prepares the mind and body for sitting
meditation, but is itself a meditation. Beyond being a meditation, yoga is a system of
physical and mental practices aimed at intellectual and spiritual growth‖ (p. 70). This
study, perhaps more than other, reaffirmed my belief in ‗yoga as a way of life,‘ and
nourished my life-long commitment to a practice which is holistic, thus multifaceted for
excellence, wherein the physical (primordial), emotional (relational), mental (intellectual)
and spiritual (intuitional) aspects of the self-individual growth are included. I found this
57
study inspiring in many ways, but also I felt that I could personally relate to their
explanations. For example, a reference in Valente and Marotta addresses an issue that
mirrors my current dichotomy as yoga professional amd graduate student:
For therapists to reach an optimum level of self-regulation, they must work to
prevent their energy from being consumed by a single aspect of their life. A
highly demanding and frantic schedule initiated upon entering graduate school
and continued throughout professional training can perpetuate a lifestyle that is
imbalanced and consuming. (pp. 67-68)
On the other hand, what surprised me is that Valente and Marotta (2005) in
directing in many ways a valid study on the impact of yoga on the professional and
personal life of the psychotherapist, display a lack of basic knowledge of the yoga
principle of subtle energy and the subtle body system as a medium for healing and
transformation in general. For example, Valente and Marotta, in the above statement that
highlights the need for the therapist ―to work to prevent their energy from being
consumed by a single aspect of their life,‖ do not point out as either a preventive measure
or a remedy the value of subtle energy work. This oversight comes as no surprise when
one considers that the authors, in an attempt to summarize the main understanding of
yoga in the West, draw heavily from classic and classical citations on Patanjali‘s Yoga
Sutras. For example, they explain:
Yoga is one of the six orthodox systems of Indian philosophy and has been used
for millennia to study, explain, and experience the complexities of the mind and
human existence (Feuerstein, 1998). Patanjali, an ancient yoga sage, defines yoga
as a technique used to still the mental fluctuations of the mind to reach the central
58
reality of the true self (Iyengar, 1966). Patanjali‘s Yoga Sutras, dated around 200
C.E., outlines a skillful way of conducting life that fosters moderation and
harmony (Becker, 2000). These guidelines, which include ethical and moral
standards of living in addition to postural and breathing exercises, are used to
foster spiritual growth and evolve one‘s consciousness. (p. 70)
This litany is common to accounts of Yoga reported in the West, based on
Patanjali‘s yoga sutras. Although Patanjali was the first to record in written form sutras
collected in a manuscript format, and hence the first to codify the ancient spiritual
tradition of yoga, which until that time had only been passed orally, and while his work
remains an authoritative source on a specific type of yoga, it does not report on the subtle
body phenomenon (Kundalini yoga‘s principles of the prana energy, chakra system, its
related techniques, mechanics, purpose and so forth) that was later observed and reported
in tantra literature. Also, Patanjali-yoga only relates the general outline and not the details
of such specific yoga techniques as asanas and pranayamas.
What is rare knowledge is that yoga consists of many schools, and many of the
most popular yoga techniques, such as asanas and pranayamas, come from the Hatha
yoga tradition, which is also an integral constituent of Kundalini yoga practice. The main
difference between Hatha yoga and Kundalini-yoga lies in the fact that the latter
discipline has a specific focus on directing the practice so as to enable life-energy and its
governing subtle body system (e.g., chakras) to work in favour of the practitioner‘s
personal development, which is healing and tranformation. As Swami Sivananda Radha
(2006) explains:
59
Hatha yoga is one aspect of Kundalini Yoga and plays an important part in the
development of the aspirant. The scriptural interpretation of the word Hatha
expresses the polarity in which all beings function. Ha is said to be the positive or
active principle of existence, symbolized by the sun, heat, light and creativity. Tha
is correspondingly the negative or reflective principle, symbolized by the moon,
cold, darkness and receptivity. (pp. 249-250)
Preceding the proper review of the literature that directly informed the writing of
this thesis, I will relate in the next section more on my personal experience, specifically
on how I first come across Kundalini yoga, the yoga that deals with the specific interest
of my thesis, the kundalini phenomenon and its yoga practice and metaphysical principles
that has been observed and reported predominantly in tantra literature.
Kundalini yoga as a new opportunity.
I first came across Kundalini yoga and its governing principles of subtle energy
and chakras system through reading yoga training manuals such as Asana, pranayama,
mudra, and bandha by Saraswati, Swami Satyananda (1996), who limits his account to a
brief explanation of the existence of an esoteric subtle body that permeates our physical
body. His writing introduced me to a new and obscure knowledge that, in turn, led me to
ponder to such questions as: How is it that in our Western culture there is no record of
such knowledge? How is it that, during my many years of yoga training, no one has ever
mentioned the existence of another aspect of my body? However, what I initially
discovered of the subtle energy (and chakras system) and its potential for healing and
transformation did not come from text, but from direct experience at a time of personal
difficulties. An account of this direct experience is comprehensibly described in the
60
section ―Personal Framework‖ of the Introduction. Through this personal framework
narrative, I retrace my own progress to the point of discovering the specific subject of
interest for my thesis, a single phenomenon: subtle energy. I believe that this personal
framework also provides a solid platform upon which the main topics that I intend to
research in my review of literature should be laid out. The topics are: human evolution,
characterized by personal development and spiritual growth; and transformation,
characterized by healing. Since these issues are addressed elsewhere, I will simply affirm,
here, that my personal narrative in essence relates to human evolution (personal
development and spiritual growth) and was transformed (healed) by the discovery of a
single phenomenon: subtle energy. The topics that have subsequently been assessed to
broaden my understanding of human evolution are informed by the subtle body system
phenomenon and other aspects that will unfold in the following sections of this review of
the literature.
What follows encapsulates my exploration of these two topics: human evolution
and the subtle body system, so ordered, because I believe that they inform subsequent
themes in this review of the literature. I hope that the review of the literature that follows
will provide the reader with a satisfactory theoretical framework for and a clear
understanding of the principles of my thesis.
New understanding of human evolution.
To meet the contextual requirements for my interdisciplinary study in Asian
Religious Studies, Transpersonal Psychology and Arts therapy, the literature had to be
selected according to disciplines and according to ancient and contemporary authors. At
the same time, I was determined to achieve an in-depth understanding of the phenomenon
61
under study, subtle energy. As a result, although I reviewed the literature in a
chronological and disciplinary manner, my exposition focuses on specific topics that
concerned my personal development and spiritual growth as part of a bigger framework,
human evolution. Thus, the literature was approached as follows: first, I read the ancient
sources, the Indic meditational literature, for the specific purpose of collecting data on the
subtle body system. I undertook this reading with the aim of determining the main
anatomical model, mechanics, practice, purpose and meaning. Subsequently, I had to rely
on contemporary commentaries to increase the coherence of my understanding of the
phenomenon. Finally, I began to look for theoretical and practical evidence of how this
ancient knowledge has been and can be further integrated in a present day context.
Nevertheless, the topic that follows, human evolution, abstains from the chronological
set-up explained above; since, I feel a need to better contextualize the subject of human
evolution within the broad intention of this thesis.
Personal development and spiritual growth.
Committed to yoga as a way of life, I have experienced a phenomenon, subtle
energy in healing and transformation, which I understand as a prospective body of
knowledge (generally referred to as Kundalini yoga or tantric yoga) that can be used to
empower human evolutionary self-development. However, human evolution is a term
that leaves open boundaries to its interpretation. My spontaneous understanding relates it
to stages of development that an individual, or the human race as a single unit, has to
traverse to improve circumstances which are essentially marked by material, intellectual
and spiritual requirements. I feel that the different stages mark the order of importance
given to the requirements; in other words, an individual or the human race in its totality,
62
at a specific stage of development, transforms necessities in an ascending manner, from
material needs at the bottom, to spiritual at the top.
The pioneering contribution to my intuitive understanding comes from the
Integral philosophy of Aurobindo Ghose. According to Varma (1990) ―Aurobindo‘s
philosophy of the universe emphasizes the double mechanism of involution and
evolution‖ (p. 9). He further states that the single concept was central to Aurobindo‘s
philosophy, which is the ―Satchidananda” or ―supermind‖ or ―supramental truth-
consciousness‖ that includes the ―infinite‖ static and infinite ―movement‖ (p. 9). Cosmic
creation, with human beings in it, is an energetic manifestation of this supra-conscious
movement. This movement is an instrument for the creation of infinite forms of
consciousness energy that seek progression from its involutive state to its original
evolutive one (Varma, 1990, p. 9). A deep philosophical explanation of these ideas is out
of the scope of this thesis; instead, here I am concerned more with an understanding of
theories that include in the concept of human evolution the idea of evolution of
consciousness. However, a clear understanding of how this study was conceptualized and
executed cannot refrain from introducing the researcher‘s personal frame of reference,
which is profoundly spiritual in form, although also aspired by an understanding of
psychosomatic developmental stages. Varma (1990) explains that Aurobindo‘s
understanding of ―the universe then is a refraction of the divine existence, and inverted
order of ascent and descent‖ (p. 10); thus, spanning from existence that is matter,
consciousness-force that is life, bliss that is psyche to supermind that is mind (Varma,
1990, p. 10). From what is just said, it is my understanding that pragmatic aspects of
human existence are energetic reflections of consciousness and seek evolution through
63
movement that creates bliss, which is ascension toward divine life. Consciousness is thus,
for Aurobindo, the primary element necessary for evolution to occur, ―the mechanism of
liberation of the supreme spirit from its involuntary imprisonment to the material
inconscience‖ (Varma, 1990, p. 11). Finally, also of importance is the idea that
―evolution is a mechanism of two significant processes, ascent and integration .... Ascent
signifies the growing manifestation of the inherent unmanifest consciousness-force ....
Integration as a process in evolution signifies the reconciliation and harmonization of the
higher and the lower states of being ....‖ (Varma, 1990, p. 11); whereas, higher
consciousness intervenes to reconcile and permit the ―processual transformation and the
transmutation of the lower by the higher‖ (Varma, 1990, p. 13).
Similarly, the above concept of the evolution of spirit is also found in the concept
of Divine Ground in Aldous Huxley‘s perennial philosophy (1945), revisited by Wilber
(2000) in his concept of The Nest of Being (chapter titled ―the Great Nest of Being‖, p.6),
which posits that all cosmic manifestations are grounded in the divine and that human
consciousness has the power to transform and integrate their duality, which is governed
by lower, ego centred mind, and higher, divine centred mind, into union with the Divine.
While Aurobindo attempted to translate into practice this grand philosophy of
evolution (1990) through a new integral yoga (1993), Wilber transplanted his grand
theory of evolution into a new integral psychology (2000) based on the idea that human
consciousness spans from pre-personal, to personal and on to transpersonal qualities that
are the manifestation of the same Divine Ground. He termed this range of qualities in
human consciousness as ―Spectrum of Consciousness‖ (1993). Wilber‘s (2000)
―Spectrum of Consciousness‖ and integral psychology, however, can be traced back to
64
Aurobindo and his close correspondents. For example, Satprem (1968) throughout his
subjective analytical exploration, premieres the essence of Aurobindo‘s new
philosophical and spiritual theory (1990) of the transformation of human evolution, that
operating from the level of the corporal-cellular to the energetic-spiritual, marks the
beginning of a new phase of physical-energetic evolution, which foresees humanity
replaced by a ―supramental consciousnesses,‖ a sort of superior being, spiritual in its
Essence. Haridas Chaudhuri was already proposing the idea of an integral psychology
back in the 1970s. Chaudhuri (1974) postulated ―a triadic principle of uniqueness,
relatedness and transcendence, corresponding to the personal, interpersonal and
transpersonal domains of human existence‖ (pp. 7-15).
A larger group of researchers deserve to be mentioned in this literature review,
however, I believe that due to space and time constraint it will suffice to say that this
group, generically defined as the ‗integral movement,‘ is composed of the forerunners of
integral philosophy and transpersonal and integral psychology; amongst them we find
exponents such as Abraham Maslow, Jean Gebser, Indra Sen, Roberto Assagioli (founder
of the school of psycho-synthesis), and C.G. Jung (founder of the analytical school of
psychology). This group, characterized by a strong commitment to interdisciplinary and
cross-cultural research, contributed to a paradigm shift in the West, from the vision of
human evolution as measurable only with brain-mechanisms or biological life, to the
vision of human evolution as part of a spectrum of consciousness that equally
incorporates materialistic and spiritualistic life-dimensions. This paradigm shift was
made possible through the integration of Eastern-contemplative and Western-empirical
investigative approaches and the body of knowledge for understanding human evolution
65
that includes the spiritual phenomenon. For example, after a life dedicated to extensive
exploration of the depths of the human psyche, Carl Gustav Jung gives indications that
man‘s essential nature is spiritual (2001). In fact, he states: ―the psychologist must ...
remember that certain religious convictions not founded on reason are necessity of life
for many persons‖ (p. 198). And, more clearly, he states this reality of the human‘s nature
by saying:
I am accused of mysticism. I do not, however, hold myself responsible for the fact
that man has, everywhere and always, spontaneously developed religious forms of
expression, and that the human psyche from time immemorial has been shot
though with religious feelings and ideas. Whoever cannot see this aspect of the
human psyche is blind, and whoever chooses to explain it away, or to ‗enlighten‘
it away, has no sense of reality. (2001, p. 124)
I believe that with this intimation, already implied in the above mentioned
philosophical and psychological ideas (i.e., the Divine Ground, the Supermind and The
Nest of Being) and others similar, that spirituality is, apart from any possible dispute on
its psychological sustainability, nonetheless, an irrefutable reality of human
psychological structure. With regard to its disputable psychological sustainability, it
seems to me that Jung (1990) admits to the prime importance of spiritual values or self-
realization in what he names ―individuation‖ (p. 173), a well-known Jungian concept that
describes the innate human growth process necessary for psychologically sound
individuals. For example, he believes that psychologically unsound individuals, affected
by neurosis, although possibly appearing at a superficial level to be coping well enough
with everyday life, are not. As he states:
66
As a result of their narrow conscious outlook and their cramped existence they
save energy; bit by bit it accumulates in the unconscious and finally explodes in
the form of a more or less acute neurosis. This simple mechanism does not
necessarily conceal a ‗plan.‘ A perfect understandable urge towards self-
realization [‗higher consciousnesses‘] would provide a quite explanatory
explanation. (Jung, 1990, p.184)
This self-realization is, according to Jung, individuated: ―a process of
psychological development that fulfills the individual qualities given …‖ (1990, p.155).
Jung seems to acknowledge that an individual, by consciously recognizing the
―unconscious processes … would extend the range of consciousness‖ (p. 184), though, he
affirms that, at a neurotic level of personality, ―we are still a long way from the summit
of absolute consciousness‖ (p. 184). Thus, for Jung, the impelling motive of neurosis
seems to be an outburst of forces towards self-realization, and a realization of spiritual
meaning and purpose is a possible solution to neurosis and requires the realization that
the unconscious has a connection to life-giving spiritual forces and subsequently a willing
commitment of the whole person to experience directly this evolutionary process, which
is a possible way to resolve the conflicting struggle of the ego (Jung, 1990).
To conclude, all the Indic meditational literature reviewed has one, common,
identifiable concept that implies this holism in human evolution, and this is the concept
of samadhi. The commentaries and studies on the tantric doctrines understand this
concept as the ability of the individual to recover the wholeness or unite the personal with
the universal and other similar descriptions (Radha, 2006; Flood, 1996; Bhattacharyya,
1982, 1986; Fields, 2001; Brahmacharini, 1990; Feuerstein, 1997).
67
Subtle body system.
As result of my direct experience with subtle energy and the subtle body system,
by now I knew that an in-depth theoretical understanding of the phenomenon and its
governing principle was paramount to me achieving further understanding of the way
human consciousness evolves in body-mind and spirit. The specific texts of Indic tantric
and non tantric literature (available in English translation) that I reviewed are: The Sat-
Cakra-Nirupana (Avalon, 1974); The Tantraraja tantra (Avalon,1981); The
Vijnanabhairava (Singh, 1979); The Hathayoga-pradipika of Svatmarama (Svatmarama,
1972); The Gheranda samhita (Gheranda and Mallison, 2004); The Siva samhita
(Mallison, 2007); The Hevajra tantra: A critical study (Snellgrove, 1959); The concealed
essence of the hevajra tantra (Farrow and Menon, 1992); The Kalacakratantra (Wallace,
2001); The Inner kālacakratantra (Wallace, 2001); A commentary on the kalacakra
tantra (Ngawang, 1985); The Practice of kalachakra (Mullin, 1991). For an in-depth
historical background on these texts, please refer to the section ―Historical Background of
Ancient Indic Meditational Literature‖ in the introduction.
Main structure.
The specific Indic meditational literature reviewed here presents accounts of a
subtle energy that is contingent to a complex subtle body system. According to these
accounts, this subtle body system is organized mainly by conduits (nadis) and vortex or
centres (chakras) of consciousness. After reviewing all of the Hindu texts, I found that I
had descriptions of six chakras (Avalon, 1974, 1981; Singh, 1979; Svatmarama, 1972;
Mallison, 2004, 2007). By contrast, Buddhist tantric texts variously describe a system of
four, five, or six chakras. However, general consensus identifies four main chakras
68
(Snellgrove, 1959; Farrow and Menon, 1992; Wayman, 1977; Wallace, 2001; Ngawang,
1985; Guenther, 1972). All the Indic texts and other contemporary scholars (e.g.,
Feuerstein, 2003) agree that there are three main nadis and that the central channel is the
one paramount to freely convey or channel the purified subtle energy in its ascension
along the axis of the chakras, which is located along the spine and opens out from the
fontanelle on the top of the head.
Healing and transformation.
Each specific tradition or author uses different language to describe the subtle
body system‘s structure, mechanism, purpose and so forth. For example, Avalon (1974)
describes ―a process technically known as … piercing of the Six Centres … of the body
… by the agency of … Cosmic Energy in bodies…‖ (p. 1). Singh (1979), in his
commentary of the Hindu tantric text The Vijnanabhairava, reports that this specific text
(belonging to the Kashmir Saivism or ideal of Saivagama philosophical school) teaches
various ways of centring awareness and entering divine consciousness, which include
ordinary and extraordinary experiences (e.g., kundalini) obtained by the individual
through tantric methods of spiritual practice (e.g., chanting mantras and practicing
pranayamas). The aim of the practitioner is to assimilate, and not reject, the universal
divine source. Singh (1979) explains this process as ―the integration of the individual self
to the Universal Self [Lord Shiva] … and the realization of the universe as the expression
of His Sakti or spiritual Energy‖ (p. ix). In my own interpretation of these texts, the
chakras can be understood as catalysers that administer and regulate energy to the human
system, producing fundamentally psychosomatic healing and spiritual transformation.
Moreover, it seems that the work of the chakras (e.g., to administer and convey energy)
69
is also subjected to consciousness; for this reason, besides being translated into English as
centres of energy, they are also translated using such terms as psychic centres, centres of
consciousness, and spiritual-energetic centres. The reviewed texts also agree about the
need for a practice of realization, consisting mainly of physical postures, breathing
exercises and meditative techniques, to activate subtle energy found positioned in a static
and dense form in the lower or base chakra; and, subsequently, purify such subtle energy
with an intensified practice, consisting of more advanced techniques that include various
meditative techniques such as chanting mantras. For example, the yogic subtle body
practices taught in the Hevajra tantra, which include mundane and non mundane rituals,
yogas, visualization meditation, mantras, mandalas, consecration, and so forth, are aimed
at generating energy (prana) affecting the psychic centres (chakra/padmas) for spiritual
realization (Snellgrove, 1959; Wayman, 1977; Farrow and Menon, 1992). Thus, each
chakra centre seems to be responsible for employing subtle energy for transformation of
consciousness. When the subtle energy reaches its final course, the top chakra, it allows
the adept to reach the pinnacle of human consciousness, the ultimate stage of human
evolution or development, that is identified by various names according to the tradition (a
tradition‘s specific examination will be the subject of concentration in chapter 4 and other
data also can be found in the introduction and throughout the thesis). Clearly, the various
descriptions indicate an interrelation that exists between consciousness and energy forces
that, through a diversified practice, work for healing and spiritual transformation.
Ontological and phenomenological meanings.
In a present day context, commentators and scholars of this Indic meditational
literature are debating how to interpret this body of knowledge. One of the main
70
questions that unanimously arises from leading scholars is: Should we understand the
subtle body system as a figurative or literal representation? (Flood, 1996; Snellgrove,
1959; Avalon, 1951, 1974; Zimmer, 1951; Samuel, 1989). Snellgrove (1959) seems to
suggest that the illustration of the subtle body system might work as an external device
like a mandala; thus, it is a representation of a macrocosmic reality that the tantric adept
can meditate upon and attempt to embody. Avalon (1974) reiterates this important
principle of man being a microcosmic correspondence of the macrocosmic reality. By
contrast, Zimmer (1951) propose that the transformation mechanism happens for real in
the physical body and is not an imagined process (p. 592). Avalon (1951) points to a
topic that is of prime importance in an attempt to answer the above dilemma. He puts
forward the tantric principle that ―the realization of divine absolute is obtained through an
empowerment of the self through the understanding that we can embody the power of the
Brahman‖ (pp. 259-260). Samuel (1989) indicates that the non dual principle of self and
universe is conveyed in tantras through the subtle body structure. What I would like to
introduce here is my opinion that, although the debate is very significant in terms of
scientifically measuring and thus proving the existence of a physical subtle body system
made of chakras and nadis and so forth, the significant factor that scholars of tantric
literature have collectively not undermined is the certainty that the employment of the
subtle body system, in either way, as a representation or as a real physical system, is
ontologically and phenomenologically important, because it affects the nature of being
(i.e., self-related) and the existence or reality (i.e., related to consciousness). The
phenomenological importance is reaffirmed by psychologists and therapists, with
transpersonal researchers at the forefront, employing the chakra system as a
71
psychological model of personal development. Again here, the debate is quite animated
in terms of coming to an agreement as to the true meaning of this system; nevertheless,
the chakras are ever-increasingly gaining importance as assessment and psycho-
therapeutic tools. (Breaux, 1998; Meadow, 1993; Judith, 1987; Myss, 1996; Rama et
al.,1976).
Therapeutic benefits.
All the texts comprising the Indic meditational literature point out, to a greater or
lesser extent, that adepts who actively engage in yogic tantric practices experience an
evolutionary process, which involves healing and transformation at the various levels of
body-mind and spirit. Moreover, contemporary hermeneutics scholars (Fields, 2001;
Avalon, 1974; Bhattacharyya, 1982; Feuerstein, 2003; Flood, 2002; Mallison, 2007;
Samuel, 1989; Singh, 1979; Wallace, 2001) and authors who have had direct experience
with the phenomenon of kundalini (Krishna, 1971; Krieger, 2002) seem to unanimously
agree upon the healing and transformative power that this develops.
Another question that naturally arises here is: Does healing and transformation
occur because the adept has to subject himself/herself to an assiduous practice of
realization? If we consider that these practices of realization are comprised of physical
postures/exercises, breathing exercises and meditative activities that enhance the human
system at both the physical and mental levels (cardiovascular, nervous, muscular and so
forth) and also induce relaxation, concentration and so forth, then it is no wonder, some
would argue, that practitioners have to experience, to a greater or lesser degree, some
therapeutic benefits in their complex psychosomatic system. In other words, we are faced
with the dilemma of whether or not it is the practice that causes healing and
72
transformation of the putative subtle energy. Again, the opinions expressed regarding this
proposal are varied. Studies are being conducted in various scientific fields; and, despite
findings that are sometime inconsistent, what I reiterate is important, again, is the fact
that there is unanimous consent that yogic practices, at any or all of the physical, mental
and spiritual levels, induce benefits for the practitioners. The following section presents
studies that corroborate this assertion through encouraging findings.
Measurement of yoga practices.
Determined to integrate some of the theoretical data with quantifiable data, I have
surveyed scientific studies that were able to show a relationship between spirituality,
better health and improved quality of life. Bormann and Carrico (2009) report a long list
of studies that show ―growing evidence supports the premise that spirituality is associated
with better health outcomes (Seeman et al., 2003) and improved quality of life (Aguirre,
1998; Brady et al., 1999; Paloutzian and Ellison, 1982)‖ (p. 359). Other studies reported
by Bormann and Carrico (2009) show that ―both religious and spiritually-based practices
may buffer the effects of stress‖ (p. 359). For example, studies on mantra applications
display positive findings ―associated with stress reduction .... reduced hypertension ...
improved pain management ... improved cerebral blood flow ... and EEG changes‖ (p.
359). Bormann and Carrico (2009) also point to studies, one conducted by Bernardi,
Sleight, Bandinelli, Cencetti, Fattorini, Wdowczyc-Szulc, and Lagi (2001) which ―found
that reciting the rosary prayer or yoga mantras enhanced cardiovascular rhythms and
slowed respirations in healthy adults‖ (p. 360) and another by Janowaik and Hackman
(1994), which ―found a positive association between mantra chanting and stress
reduction‖ (p. 360). Moreover, many studies surveyed show that ―meditative techniques
73
are believed to reduce stress by initiating the relaxation response, a state of subjective and
physiological calm opposite to the fight or flight response‖ (Bormann and Carrico, 2009,
p. 360)
I have personally examined studies by Bormann and Carrico (2009) and Bernardi et
al. (2001) on mantra application; by Carson, J. W., Carson, K. M., Porter, Keefe, Shaw,
Miller (2007) Khalsa and Cope (2006) and Khalsa, Shorter, Cope, Wyshak, and Sklar
(2009) on yoga applications; by Singh, Kyizom, Singh, Tandon, and Madhu, (2008) and
Arambula, Peper, Kawakami and Gibney (2001) on pranayamas. All these studies
demonstrate that a certain degree of psychosomatic enhancement and/or psychological
well-being occurred in participants. Also, I have examined studies by Carter, Presti,
Callistemon, Liu, Ungerer, and Pettigrew (2005), Newberg, D‘Aquili and Rause, V.
(2001), Newberg and D‘Aquili (1999), Baijal and Narayanan (2009) on various types of
meditation. These studies were specifically aimed at measuring neurological patterns of
brain activation in participants undergoing altered states of consciousness during
meditation. The findings corroborate neurological activities in all participant meditators,
where different neurological activities correspond with different accounts on the content
of altered states of consciousness. In chapter 5, these studies will be further described and
their findings will constitute the basis for an analytic attempt to establish the significant
implications of my thesis.
Conclusion
From the review of the meditational literature, I understand that two theories
account for the subtle body system: one portrays it as a figurative model; the other holds
that it is literal. However, in either case, agreement exists about the ontological and
74
phenomenological importance of the subtle body system. Also, the confirmation, through
scientific measurement, of the therapeutic and transpersonal effects of such yoga subtle
body practices as mantras, pranayamas, and meditation are extremely important to the
validation of this thesis. Moreover, based upon my personal experience with the
phenomenon and its practice, I conclude that despite the difficulty of reaching a general
agreement on the specificity of the meaning of the chakra system, its employments,
either as a literal or metaphorical tool, positively affects healing and transformation. Thus
it influences personal development and spiritual growth, producing human evolution.
In the next section, I explore an integrative model of human development
interpreted through the hierarchical lens of personal, interpersonal, transpersonal. In other
words, personal development is an opportunity for enhancing the interpersonal
relationship with the external; and, in this integration, a subsequent exploration of the
transpersonal reality can be initiated, leading to spiritual growth and the pinnacle of
human evolution.
Integral Framework
Subtle energy-consciousness.
The foregoing examination of meditational literature regarding the phenomenon
of subtle energy seems to interrelate with the phenomenon of expansion of
consciousness. In other words, both connect to personal development and spiritual
growth. Meditational tantric literature also describes the possibility of placing in motion
evolutionary processes through the employment of subtle energy. Moreover, the
meditative and aesthetic enactment of its systemic representation of evolutionary stages
of consciousness, despite expanding boundaries of consciousness to transpersonal realms,
75
does not deny or degrade the personal constructs of individuals. In truth, some of the
doctrines that have been examined teach that reality is configured by the transpersonal
and that the personal, body and mind, are mere illusions. Such interpretations tend to
exclude rather than include the body-mind. However, this is not the approach of the
tantric traditions, in which, contrary to classical yoga or other Vedantic philosophies, the
body plays an important role and becomes the materialization of the divine transpersonal
reality. In other words, the personal reality includes the transpersonal by realization of a
greater reality. Tantric doctrines are also distinguished by their favorable orientation
towards aesthetic experience; whereas, divinity is realized only through embodying its
essence (e.g., qualities, etc.) and rituals play an important role for the embodiment of
divine of consciousness. Basically, the individual employs his or her physical body to
become a true representation of the macrocosmic dimension, by means of personal
realization. Thus, there is no denial of the personal, but a union of the personal with the
transpersonal or a reincarnation of the spiritual experience. In a way, I see this is similar
to when a tantric says something like, ―I am this and now I realize that I am that also‖;
rather than the Vedantic dictum so’ham ―I am that,‖ a realizer would state that, ―because
I realize I am that; I also realize I am not this.‖
Finally, according to my understanding, tantric disciplines admit various stage of
personal consciousness and use each stage as a building block for higher stages; so that,
in the end, the final building is made from all the blocks and not simply by its roof. On
the other hand, there is a clear acknowledgment in tantric philosophy of the full spectrum
of human consciousness as proposed now-days by leading integral psychologists (i.e.,
Wilber and companions); or, to return to my metaphor, there is a clear recognition of
76
foundations and roof, without excluding the blocks that fill the in-between. The chakra
system should, as I understand it, be seen in this way, as different stages of the building
process; prana is the building material present in each block and other building materials
employed for the construction; consciousness is different in different stages, can be the
builder, the architect, the engineer or the house owner who will enjoy the final
construction; however, all these characters had and have something in common: the
ability to step back and look at what is being built or has been built. However, there are
various hierarchies in the various doers and viewers; the builder, architect, engineer can
enjoy the building process and the final result of the construction; however, they must
recognize that they are simply intermediaries, metaphors for the mind; finally, however,
they need to admit that only the owner will be able to enjoy living in the building, the
metaphor for consciousness; lastly, the owner can learn to enjoy living within or without
the building, the metaphor of non-duality. This non-duality is the commonality found
within all the Indic meditational traditions: where the implicit or explicit awareness is the
moment that the viewer, builder and so forth realize that there are no boundaries between
the doer and the doing; then, the ultimate spiritual realization will occur.
Conundrum of consciousness.
The importance of analyzing diverse modes of understanding consciousness made
me realize that consciousness, which is ultimately our conscious experience of self and
world, must be important in setting, for better or worse, personal limits for development
and growth, thus, affecting, for example, according to meditational literature, the
potential for healing and transformation.
77
I gathered sufficient information from the meditation literature on the matter of
consciousness and I was now determined to survey scientific studies, which would
provide me with further valid reasons to break away, conclusively, from the scientific
materialistic perspective. Naturally, to comply with an unbiased analysis of the diverse
orientations on consciousness, I first looked at theories of consciousness based on
scientific materialistic literature. From my review of this scientific materialistic literature,
I learned that it promotes, first, an orientation that envisions the mind, thus
consciousness, as a mere brain construct, solely in terms of neuro-brain mechanisms
resulting from neurological processes and reducible to methods of research and
interpretation measurable only with mechanical equipment (Dennett, 2005; Humphrey
2006), and, second, that when man‘s brain-mind structure experiences expansion of
consciousness beyond an ordinary understanding of life/universal structure and so forth,
this is deemed to be a pathological brain-mind distortions of reality. In other words, the
firing of neurons in the brain-mind mechanical structure created a dysfunctional
(psychological, etc.) non-reality. It would certainly be puzzling and difficult for many
mystics throughout the ages, including present day meditators, transpersonal therapists
and people of various backgrounds, to try to comprehend this explanation based on their
personal experience; and I think that hermeneutic phenomenological methods of research
have provided an important medium to make their voices heard in the scientific forums.
Moreover, at a personal level, based on limited experience, through yoga and other
healing arts, of higher states of consciousness, the materialistic point of view, which has
categorized higher states of consciousness as mere pathologies and excludes spirituality
all-together, does not match my inner intuition regarding personal development and
78
growth. However, I was deeply reassured to discover some important literature that
expounds on scientific work that provides some grounding and reassurance for the
infinite possibility and reality of the phenomenon of transcendence or expansion of
consciousness. Reading the book Why God won’t go away: Brain science and the biology
of belief, (A. Newberg, E. D‘aquili V. and Rause, 2001) was revelatory, in that I learned
something was changing in the way science interprets spirituality and related experiences.
This specific book condensed many years of neurological research studies on functional
brain imaging of meditators (e.g., included the use of SPECT (single photon emission
computed tomography). The findings, according to the authors, led to an understanding
of key brain structures, for example, how the neural pathways conduct perception to the
brain, or the way information is channelled along neural pathways, and how the processes
of the brain finally result in the creation of the phenomenon of mind that can be identified
in expansion and transformation of consciousness. This study resulted in the hypothesis
that the brain possesses a neurological mechanism for self-transcendence and that when
driven to its farthest viewpoint constitutes the groundwork for the transpersonal state of
conscious awareness ―from the mildest case of religious uplift, to the profound states of
union described by mystics‖ (p. 146). According to Newberg et al. (2001), transpersonal
states of consciousness are possible in the brain as a neurological commotion. Yet,
Newberg et al. (2001) argue that if all perceptions are scientifically explained to exist in
the mind as ―blips and flashes racing along the neural pathway inside the skull‖ (p. 146)
and we assume that our perception of the material world is real, then we can equally
assume the same to be true of spiritual experience. This work is important for the purpose
of my research, as it provides a scientific basis for understanding that higher or
79
transcendental states of consciousnesses are neurologically as real as the material world
as we understand it. The authors‘ breakthrough is to openly admit that spiritual
transcendence is not a theory or fictitious pathological illusion, but more like a real
healthy reality existing as a neurological structure of the brain — already the subject of
study in the new scientific field of Neurotheology (Newberg et al., 2001).
Dr. A. W. Tiller‘s Science and Human Transformation: Subtle Energies,
Intentionality and Consciousness (1997) draws conclusions that support the idea of mind-
consciousness being a significant factor responsible for shaping, for better or worse, the
physical structure of the universe. Tiller‘s effort is oriented to postulating the existence
and evolvement of subtle energies, with the aim of presenting a theory of physical reality.
He presents a fascinating model of the universe as being multidimensional by
incorporating more than the familiar four fundamental forces including the spiritual
component. More extraordinary are his studies on demonstrating that human conscious
intention does affect the physical world we live in. Tiller and Dibble (1999) state:
Although it has been a long-standing postulate of the general scientific
community that there is no meaningful interaction between human experimenters
and their experiments, a variety of recent studies (Dossey, 1993; Keller, 1986;
Krieger, 1973; Quinn, 1984; Quinn and Strelkauskas, 1993) suggest that it is
perhaps time to seriously question this postulate. Effects associated with what
have been termed "subtle energies" (Tiller, 1993) appear to indicate that humans
can, at times, produce robust changes in physical phenomena (Jahn and Dunne,
1987; Tiller, 1997). (p. 155)
80
These findings are not simply speculation towards a theory of a universe affected
by a subtle energy that is driven by a conscious spiritual force, but groundbreaking
technological discoveries that will have redundant effects on the way we experience the
world. Also important is the fact that Tiller‘s theory does account for spirituality to the
extent that in his 1997 writing he used new metaphors such as ―biobodysuits‖ to suggest
the idea that we are spirits dressed in human beings, which ultimately span from physical
to spiritual subtle dimensions, where consciousness is as integral an aspect of this
spirituality ―as an aspect of the biobodysuit, representing spirit as it exists in matter, and
relates these layers to theories of physics‖ (Tiller, 2003, p. 2).
Spectrum of consciousness.
My research into the realm of personal development and spiritual growth, along
with the realization that consciousness plays a pivotal role in understanding the subtle
body system and human life structure, shifted my focus of attention to transpersonal
psychology. Transpersonal psychology is considered by many as the natural extension of
other major schools of psychology: psychoanalysis, behaviourism, and humanistic
psychology. However, I became aware, as a result of my review of the literature that
transpersonal psychologists, although moving away from a specific interest in the study
on the phenomenon of the expansion of consciousness, had very soon broadened their
field of interest to consciousness that included various psychological stages already the
subject of study for the forerunner schools of psychology. A single theory postulated by
the transpersonal and integral psychologists encloses the various levels of human
consciousness and psychological stages, namely ―the spectrum of consciousness‖. Wilber
(1995) aptly explains the theory of the spectrum of consciousness as below:
81
Man, as Absolute Subjectivity, is the Godhead--this is the concern of the East;
man, as an object of knowledge, is the phenomenal ego--this is the concern of the
West. Taken together they span the entire spectrum of consciousness. If Western
investigators--confirmed as they are to the Existential, Ego, and Shadow Levels,
feel that they shall have the last word in consciousness, then so much the worse
for them and their delusions of adequacy. On the other hand, the Eastern
investigators--who have the final say on consciousness--nevertheless sorely
neglect the levels of the spectrum on which most of us are destined to remain. So
while we completely agree with the pronouncements of Eastern sages, we have
slightly shifted emphasis by supplementing their psychologies with the findings of
Western scientists. The weary chemist, the frantic businessman, the depressed
housewife--they neither understand enlightenment nor seeks it. If they do, so
much the better; if not, shouldn‘t we address ourselves to the levels on which they
now exist? (p. 165)
With regard to the final point that Wilber makes on the necessity of addressing the
lower psychological developmental stages of individuals, I believe that his reference to
the ―Great metaphysical traditions‘‖ (p. 165) understanding that ―all of the levels of the
spectrum (except the ―no-level of Mind‖) do exist, but only in an illusory fashions‖ (p.
165), is partially true. Personally, I believe that he is undermining the fact that these
―Great metaphysical traditions‖ have delivered pragmatic disciplines, such as yoga, and
whole medical systems, such as Ayurveda, that offer a practice that is suitable for all
levels of human needs and furthermore identify the different typologies (physical,
emotional, intellectual and so forth) of human beings, thus identifying weaknesses and
82
providing remedies for their healing (e.g., specific treatments) and transformation
(Douillard, 2004; Kak, 1997). However, the integration of Eastern models of
understanding consciousness, as proposed in the theory of the spectrum of consciousness,
further reassures me that the subtle body system, as a prime principle of such ancient
Eastern traditions as Hinduism and Buddhism, can be adopted, albeit by integration, to a
present-day context of personal psychological and spiritual development.
Pinnacle of consciousness: Transcendence.
Wilber (1975, 1995), in asserting the idea of the ―spectrum of consciousness,‖
describes some of the fundamentals of Huxley‘s (1945) ‗perennial philosophy‘ in
psychological terms. Wilber (1975) names it ―psychologia perennis,‖ which means
perennial psychology. In it, he attempts an amalgamation of Eastern doctrines and
Western psychology, including a wide-ranging explanation of the nature of consciousness
that he later defines as ―integral psychology‖ (Wilber, 2000). However, one of the aspects
that Huxley (1945) stressed in his perennial philosophy is that the purpose of human
evolution is the transformation of consciousness ―in the knowledge of the immanent and
transcendence‖ (1969, p. vii), thus, union with the divine or absolute. This topic lays the
groundwork for all the Indic philosophies considered in this study (Hindu, Buddhist,
tantra and yoga). Along these lines, Carl Gustav Jung (1962) made an important
contribution to the concept of personal development and spiritual growth with his idea of
‗individuation,‘ that is: a holistic integration of the individual. It is though this integration
that the individual experiences a profound healing, which involves physical and mental
health; and, it is through this healing that expansion of consciousness and transformation
is experienced. Ultimately, healing and transformation is measurable in terms of changed
83
personality, where generally ethical values mature and understanding about human life
(e.g., life-structure) and nature (e.g., universe structure) broadens extensively (Jung,
1962). Walsh and Vaughan (1996) clearly state that:
… the depth psychology of Carl Jung—also called analytical psychology—has
been … concerned with transpersonal levels of experience. The in-depth
exploration of the psyche in Jungian work extends beyond both the ego and
existential levels when it deals with archetypes and the collective unconscious.
Jung himself affirm[s] the importance of transpersonal experience for mental
health (p. 26).
Overview
My first approach in reviewing the literature around the topic of subtle energy in
healing and transformation was to determine how ancient and contemporary meditational
literature and subsequently psychologists (e.g., transpersonal or integral theorists) and
other related fields‘ specialists were theoretically explaining such phenomena, and, most
importantly, to look at theories that integrated such knowledge within the present day
body of knowledge.
My encounters with a rich bioenergetics and neuroscience literature that by
studying brain and energetic phenomena are somehow measuring the phenomenon of
expansion of consciousness to transcendence, confirmed my initial beliefs, personally
tested in the yoga discipline. What entailed the notion of the existence of a subtle body
system being an active part of our human life structure (and the structure of the universe)
was obviously an issue much more complex than anticipated. Nevertheless, we have seen
that scientists can measure the effects of the subtle energy phenomenon on our physical
84
realm (e.g., in terms of therapeutic and spiritual benefits). Experiments such as the one
conducted by Tiller (1997) and others (e.g., Jahn and Dunne, 1987) are prominent
examples indicating that we need to seriously reconsider how the power of human
consciousness, informed by the subtle energy phenomenon, can shape our physical
reality, which can include our health and well-being.
As I have made clear from the very beginning of this thesis, a genuine interest
galvanises my pursuit of an in-depth understanding of what personal development and
spiritual growth, or healing and transformation, imply. To accomplish this, I had to
address any reservations that could arise and in any way threaten the trust that I have for
self care development and growth through the practice of body-mind and energy-based
modalities such as yoga (where I had the opportunity to learn how to manage subtle
energy throughout the subtle body system of the chakras and experience healing and
transformation). Thus, I carefully considered various points of view on consciousness,
from the scientific materialistic point of view (Dennett, 2005; Humphrey, 2006 and
generally expressed by other materialist scientists) that do not often ―support the
investigation of extreme psychological well-being‖ (Walsh and Vaughan, 1980, p. 26),
and when it does, parameters are limited to materialistic reality, such as biological life
(Walsh and Vaughan, 1980), to the transpersonal, that on the contrary highlight the
possibility for human consciousness to reach a pinnacle of psycho-spiritual
transcendence.
As a result of my investigation, I have aligned with the interesting groundwork
theories advanced by transpersonal theorists and therapists. I have been allowed to do this
as the result of the freedom inherent in the methodology adopted in this thesis,
85
hermeneutic phenomenology. According to Guignon (2009), ―this involves resolutely
taking responsibility for one‘s actions and knitting those actions together into a
meaningful whole that one can stand up for and own‖ (p. 6). Although I will illustrate in
depth the thesis‘method in the next chapter, at this point I will give a brief example that
illustrates how I processed and mediated, in a sensible way, certain breakthrough neuro-
scientific discoveries that claim through neuro-imaging data on brain activities to
corroborate, neurologically speaking, higher states of consciousness as being as real as
any other given reality (Newberg et al., 2001; Newberg and D'Aquili, 1999). To mediate
sensibly, I make a meaningful choice by taking a step further than the step proposed by
the arguments of Newberg et al. (2001) and Newberg and D'Aquili (1999). They argue
that neurological activity demonstrates the existentence of a transpersonal potential in
humankind, at the brain level, but leave unresolved the possibility that such potential
exists outside of the brain‘s structure. By so doing, they stand in a middle way between
the materialist scientists and the transpersonal theorists. In contrast, I pronounce in unison
with the transpersonal psychologists that the reality of a transpersonal state of
consciousness can be identified in the spiritual phenomena. In a hermeneutic
phenomenological mode of understanding, I, in line with Guignon (2009),
run counter to naturalism as an approach to the study of humans. First, this sort of
phenomenology brackets the uncritical presuppositions that make up common
sense and the sciences. These presuppositions include the seemingly self-evident
assumption that human reality must consist of physical organisms, products of
evolution, who function and interact with the physical world in ways
characterizable in terms of scientific principles .... [In other words] these structural
86
aspects of the human cannot be reduced to empirically discovered, law-like causal
determinants of objects. They are instead characteristics of what we might think of
as the ‗‗scaffolding‘‘ or underlying ‗‗armature‘‘ that makes possible the creative,
constantly changing self-interpretations of humans‖ (p. 3)
Finally, as a result of comprehensive contemplation, I have aligned with the
outreaching pragmatic approach proposed and employed by integral philosopher and
therapists. This integral view, which focuses the object of study not on the transcendental
phenomena, but on the experience directly, that is, on the transpersonal phenomena, by
embodying it, thus comes to a direct understanding of the given phenomena and shares its
findings through hermeneutics phenomenology procedures.
Integral development model of growth: Chakras and psychological stages.
During my review of the main literature in transpersonal psychology and
transpersonal therapies, I came across a selection of texts that illustrate similarities
between the chakra development models of growth and Western psychological
development models of growth. As for the Indic meditational literature explored, the
Western transpersonal and integral psychology literature tends to illustrate growth that
ascend similarly from lower to higher stages and that transits through physical,
emotional, intellectual and spiritual (Breaux, 1998; Leskowitz, 2008; Maslow, 1968;
Meadow, 1993; Nixon, 2001; Kak, 1997; Krieger, 2002; Jung, 1996; and Wilber, 1996).
Significant examples of these similarities are Maslow‘s (1968) hierarchy of needs (i.e.,
stages of physiological safety, survival and self-protection, belongingness and love, self-
actualization, self-esteem and transcendence), and Meadow‘s (1993) development stages
(i.e., sexual and sensual impulses, concern with power, turning to issues of heart and
87
responsibility and possessions, development of higher sensitivities, and a high level of
personal integration). Meadow (1993) explains the following:
Western psychology has spawned many models of personal development; most
major personality theories describe an understanding of personality growth. These
models focus on different components of personal growth according to what each
theorist emphasizes as important among the different aspects of personal
functioning. The highly sophisticated ego model of Jane Loevinger agrees with
other psychosexual, moral, and cognitive development frameworks in positing
that development occurs in an orderly sequence of stages. She conceives of ego
development as consisting of four main streams of personal growth: impulse
control, interpersonal style, conscious preoccupations, and cognitive style. These
can easily be considered "secular" representations of traditional religious
concerns. (pp. 67-68)
Noteworthy is the diverse background of some of the scholars that provide
accounts of stages of development. For example, Leskowitz (2008) is a psychiatrist and
fervent exponent of the energy healing theory; John Douillard (2004) is a doctor in
Ayurvedic Medicine; Kak (1997) is a quantum and neuroscience researcher; Wilber
(1996) is an integral thinker; Gary Nixon (2001) is a psychologist working with
alcoholism; and, Krieger (2002) is a transpersonal healer; just to mention a few amongst
others. All these authors confirm the principle of a transformation of consciousness based
on a spectrum interacting at each stage of the human tripartite system made of physical,
mental and spiritual elements. Some of them even go further, acknowledging subtle
energy as an important medium for this transformation. For example, Krieger (2002)
88
affirms, ―The transpersonal is always grounded by experience. For the therapist, this
occurs during the enactment of the TT [Therapeutic Touch]. One can, in fact, see a
progression in the stages of the transition to the transpersonal ...‖ (p.p. 94-95) and in these
transition stages she places subtle energy as a significant medium activating progression.
And looking further back, one of the first and perhaps most prominent authors to clearly
point out that the chakra system plays an important role, not only in the potential
development of consciousness, but also in the psyche or the psychological stages of
individual development, was Carl Gustav Jung (1996).
Body-mind and spiritual awareness.
Creativity and transcendent consciousness.
One concept that clearly comes from the study of the Indic meditational literature
is creativity as ―the dynamic or creative principle of existence‖ (Feuerstein, 2003, p.
269), a force which activates subtle energy and is essential to the transformation of
consciousness. This principle is defined in the Hindu texts as kundalini-shakti (Singh,
1979; Avalon, 1974; Jyotsna, 1972; Mallison, 2004, 2007; Bhattacharyya, 1982), or the
Chandali (Snellgrove, 1959; Wallace, 2001), or ―red bodhicitta” (Samuel, 1989) in
Buddhist texts. According to Bhattacharyya (1982), the concept of creative energy is
found in mantra. Swami Sivananda Radha (2006) explains that creativity is expressed
through Hatha yoga‘s ―positive or active principle of existence‖ (p. 49). Feuerstein
(1989) defines the kundalini phenomenon as ―a microcosmic manifestation of the
primordial Energy, or Shakti. It is the Universal Power as it is connected with the finite
body-mind‖ (p. 264). Kason (2000) includes inspired creativity, symbolized in tantric
yoga as kundalini awakening, as one of the factors that provokes the journey of
89
transformation that can transform ordinary life; in other words, creativity is placed as a
prime factor that she calls Spiritually Transformative Experiences (STEs). Miller (Miller
and Jung 2004) affirms that Jung identifies, in the notion of ―active imagination,‖ the
capacity for individuals to regenerate the primordial creative process, links to the concept
of ‗psychic energy‘. More precisely, Miller (Miller and Jung 2004) states that ―active
imagination is used to coax material from the unconscious toward the threshold of
consciousness and, in turn, can act as a mediator to bring unconscious imagery into
dialogue with consciousness and, in a sense, catalyze the transcendent function …‖ (p.
24). Miller further affirms that Jung identifies two ways to deal with the psychic energy
emerging from stirring the unconscious: one would be ―in the way of creative
formulation, or response in an intuitive or artistic way, processing the material by
generating aesthetic motifs …‖ (p. 24); and, the other would be in understanding the
meaning intellectually (p. 24). However, it is most important here to place emphasis on
Jung‘s notion of ―the role of the transcendence function and active imagination in
restoring equilibrium to the relationship between consciousness and the unconscious‖ (p.
22), where psychic energy, which in the ultimate analysis is creativity manifest as
―‗undifferentiated biological form‘‖ (p. 198), needs to be transformed into a ―‗cultural-
spiritual form of aesthetic activity‘‖ (p. 198).
Mary Whitehouse (1979) developed dance movements on the premises of Jung's
‗active imagination,‘ however she adjusted Jung‘s techniques for therapeutic purposes
and created an offshoot of DMT known as Authentic Movement (AT). Joan Chodorow
(1991), a leading pioneer in DMT and AT, in line with Mary Whitehouse (1979), speaks
in the same Jungian terms and proposes that DMT originates from the Jungian notion
90
(1916) of ―active imagination‖ that implies the capacity to regenerate a primordial
creative process linked with the concept of ―psychic energy‖ (p. 48), what Freud defines
as sexual energy or ―libido‖, which for Jung represents a more broadened notion that
includes descriptions as ―dynamic, energetic, transformative … basically creative
energy‖ (p. 48). We should not overlook the fact that Carl Jung was directly influenced
by his study of Eastern thought, specifically Kundalini yoga. He actively studied the
psychological implication of Kundalini yoga and reported some of his findings in his
1932 seminars notes (Jung, 1996). For example, if we consider the importance that Carl
Jung assigns to the unconscious creative processes as healing and transformative forces
leading to the ―transcendent: connection with a greater consciousness‖ (Miller and Jung,
2004, p. 115), there is evidence of a close parallelism with the tantric notion of static
creative force or the shakti power, which is represented as a coiled dormant serpent on
the base of the human spine, that through its activation leads the adept to union with the
absolute transcendental reality (i.e. shiva in tantric mythology). Similar concepts are
found also in Buddhism and are referred to as ―...‗residues,‘ ‗latencies‘ [samasara]-that
constitute what depth psychology calls the contents and structures of the unconscious‖
(Eliade, 1973, p. xvii). Another parallel can be drawn between the actualization of the
sadhana or path of yoga in all Indic meditational traditions, which consists of practical
(e.g., ritual, postures, mantra) and intellectual realizations (e.g., meditation), resulting in
the liberation from obstacles (samsara) that leads to transcendent reality, and Carl Jung‘s
role of active imagination that through creativity in practice (e.g., aesthetic motifs) and
intellect (e.g., in the understanding of meaning) results in healing and transformation.
91
Walsh and Vaughan (1996) aptly individualized the major gap between a scientific
approach such as Jung‘s depth psychology and a meditative discipline such as Yoga:
Analytical psychology recognizes that the psyche has within it the capacity for
self-healing and self-realization [with ―creative imagination‖ as one of the
―powerful therapeutic agents‖] …. However, Jungian work remains
predominantly concerned with the contents of consciousness rather than with
consciousness itself as the context of all experience. It therefore stops short of
valuing the direct, imageless awareness attained in the practice of some
meditative disciplines. (p. 27)
However, when we move into the field of expressive therapies, such as DMT and
AM, we find a wealth of literature in which there is a determination to explore further
Jung‘s depth psychology and overcome its possible limits by directly engaging with the
phenomenon of consciousness. For example, Adler (2007) states:
Direct experience is at the core of energetic phenomena ... [or] unitive
phenomenon, occurring when the felt separation between the moving self and the
more familiar experience of the inner witness dissolve. There is an awareness of
and immersion in the ineffable experience of nonduality. This description of
direct experience with nonduality is similar to the description of the concept of
samadhi in the Indic spiritual traditions. (p. 29)
Also artistic inquiry modalities are employing approaches very much parallel to
those already found in the spiritual tantric discipline, for example, direct experience,
embodiment of consciousness, creativity, mind-body relationship. Similarly, the two
poles of the spectrum of consciousness, the source and the aim, are found in both
92
Kundalini yoga, where they are symbolized as Shakti and Siva, and in Jung‘s
psychoanalysis, where they are characterized as the unconscious and the transcendent. It
is through this re-conciliation that artistic modalities are developing into holistic therapies
(e.g. DMT and AM). Moreover, in the new framework of integral and transpersonal
movement and psychotherapies, it is my analyses/understanding that Tantric yoga (which
is the means of union) and Expressive Arts therapies such as DMT and AM, moreover if
rooted in the Jungian‘s psychotherapeutic analysis and techniques, are concerned equally
with the source, body; the aim, mind; and the journey, healing and transformation.
Healing and transformation distinguished/underlined by creativity give rise to the new art
of healing, which is living in the experience of the now.
In an attempt to draw a holistic map, marked with possible routes of the healing
and transformation journeys, what I understand to be significant is the ability to draw a
comprehensive map of the entire territory. Thus, both tantric thoughts and artistic inquiry
methods (which include Jungian integral thought) place at the core of the map and/or the
journey the exploration of the body-mind relationship. And both do this by creative
means such as performance-enactment or movement, energy and aesthetic experience.
These creative means are reminiscent of evolutive or involutive understandings of the
integral universe (Aurobindo, 1993). Moreover, these theories of creativity are generally
considered a prime source of all arts, for example as a basis for DMT (Meekums, 2002--
develops, based on case studies, a new theory of creativity divided into ―four cycles‖ [pp.
3-14]). While the tantric texts describe the creative force (kundalini) awakened by the
power of tantric rituals performed through artistic or intellectual means (e.g., dance,
music) of the practitioner, which ultimately employ the body to channel the psychic
93
energy created and consciousness (i.e. contemplative power of the mind) to realise the
evolutionary journey back to absolute reality (Fields, 2001)
Body-mind relationship.
In my search for a basic understanding of how to make sense of the body and the
mind within a latent/potentiality of creation that is not yet realized, the static energy of
the shakti or Jung‘s unconscious, and the realization of a transpersonal consciousness
which is realized beyond the limits of the rational ‗self‘, I struggled once more with an
interdisciplinary literature that can inspire my personal journey of self development and
realization. Most importantly, I needed to answer the questions: How do tantric yoga and
the expressive arts therapies, with their obvious focus on spirituality, contextualize the
body and the mind? In other words, how do I make sense of my corporal experience and
mental understanding in my inquiry for a personal development that includes spirituality?
Another question that arises is: Can integration of Tantric and Western body-mind
therapeutic practices be actualized?
We have already seen that, within expressive body-mind therapies such as Dance
Movement Therapy in general and Authentic Movement in particular, a prime connection
with Jungian therapeutic principles exists that acknowledges both latent inner and
transcendental forces, or, to use Penny Parker Lewis‘s (2007) own words, ―Authentic
movements provides direct access to unconscious material [and] …. utilize transpersonal,
ultraconscious or archetypal collective phenomena‖ (p. 74). Thus, within movement
therapy, the inclusion of spiritual development ultimately implies transformation of
consciousness. However, as I penetrated within the cutting-edge literature on Authentic
Movement, I discovered a clear acknowledgement of the direct influence that tantric
94
thought has had on this movement therapy. Penny Parker Lewis reports that ―movement
has been employed in rituals throughout the ages as a trance inducer, which has allowed
individuals to bridge the gap between themselves and their universe in order to have
access to healing and wisdom …‖ (p. 74).
Janet Adler (2007) point outs that:
In the discipline of Authentic Movement I find the term direct experience, which
originates within mystical traditions of monotheistic religions, to describe best
moments of purely embodied awareness … This term is proving helpful as we
attempt to bridge such experience as it moves from body, through language,
toward consciousness …. What occurs in this practice has occurred similarly in
different ancient and contemporary mystical traditions. (p. 261)
Adler (2007) goes on to analyze experiences reported by individuals participating
in Authentic Movement workshops, by using concepts such as ―Here there is an
experience of non-duality …. Moving from embodied relationship with associative
phenomena toward direct experience of energetic phenomena‖ (p. 262). She further
accounts for possible contradiction when speaking of esoteric ―direct experience‖ of
―higher realms,‖ ―kundalini experiences‖ (p. 263), experienced as real in the ―‗the chakra
system of yogic body‘‖ (p. 263) and the importance within Authentic Movement:
to practice toward speaking the experience, not speaking about it .... toward the
words energetically becoming the vibrations that they are, and thus directly being
the meaning themselves. Practising in this way opens pathways for a natural
process of integration, which reduces the tremendous intensity of the longing to
speak such unnamable forces as they become directly embodied. (pp. 263-264)
95
These processes, Adler (2007) affirms:
Are practicing awareness of the grace of direct experience when it occurs. The
meaning, if any occurs beyond the experience itself, cannot be known until after
the experience of conscious embodiment. We are trusting that insight will appear
within inherent, synchronistic order of inner process, developed within the
intuitive realm. (p. 264)
Once again, my analysis of authentic movement theorists and therapists (e.g.,
Adler) is that, though not reproducing tantric doctrines, they are integrating tantric virtues
into a present day therapy in such a way that it shifts the focus from the profane mind to
the body as a sacred vessel of healing energy and to a transformation of consciousness
anchored to the supreme mystery of life.
Summary and Conclusion
My journey to personal and professional development underpinned by a single
Eastern discipline, yoga, led to a contemplative investigation that transited through
central themes such human evolution with its cosmic theories, human life-structure with
its energy-consciousness theories, holistic therapeutics or healing implications with its de
facto scientific measurements of yogic modalities and un-unanimous theories of
expansion of consciousness and, finally, back to the body-mind relationship and its
significance for an integral approach to the phenomenon of human energy-
consciousness.
An anticipated conclusion is that a single theory, which crosses ancient and
modern knowledge, is the ―Spectrum of Consciousness‖ theory that allows investigators
to look upon personal development in stages, each worthy of attention in terms of
96
positively accepting the specific psycho-somatic and spiritual tasks they require.
However, most important is to understand that the spectrum of consciousness is a
perspective on psycho-physical or spiritual developmental stages of growth that is shared
by various Eastern philosophical traditions and practical disciplines, such as Hinduism,
Buddhism and tantric yoga, and Western philosophies and disciplines, such as ―perennial
philosophy‖ (Huxley 1969) and ―psychologia perennis‖ (Wilber, 1975), to mention a few
of them. Thus, in the light of this shared, albeit sometimes divisive understanding of the
broad framework that could imply human evolution, my main achievement in reviewing
such an inspiring literature is the proposition put forward by many, with the integral
theorists at the forefront, of an integral approach to theoretical prospects and therapeutic
applications (in a very broad sense which includes healing and transformation).
Since this thesis cannot eschew rigid methodological approaches, I will proceed
to: first, discuss the methodology employed in this thesis, hermeneutic phenomenology;
second, investigate the main meditational literature for the purpose of further
understanding ancient theories of human life structure, which adds the energetic body to
the physical and mental bodies; third, attempt a broad study of the energy-healing theory
by blending critical analysis of the theories and practices of subtle energy in healing and
transformation; and, finally, I will discuss the main findings and attempt to draw some
conclusions.
97
CHAPTER 3: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
In this research, the primary literary source of information on the phenomenon
under scrutiny, subtle energy and its related subtle body system, mechanics, subtle body
practice and so on, is found in the ancient tantric literature. These texts belong to a
cultural, historical and linguistic extraction which is extremely different from the one in
the Western hemisphere. However, we can avail ourselves of many leading contemporary
Western commentaries on these classical Indic texts, in which such commentators as
Eliade and Zimmer apply a hermeneutic phenomenological approach in their attempt to
unfold the present-day meanings of these literary works. I have chosen texts that take this
approach, because I believe that hermeneutic phenomenology is the methodological
approach that best serves the specific interdisciplinary framework of my master‘s thesis.
My belief is based upon the observation that hermeneutic phenomenology employs a
combination of descriptive and interpretative processes for the analysis of written texts
and experiential data of the specific phenomenon or phenomena under study. Since I am
including the data from a self-experiential laboratory in this study, which naturally lends
itself to a hermeneutic phenomenological approach, I see all the more reason for
conducting literary analysis and data collection using an interpretative phenomenological
analysis. However, ultimately, the report of my experience needs to be organized in a
relatively linear, textual format, specifically a written journal, and as with any other
written text, needs to be subsequently described (organized and structured) and, finally,
interpreted, so that an understanding of the phenomenon can be gained.
Purposely, a descriptive phenomenological approach is employed in Chapter 4,
where I examine the ancient meditational literature by creating a synthetic structure of the
98
subtle body system by means of describing, comparing, distinguishing, and inferring the
essence of the information provided by the texts. Later on in the same chapter, a present-
day horizon of meaning of the phenomenon under scrutiny is presented by describing
modern interpretations. However, yet later within the thesis, specifically in the self-
experiential stage of the study, although I use a descriptive phenomenological approach
to structure and describe the gathered data, I engage in a direct interpretation of the
phenomenon by means of hermeneutic phenomenology principles (i.e., IPA). The overall
phenomenon is then interpreted in the final ―Discussion and Conclusion‖ chapter by
means of hermeneutic phenomenology, specifically, by employing Interpretative
Phenomenological Analysis.
I will now proceed to illustrate the precise research method employed in this study.
I will subdivide the research methodology, for the sake of transparency, into three
sections: Descriptive Phenomenological Analysis of Literature; Interpretative
Phenomenological Analysis of Experiential Literature; and Interpretative
Phenomenological Analysis of the Overall Study.
Descriptive Phenomenological Analysis of Literature
Descriptive phenomenology, in the Husserlian tradition, aims to capture the
essence of participants‘ experience through structuring phenomena. In descriptive
phenomenology, participants are considered the experts, and the researcher is an
instrument for describing, comparing, distinguishing, and inferring information provided
by participants, then constructing the information into a structured description (Giorgi,
2000). In the specific case of my study, in Chapter 4: Examination of Meditational
Literature, I treat the ancient meditational literature, including Hindu and Buddhist tantric
99
and non-tantric texts and their commentarial meditational literature (texts of leading
authors--amongst them hermeneutical phenomenologists of the calibre of Eliade and
Zimmer) as ―the experts,‖ and myself, ―the researcher,‖ as ―an instrument‖ who
structures, describes, compares, distinguishes and infers literary information in order to
structure and capture the essence of the researched phenomenon. My aim in so doing has
been to create a synthetic model of the subtle body system by means of a comparative
study.
For the purpose of textual analysis, I have opted for a descriptive
phenomenological approach that is in line with the broad specification of descriptive
phenomenological approaches, and that specifically embraces ―the descriptive
commitments and transcendental interests of Husserl‖ (Smith, 2009, p. 21); wherein, the
researcher is an instrument for constructing and structuring the experience of a
phenomenon provided by participants who are considered the experts (Giorgi, 2000). My
specific aim in using the descriptive phenomenology method was to gather and structure
significant data provided in the selected literature, with the aim of broadening the
theoretical framework of the phenomenon under study, so that, in the latter stage,
interpreting the experiential data, the framework would be sound and hopefully allow for
a more in-depth understanding of the whole phenomenon, while suggesting the possible
meanings that govern such phenomenon. In other words, my objective has not just been
to investigate the what, where, when of the phenomenon, but also the why and how: the
meaning of the phenomenon.
100
Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis of Experiential Literature
The Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis of the self-experiential study is
sustained by qualitative research and inquiry throughout the entire research. For example,
the Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis conducted in the chapter ―Examination of
Meditational Literature‖ was made possible by the theoretical data obtained from the
chapter ―Review of Literature‖. Ultimately, the in-depth research conducted for the
compilation of both chapters two and four provided the necessary understanding of the
underlying principles and concomitant perspectives present in the classical and classic
meditational literature, which served as a basis for Chapter 5: ―A Broad Study of Energy-
Healing-Theory‖. Consequently, it is in chapter five that this research will look at the
entire phenomenon of subtle energy in healing and transformation, and qualitatively
describe and structure the subtle energy phenomenon in its full spectrum of possibilities,
from theories of transpersonal states of consciousness (i.e., higher states of
consciousness), to energy theories of personal states of consciousness and their pragmatic
application and integration in body-mind therapies.
The specific methodology selected to analyze experiential data in this thesis was
interpretative (hermeneutic) phenomenology. Interpretive (hermeneutic)
phenomenologists take the liberty of interpreting the unspoken, unconscious, and hidden
meaning that they perceive to exist in the phenomenon under investigation, rather than
simply providing a full description of the data. This approach permits researchers to make
inferences about informants‘ experiences beyond that which is conveyed (Cohen and
Omery, 1994). Thus, the approach is ideal for interpreting the data gathered in the overall
research on the phenomenon of subtle energy in healing and, specifically, for gathering
101
data in the self-experiential laboratory, including the possible meaning of experiencing
the researched phenomenon, subtle energy and the subtle body system.
As per Schleiermacher‘s hermeneutic theory, a ―combination of a range of skills,
including intuition‖ (Smith et al., 2009, pp. 21-22) can and should be employed in the
Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis of the phenomenon. In my specific case, such
skills originate from many years of theoretical research and experimental practice in the
fields of arts, with a specific focus on performing arts, and the East-West
psychotherapeutic and energy based modalities, yoga and Reiki. These years of research
and training have enhanced my self-awareness of body-mind and energy, and developed
my practical skills for managing subtle energy in personal healing and transformation
through the experience of Reiki and Kundalini yoga.
Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis of the Overall Study
The final chapter, Discussion and Conclusion, will provide an interpretative
phenomenological evaluation of the theoretical and practical framework constituting my
study. The Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis and evaluation of the theory will
make use of qualitative approaches such as comparative analysis and critical theory
building to show relationships between the findings in this study and the examined
literature. The experiments will be further surveyed and interpreted in a synthetic mode,
to clearly demonstrate evidence-based results. The self-experiential laboratory will be
summarized by expounding on its experimental and personal creative purpose.
Creative process is one of the perennial themes that transverses the
interdisciplinary fields of this research. Meditational and transpersonal theories
acknowledge the contribution of creative processes to synthesizing and analyzing
102
theoretical and evidence-based data. Qualitative methods of inquiry and, most
importantly, fundamental Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis acknowledge the
creative process. In Art-based research, creative process is also considered fundamental.
For example, according to Hervey, writing in 2000, Shaun McNiff defines constitutive
elements of creative research in this statement:
If experimentation is to correspond to the spontaneous and complex movements
of art and the therapeutic process, it cannot be planned and controlled. We can
observe patterns, receptions and similarities, but the conditions of art and
psychotherapy are not subject to experimental replication. (p. 59).
103
CHAPTER 4: EXAMINATION OF MEDITATIONAL LITERATURE
This chapter is meant as a thorough investigative study of the rich Eastern
spiritual body of knowledge on ‗the subtle body system.‘ The texts that are examined
range from ancient primary sources of Hindu tantric and non-tantric literature and
Buddhist tantric literature, to contemporary commentary on Hindu and Buddhist
traditions.
Examination of Ancient Meditational Literature
Purposely, in this section I will evaluate the primary ancient literature in an
attempt to determine: (1) the anatomical representation; (2) the governing principles and
mechanics through which it works; and, (3) the purpose of ‗the subtle-body system,‘ (i.e.,
individuate the assumed therapeutic value of practices and energy).
Hindu tantric literature.
In the Sat-Cakra-Nirupana, the essence and purpose of the primary system of the
subtle body is revealed from the first verse throughout the remaining fifty-four verses.
For example, in verse 1 it is stated: ―Now I speak of the first sprouting shoot (of the Yoga
plant) of complete realization of the Brahman [italics added], which is to be achieved,
according to the Tantras, by means of the six Cakras [italic added] and so forth in their
proper order‖ (Avalon, 1974, p. 317 - verse 1).
Specifically, we learn from this text that each of the six centres (chakras) is
placed in a particular body location: the perineum; genitals; solar plexus (or navel); heart;
throat; and, the third eye centre (between the eyebrows). Also, we learn their
corresponding Sanskrit names, viz.: ―Muladhara, Svadhisthana, Manipura, Anahata,
Visuddha, and Ajna‖ (p. 317 - footnote n. 2). In addition, we learn that each chakra,
104
visualized as a lotus, is characterized by a specific number of petals, seed syllable (i.e.,
lam, vam, ram, yam, hum, and om), elements, and so forth. Also, the text illustrates that
the flow of the ‗energy‘ (prana) happens mainly in ‗channels‘ (nadis). According to this
text, by meditating on these subtle centres centresand their entire interconnected system
(of nadis), one can achieve ―‗complete realization‘‖ also referred to as ―the union of Siva
and Sakti” or ―Nirvaha‖ (Avalon, 1974, pp. 318-319).
Of particular interest to our study is Avalon‘s (1974) commentary on verse 1 (pp.
320-325), in which a detailed description is provided of the whole organization of the
channels, which can be summarized as follows: In the space in front of the spinal column
there are placed two channels, on the left the ida nadi, is of the essence of the Moon, pale
and ‗female‘ in nature; on the right pingala nadi, is of the essence of the Sun, lustrous red
and ‗male‘ in nature; and, ―These two Nadis go upward singly from the Mula [i.e.,
Muladhara or base chakra], and, having reached the Ajna Cakra, [i.e., the penultimate
chakra], proceed to the nostrils‖ (p. 321). The ‗susumna‘ channel ―is in the middle‖ and
―she is the form of Moon, Sun and Fire‖ (Avalon, 1974, p. 320 - see also footnote n. 5 on
pp. 320-321). This main nadi ―extend from the middle of the Kanda‖ (p.320) or bulb
located in the perineum between the anus and urethra, ―and the Vajra inside Her extends,
shining, from the Medhra [Penis] to the head‖ (Avalon, 1974, p. 320 - see also footnote n.
5 on pp. 320-321). More precisely, the susumna is described as ―she who extends from
Mula to the place of Brahman is the fiery Susumna, the very self of all knowledge‖
(Avalon, 1974, p. 321 - see also footnote n. 2 on p. 321 for the exact source of this
description).
105
Avalon (1974) suggests that this text ―speaks of the good to be gained by the
study of the verses relating to the six Cakras‖ (p. 479 commentary of v. 55): ―heart
unperturbed ... i.e., engrossed in his own true spiritual being‖ (p. 479 commentary of v.
55), and ―concentrated mind ... i.e., he who by practice of Yoga has steadied and
concentrated his mind on the inner spirit‖ (p. 479 commentary of v. 55). This
commentary on the conclusive descriptive verses of the six chakras by suggesting that
with the application of the subtle body practice described in the scriptures psycho-
spiritual benefits are obtained, highlights one of the reasons for my study, which is the
healing and transformative aspect of the yogic system of practice.
The Tantraraja Tantra, (Avalon, 1981), and the Vijnanabhairava (Singh, 1979)
do not describe the psychic centres in an organized and structured way as does the Sat-
Cakra-Nirupana. Nevertheless, both texts concur with the Sat-Cakra-Nirupana in the
description of the structural model of the subtle body system and confirm the existence of
a subtle body practice. Avalon in his 1981 writing explains that the Tantraraja Tantra
confirms the existence of the subtle body system and expounds on its structure, agreeing
with the main Hindu Tantric and non-Tantric literature (p. 3). Also, fundamentally all
these text relates the psychic centres to the therapeutic purpose of practice and energy.
For example Singh (1979) talks of the ―yogic practice of healing energy ... development
of pranasakti ... [and] awakening of kundalini” (pp. xiii-xiv).
Hindu non-tantric literature.
The model of the subtle body system described in the three classical Hindu non-
tantric (Hatha yoga) texts (Hathayoga-pradipika; Gheranda Samhita; and the Shiva
Samhita) is fundamentally the same as in Hindu Tantric Literature. In particular, this
106
literature, like modern comprehensive manuals, instructs us on yogic techniques: physical
postures (asana); breath control (pranayama); mental attitudes (mudras); and so forth.
Ultimately, these yogic techniques form the ―limb‖ or practice of yoga that is
characterized by its therapeutic benefits and spiritual aim of reaching samadhi or ―the
final limb (anga) of the yogic path‖ (Feuerstein, 1997, p. 251).
The Hathayoga-pradipika instructs the practitioner on the subtle body system
with its centres or wheels (chakra), channels (nadi), energy or life-force (prana) and its
mechanics and practice (Svatmarama, 1972, p. vii). More precise connections between
life-force (prana), mind/consciousness (citta), conduits (nadis), and yogic techniques are
established in chapter two (Svatmarama, 1972). The Hathayoga-pradipika (of
Svatmarama with commentary by Jyotsna, 1972), describes in great detail the yoga
practice with its techniques (e.g., asanas, mudras and bhandas), mechanics and
therapeutic value. For example, in verse 17 it is taught, ―asanas make one firm, free from
maladies and light of limb‖ (p.11); verse 27 (p. 13) instructs that with the regular practice
of one of the postures, namely matsyendrasana, (see verse 26, pp. 12-13 for its
description) one stimulates ―gastric fire‖ that ―destroys all terrible diseases of the body‖
(p. 13). Also, this posture is believed to be one of the most effective practice of
generating body healing energy, the mechanics named ―kundalini awakening‖ in the
Hindu Tantric tradition; verse 29 teaches the pascimatanasana posture that is supposed to
aid ―the breath flow through the Susumna‖ (p. 13), which is believed to be the main
channel for the flow of ‗energy‘ along the subtle body psychic centres that generate
healing: ―stimulates the gastric fire, makes the loins lean and removes all diseases of
men‖ (p. 14); verse 39 states that ―one should always practice siddhasana [see verses 35
107
and 36 for a detailed description of this posture]‖ (p. 16) as ―it purifies the 72,000 Nadi-s
[the conduits of energy]‖ (p. 16).
The verses mentioned above refer to ‗the practice and mechanics of generating
body energy‘ and reveal that, together with ‗spiritual‘ purposes, they also serve ‗healing‘
purposes. This observation is affirmed in Hathayoga-pradipika, which states that the
practice of yoga removes ―diseases‖ and ―facilitates concentration‖, and activates
―various nerve centres‖ (Jyotsna, 1972, p. 11).
Regarding the spiritual aim of such practice, we are informed in verse 33 that
there are in total 84 ‗postures‘ that largely account for the practice of awakening the
―subtle healing energy‖ (Jyotsna, 1972, p. 15). For example, verses 104-124 (pp. 56-59)
illustrate the entire process of ―liberation by [the power of] kundalini‖ (verse 104, p. 56).
The Gheranda Samhita (Gheranda and Mallison, 2004) speaks of a sevenfold
yoga aimed at activating the subtle body system: shatkarma for purification; asana for
strengthening; mudra for steadying; pratyahara for calming; pranayama for lightness;
dhyana for perception; and, samadhi for isolation. The text within this sevenfold yogic
practice reveals many facets of the psycho-spiritual possibilities closely inherent in the
subtle body system. Specifically, the chapter on Dhyana teaches ―three types of samadhi‖
(p. xii) or psycho-spiritual transformational stages obtained by means of specific yogic
practices. Examples of these yoga practices are the three mudras: shambhavi, khechari,
and yoni (pp. xi-xii) and other meditational techniques enhancing the human potential to
perceive and therefore activate various body forms from gross to subtle, for example
being able to visualize ―Light between the eyebrows‖ (p. xi).
108
The Siva Samhita (Mallison‘s translation, 2007, chapter 2) contains a detailed
description of the ‗microcosmic‘ model of the subtle body system; this description
corresponds to the previous main models illustrated in other Hindu texts presented so far.
Also, as in other Hindu Hatha yoga texts, the Siva Samhita includes relevant yogic
techniques and practices (e.g. asana, mudra, etc.) that ultimately aim at awakening and
raising life-force (prana) for the obtainment of spiritual transformation. Through the
description and analysis of these texts it can be deduced that this transformation in turn
results in the achievement of body-mind and spirit health; thus, it is holistic.
A few examples of the verses found throughout Mallison‘s translation (2007) of
the Siva Samhita may help clarify these main points: Verse 21 states ―when the sleeping
kundalini awakens through the grace of the Guru, all the lotuses and knots are pierced‖
(p.77); verse 22 stresses the importance of mudras for energetic awakening; verse 23
goes further by citing the best mudras to awaken energy: mahamudra, mahabanda,
mahavedha, khechari, jalandhara, mulabandha, viparikarani, udyana, vajiroli, and the
tenth, shaktichalana (p.77). And, verse 1 of chapter 4 of the mudra states ―The Lord said,
‗Now I shall teach the sublime Yoga of mudras. Just by practicing mudras the yogi is
freed from all disease‘‖ (p. 72). All the above verses and specifically verse 1 confirm the
energy-healing mechanic and the therapeutics benefits of the ‗practice‘ (p.77).
In the Siva Samhita the location of all the six centres are described throughout
verses 56 (p. 62) -101 (p. 70): verses 56-74 muladhara chakra, “Two fingers above the
rectum and two fingers below the linga [genital]‖; verses 75-82 swadhistana chakra,
―situated at the base organ [or prostatic plexus]‖ (p. 65); verses 79-82 manipura chakra,
―near the navel‖ (p. 66); verses 83-89 anahata chakra, ―in the heart‖ (p. 67); verses 90-95
109
vishuddha chakra, ―in the throat‖ (p. 68); and verses 96-101 ajna cakra, ―between the
two eye-brows‖ (p. 69).
In the Siva Samhita, throughout verses 57 to 62 (pp. 62-63), ―goddess Kundalini”
(energy) is described as residing in ―the root‖ (v. 57); ―luminous by its own light‖ (v. 58);
―Full of energy‖ (v. 59); ―It is also called the great energy‖ (v. 61), ―which rests in the
perineum, and is called the … self-born‖ (v. 62); ―It is endowed with the power of action
(motion) and sensation, and circulates throughout the body. It is, and has a flame of fire;
some times rises up…‖ (v. 62).
The main model of the subtle body system that is recurrent both in the Hindu
Tantric texts and Hindu Hatha yoga texts is summarized below:
Table A: Hindu Chakra Model
Name Of Chakra Number of Lotus
Petals
Name of Bija
(Seed) Letters
Elements and
Colors
Its Seat
1. Muladhara Four Lam Red Perineum
2. Svadhisthana Six Vam Orange Genitals
3. Manipura Ten Ram Yellow Solar plexus/navel
4. Anahata Twelve Yam Green or pink Heart
5. Visuddha Sixteen Ham Light Blue Throat
6. Ajna Two Om Indigo/deep
blue/white
Region between the
two eyebrows
110
Buddhist tantric literature.
The critical study of the Hevajra Tantra by Snellgrove (1959) introduces us to the
subtle body system and its mechanics (including visualization meditation, mantras,
mandalas, consecration and various other yogic practices). According to Snellgrove
(1959), within the Hevajra Tantra there is a detailed description of the structure,
governing principles and mechanics of the subtle body system:
To the left and right are two ‗veins‘ Lalana and Rasana, corresponding with
Wisdom and Means in their separate condition, which is the state of samsara. Up
and down these channels passes the breath, conceived of as vital force .... so long
as breath continues in this manner, so thought continues to wander uncontrolled.
The initial part of the process consists therefore in harnessing through to breath,
achieved by concentrating the thought upon the breathing process .... Running up
the centre of the body a third vein is imagined … Avadhuti that represents the
union of Wisdom and Means. Meeting it at cross section, at the navel, the heart,
the throat, and the head, there are imagined four lotuses .... or radiating circles
(chakra) .... These four lotuses correspond with the four stages of spiritual
advance viz., the four Joys [see table B] .... At the base of the genitals where all
the three channels come together … there resides the bodhicitta in its relative
condition ... and quiescent. At the summit of the head (brahmarandra) there
resides the bodhicitta in its absolute condition … also quiescent and known as
Moon. (p. 36)
Farrow and Menon (1992) explain bodhicitta as:
111
Enlightened consciousness. The Enlightened Consciousness is said to be of two
kinds, absolute or unlimited and relative or limited. In its limited, restricted
aspect it is said to be semen. The goal of the tantra is to experience the
Enlightened Consciousness and to achieve this, a refined utilization and activation
of the seminal energy becomes the means. (p. 298)
The subtle body mechanic described in the Hevajra Tantra (Snellgrove, 1959) can
be summarized as follows: The bodhicitta found at the base aroused by the meeting of
―the two psychic stream‖ ―envisaged as Fire which is Candali [kundalini] ... burns ...
moving upward‖ through the central channel ―from navel to the heart and thence to the
throat and the head .... reaches the bodhicitta in the head ‖ (Snellgrove, 1959, pp. 36-37).
The Hevajra-tantra recognizes that breath control technique plays a predominant
role in advanced yoga practice, which also requires ―control of the physical process of the
body‖ for the achievement of a ―desired mental condition‖ (Snellgrove, 1959, p. 39).
The Hevajra Tantra’s main description of the subtle body system is of four
psychic centres (chakras/padmas) (Snellgrove, 1959, p. 38 - The English translation of
the Four Joys taken from Glossary of Special Terms - p. 134). According to Snellgrove
(1959), within this fourfold scheme are fitted all possible terms of reference of the whole
Buddhist doctrine and philosophy which ―is comprehended within the body‖ (p. 38), ―in
which the place of importance is at the top, namely, in the head‖ (p. 38). Snellgrove‘s
(1959, p. 38) interpretation is detailed in the table below:
112
Table B: The Hevajra Tantra Chakra Model
Chakras/
Padmas
Bodies of a
Buddha
Joys Four
Elements
Syllable
Head Svabhavikakaya
(Self-Existent
Body)
Sahajananda (Joy
Innate)
Air HAM
Throat Sambhogakaya Viramandana (Joy of
Cessation)
Fire OM
Heart Dharmakaya Paramananda (Perfect
Joy)
Water HUM
Navel Nirmanakaya Ananda (Just Joy) Earth A
The Inner Kalachakra tantra is main description of the model of the
chakras/padmas (Wallace, 2001, p. 159) is summarized below:
Table C - The Inner Kalachakratantra Chakra Model
Chakras/Padmas Bodies of a Buddha Joys Elements Syllable
Secret/Head
Navel
Forehead
Sahajakaya Sahajananda gnosis
space
earth
HAM
Heart Dharmakaya Paramananda wind HUM
Throat Sambhogakaya Viramandana fire OM
Forehead Nirmanakaya Ananda water A
According to the Inner Kalachakra tantra (Wallace, 2001):
113
The four bodies of the Buddha, which are latently present within the individual,
are located within the six cakras of the individual's body due to the gunas
(qualities) of those cakras. Thus, the Sahajakaya, which is free of ideation and is
similar to a prognostic mirror, is in the secret cakra, in the usnisa [head], and in
the navel-cakra, which arise from the elements of gnosis, space, and earth,
respectively. The Dharmakaya is located in the heart-cakra, which arises from the
wind-element. The Sambhogakaya is in the throat-cakra, which arises from the
fire-element. The Nirmanakaya is in the lalata (3rd eyes center) which arises from
the water-element. (pp. 158-159)
The locations of the four bodies of the Buddha and of the six families within the
individual's four cakras are expounded in the second section of the Inner kālacakratantra
(vs. 27-47). Wallace (2001, ¶ 8) further depicts the ways in which the presence of time
and the universe is to be recognized in one's own body and shows the correspondences
between the passage of time in the world and the passage of pranas within the body; this
last section also discusses the different functions and locations of the diverse types of
pranas in the body (p. 23).
The rationale for the Kālacakratantra practices for eliminating mental afflictions
and actualizing the four bodies of the Buddha (see table C above) is provided in the first
part of the last section/chapter of A commentary on the kalacakra tantra (Ngawang,
1985). Particularly, this text discusses the path of actualizing spiritual knowledge in
relation to the individual: The Kālacakratantra consists of the theory of the nature of
gnosis, pranas (life force or life winds), spiritual ignorance, and mental afflictions, as
well as the relationships between them.
114
In the Inner Kalachakra tantra (Wallace, 2001), we find a detailed description of
the yoga practice defined to be ―six-phased yoga (sad-anga-yoga)‖ (p. 203). This yoga
begins with the manifestation of the mentally nonconstructed appearance of one‘s own
mind [everyday thought and night dreams], and ends with the manifestation of one‘s
universal form. In this way, the whole process of the sad-anga-yoga is a meditative
process of bringing into manifestation the successively more subtle and more
encompassing aspects of one‘s own mind. (p. 203)
The six types of yoga are respectively (1) the yoga of retraction (pratyahara); (2)
the yoga of meditative stabilization (dhyana); (3) the yoga of pranayama; (4) the yoga of
retention (dharana); (5) the yoga of recollection (anusmrti); and, (6) the yoga of samadhi
(Wallace, 2001, pp. 203-206). Wallace (2001) aptly précis the meaning and function of
samadhi yoga, which appear to include two facets:
In the samadhi phase, the object of gnosis (jñeya) and gnosis (jñana) itself
become unified and give rise to supreme, imperishable bliss. For that reason, the
samadhi that is practiced here is defined as ‗a meditative concentration on the
form of gnosis (jñana-bimba).‘ [The Kalacakratantra, Ch. 44, v. 117, and the
Vimalaprabha] It is also interpreted as the imperishable bliss that arises from the
union of the apprehended object (grahya) and the apprehending subject (grahaka)
[The Vimalaprabha commentary on the Kalacakratantra, Ch. 44, v. 119]. (pp.
206-207)
Due to a lack of space, I will not be able to describe what each path of yoga
consists of and how they actively relate to working with the subtle body system.
115
However, I will report on the first type of yoga, which will serve as an example of the
possible mechanisms and processes involved in the phased yoga:
The yoga of retraction (pratyahara) involves the meditative practice of retracting
the pranas from the right and left nadis and bringing them into the central nadi. In
this phase of practice, the contemplative stabilizes his mind by concentrating on
the aperture of the central nadi in the lalata, having the eyes opened with an
upward gaze called the gaze of the ferocious deity, Usnisacakri. As a result of
that, the pranas cease to flow in the left and right nadis and begin to flow in the
central nadi. The cessation of the prana's flow within the left and right nadis
severs the connections between the five sense-faculties and their objects.
Consequently, the five sense-faculties and their objects become inactive, meaning,
the six types of consciousness cease to engage with their corresponding objects,
and bodily craving for material things diminishes. This disregard for the pleasures
of the body, speech, mind, and sexual bliss is what is meant here by worship. As
the ordinary sense-faculties disengage, the extraordinary sense-faculties arise ....
Wisdom and gnosis become the apprehending mind, and the ten signs, which are
like an image in a prognostic mirror, become the apprehended objects. Thus,
gnosis apprehends itself in the same way that the eye sees its own reflection in a
mirror. This entering of the apprehending mind (grahaka-citta) into the
apprehended mind (grahya-citta) constitutes its nonengagement with external
objects. (Wallace, 2001, pp. 203-204)
According to Dhargyey (1985, p. 114-116), the Kalacakratantra talks of four
energy-centres according to the table below:
116
Table D - Kalacakratantra Chakra Model
Cakras
(Sanskrit)
Khor.Lo
(Tibetan)
Location Etymology Element Color
Mahasukha Crown Of
The Head
Centre Of Great
Bliss
Space White, Green,
Red And Black
Sambhoga Throat Centre Of
Enjoyment
Fire Red
Dharma Heart Centre Of
Dharma
Water White
Nirmana Navel Centre Of
Emanation
Earth Multicolored
Kalacakratantra, when presenting the five energy-centers, adds the cakra below:
Genital Bliss Guarding
Centre
Dhargyey (1985) notes that, ―there is also a presentation of the six-energy
centers‖ (p. 114; Waymen, 1977, p. 63). The six branches of yogic practices are
described in the some manner as in the Inner Kalachakra tantra (Dhargyey, 1985, pp.
128-133).
A Comparative Study of the Main ‘Subtle Body Systems’
Throughout the examination of this primary ancient literature and assisted by the
secondary contemporary literature, I will conduct a comparative study of the various
existing main models of the subtle body system and its assumed practice, as well as the
117
mechanics of generating body healing energy. Initially, I will identify and compare the
main existing models of psychic centres (chakras), channels (nadis), the subtle energy
(prana) and its mechanics, and the subtle body practice and its purpose; subsequently, I
will present interpretations of the subtle body system; consequently, I will provide a
summary of the comparative findings; and, lastly, I will draw some conclusions.
Two main chakras models.
After a thorough analysis of the primary literature, I have determined that there
are two main chakra models: the Hindu (tantric and non-tantric) model with six chakras
(see Table A), located at the perineum, genitals, solar plexus (navel), heart, throat and
forehead (3rd eye centre); and, the Buddhist tantric model with four chakras (see Tables
B, C, D), namely navel, heart, throat, and head or forehead (3rd eye centre). These two
main models were determined according to the main emphasis that seems predominant in
each tradition.
Specifically, during the study of the cited Hindu literature I found reference only to
the representation of six chakras models (however other models do exist); on the
contrary, in the study of the main Buddhist Tantric literature, I found reference to the
representation of four, five and six chakras models (Wayman, 1977; Ngawang, 1985).
However, ―a fourfold correspondence is especially prevalent in the [Buddhist] Yoga-
tantra [specific subject of our study]‖ (Wayman, 1977, p. 63), and, I also determined that,
generally, the main model accepted by Buddhist tantric tradition is of four chakras, and
that this results because the model corresponds to the four qualities of the Buddha; thus,
the others do not seem to play much of a role in practice (Guenther, 1972). On the other
118
hand, both traditions agree on the actual location of the psychic centres (chakras) along
the spinal column or the primary central nadi.
The main nadis system.
The exact number of nadis is hard to determine due to a lack of consistency in the
textual tradition. Generally, they are affirmed to be any number between 72,000 (e.g., the
Hathayoga-pradipika) and 350,000 (e.g., The Gheranda Samhita). However, ―some
works state 72 nadis are particularly important, but most mention only 10, 12, or 14 by
name‖ (Feuerstein, 2003, p. 194).
In particular, in all the Indic literature used in this thesis, three prime nadis of
vital-force (prana) are considered key: sushmna-nadi; ida-nadi and the pingala-nadi
(Avalon, 1974; Avalon, 1981; Singh, 1979-1988). Feuerstein (2003) substantiates such
evaluation by affirming that according to Hindu terminology ―among the multitude of the
pathways of life force, three have special esoteric significance: the central channel called
sushmna-nadi and the two channels that wind around it in helical fashion, which are
known as the ida-nadi and the pingala-nadi‖ (p. 194); The Hevajra tantra (Snellgrove,
1959) describes the structure of the channels in the same mode: three main ―veins‖
(nadis), but terms them as ―lalana, rasana and avadhuti‖ (pp. 35-38), as do the other
main Buddhist Tantric texts. For example, Wayman (1977) affirms ―This body is said to
have 72,000 ‗veins‘ (nadi), of which three are the chief ones located in the position of the
backbone. These three, the chief conduits of the ‗winds‘, are differently named in the
Hindu and Buddhist Tantras‖ (p. 65). Fundamentally, the entire primary literature
examined in this research agrees upon the existence of three main channels and with the
119
description of their mechanics and position in the body, despite the differences in their
respective names.
The following table (E) attempts to summarize the main Hindu and Buddhist
symbolic and metaphysical structure of the channels:
Table E - Hindu and Buddhist Anatomy of Channels
Name of Nadis
Buddhist
Name of Nadis
Hindu
Location in
reference with
spinal column
Its nature Its motion
1. Avadhuti 1. Susumna In the middle or
in front of the
spinal column
The form of
Moon, Sun and
Fire
Extend from the
middle of the perineum
to the head
2. Lalana 2. Ida In the space in
front of the
spinal column:
on the left
Is of the nature
of the Moon,
pale and
‗female‘ or
white moon-like
Upward from the
perineum and having
reached the head
proceed to the nostrils.
Contains descending
vitality--apana.
3. Rasana 3. Pingala In the space
outside the
spinal column:
on the right
Is of the nature
of the Sun,
lustrous red and
‗male‘; or the
red sun-like
Upward from the
perineum and having
reached the head
proceed to the nostrils.
Contains ascending
vitality--prana.
120
The life-force-energy and its mechanics.
Feuerstein (2003) defines ―Shakti (―power‖)‖ as ―The dynamic or creative
principle of existence‖ (p. 269), which in conjunction with prana comes to represent
creative life-force (prana-sakti); and, ‗the mechanics‘ of this life-force as ―the mode of
operation for the arousal of the ‗serpent power‘ (kundalini sakti)‖ (p. 224). Describing the
various forms of shakti, Feuerstein (2003) adds ―practically speaking, the most
significant form of shakti is Kundalini-Shakti‖ (p. 224); this Kundalini-Shakti is the
creative life-energy that by an advanced and intense yogic practice (e.g., asanas and
pranayamas) can be aroused until it enters the central channel (susumna), starting the
process known in the various Hindu philosophical doctrines and yogic traditions as
‗Kundalini awakening-arising‘ through ‗the piercing of chakras‘ (p. 224). Within the
Buddhist Tantric philosophy, life-force-energy is known as the ―Fire which is Chandali‖
(Snellgrove, 1959, p. 36) or ―red bodhicitta” (Samuel, 1989, pp. 197-210).
According to Singh (1979) the tantric yogi aims to direct the subtle energy
(prana) from the two main side channels into the primary channel, activating the flow of
the latent energy-power (kundalini-shakti) from the base chakra (Muladhara), to the
crown chakra, ‗Brahmarandhra‘, thus achieving ‗Liberation‘ (p. 152).
Yogic subtle body practice and its purpose.
The ancient literature strongly concurs that the body, from the grossest to the
subtlest forms (i.e., body, mind and energy-spirit), is the vehicle of spiritual
transformation. In support of this, Fields (2001) states:
In tantric practice, body is central in the quest for liberative self-knowledge …. A
main tenet of Tantric practice or sadhana is that ‗the Absolute is to be realized in
121
and through the human body …. The body is the quintessence of the
physioconscious creation, and the Tantric practitioner or sadhaka awakens the
divinity within him-or herself. (pp. 34-35)
Eliade (1969) supports Fields assertion by stating: ―In the Hevajra-tantra, the
Buddha ... proclaims that without a perfectly healthy body, one cannot know bliss‖ (p.
227). Moreover, according to Eliade (1969):
we can distinguish at least two orientations, different yet convergent, in this
emphatic valuation of the body and its possibilities: (1) there is the importance
accorded to the total experience of life as constituting an integral part of sadhana,
and this is the general position of all tantric schools; (2) there is, in addition, the
will to master the body in order to transmute it into a divine body, and this is
especially the position of Hatha yoga. (p. 228)
Fields (2001) restates this idea that seeking health and achieving health are both
purposes and marks of success, when he quotes Upanisadic:
Although liberation is the highest aim of Upanisadic yoga, the Upanisads note the
health benefits of yoga: sickness, old age, and death are avoided by one ‗who has
obtained a body made out of the fire of yoga‘ (Svetasvatara Upanishad 2:12a).
Health is named as one of the signs of progress in yoga (Svetasvatara Upanishad
2:13a). (p. 89)
Each specific technique of this complex subtle body practice is designed for the
attainment of a healthy (e.g., purified) psychosomatic system that is able to channel life
force or energy for the achievement of absolute pure-consciousness. Thus, the pranic
activation is not feasible without a previous purification of the psychosomatic system (or
122
gross body) and the subtle body system. The prerequisites are the purification of the gross
body or sense organs (achieved through the practice of asana, mudras, and kriyas);
control of the life-force-energy or prana (e.g., achieved through the practice of
pranayama); control of the thought-mind wave and concentration on the divine essence
(e.g., achieved through the practice of mindfulness meditation, sound repetition mantra,
etc.). The process of consciousness transformation is also obtained by eliminating mental
afflictions and actualizing body cleansing and purification techniques that will result in
the novice awakening the dormant life-force-energy (prana-shakti) for spiritual
enhancement (Avalon, 1974; Bhattacharyya, 1982; Feuerstein, 2003; Flood, 2002;
Mallison, 2007; Samuel, 1989; Singh, 1979; Wallace, 2001).
Singh (1979) adds that the ―Tantras contains descriptions of ritual practices,
sacred formulae (mantras), mystical diagrams (yantras), gestures (mudras), postures
(asanas), initiations (diksa), yoga or mystic practices‖ (p. x). Bhattacharyya (1982)
affirms that there are in the Buddhist and non-Buddhist tantras ―six Yogic practices‖,
which are ―control of the sense organs (pratyahara); meditation (dhyana); breath control
(pranayama), concentration on mantra (dharana); remembrance (anusmrti) and obtaining
perfect wisdom (samadhi)‖ (p. 230).
The Hatha yoga texts studied here (Hatha yoga-Pradipika, Gheranda-Samhita
and Siva Samhita) describe advanced Hatha yoga subtle body practices, which originate
from the classical yoga of Patanjali. Avalon (1974) states:
The practice and exercise connected with Hatha yoga are divided into seven parts
or stages–namely, cleansing…; the attainment of strength or firmness…by bodily
postures (Asanas); of fortitude…by bodily positions (Mudras); of steadiness of
123
mind…by restraint of the senses (Pratyahara); of lightness …by Pranayama; of
realization…by meditation (Dhyana); and of detachment…in Samadhi. (p. 200)
Mallison (2007) argues that the Hindu Hatha yoga texts (e.g. Siva Samhita)
typically are non tantric but generally are in agreement with the Hindu tantric texts (e.g.
Sat-chakra-nirupana) in terms of their described subtle body practice: They teach that
through the practice of the various complex postures, breath control, ‗locks‘ (the
muscular constrictions of breath and energy flowing through the body), and so forth, the
novice aims to awaken the energy lying dormant at the base of the central channel for
spiritual enhancements (pp. xiii-xiv). According to Flood (2002) this process of
transformation is obtained by eliminating mental afflictions and actualizing ―the
purification of the elements in the body‖ (p. 25). Wallace (2001) states that such
transformation is achievable through the rationale of the Kalacakratantra practices:
Thus, in the context of the Kalacakratantra, by completely extinguishing one's
own psycho-physiological constitution and processes, one extinguishes the source
of one's own cycle of rebirth and attains the state of the eternal manifestation of
the gnosis of supreme, immutable bliss. From the premise that one's ordinary
psychophysical factors, which are composed of atomic particles, are the source of
one's mental obscuration, arises the necessity of transforming the ordinary,
physical nature of one's body and mind into their blissful nature. The Kalacakra
tradition considers that process of transformation as the most direct means to the
state of the mutual pervasiveness and unification of one's own body, speech, and
the mind of immutable bliss. (p. 183)
124
Elaborating on the significance of body, speech and mind, Guenther (1972)
explains that in tantra:
The body is a god, speech a mantra, and mind absolute Being. To see the body,
by which the body as lived by me is meant, as a god is to appreciate it as a value
in its own right; similarly speech as mantra is not empty talk, rather it is
communication which does not depend on words with their conventional meaning
in usage. Lastly, mind as absolute Being is not the absolutization of subjectivism,
it is rather the cognitiveness of Being-as-such which expresses itself in and
through the activity of our Mind. (p. 62)
Taking into consideration that the Buddhist and the Hindu traditions vary in
certain metaphysical and ontological aspects of their doctrines, which will be dealt with
in the Summary of Comparative Findings subsection, we can readily state that the same
principles apply within both traditions in respect to what appears to be the fundamental
reason for the need of a yogic practice: It is generally agreed that the objective of yoga-
tantra practice is to create a harmonious balance between the physical body, the vital
energy (prana) and mind (citta); whereas, the evolution of consciousness is possible only
when the impulses generated by this harmonious balance stimulate the awakening of the
central force (Sushumna Nadi). The original objective of yoga and tantra is lost if it is not
used for this purpose.
Interpretation of the subtle body system.
The subtle body system is interpreted in the tantric scriptures as a microcosmic
manifestation in the human body of a macrocosmic reality (Avalon, 1974; Fields, 2001;
Feuerstein, 1989, Rama et al., 1976; White, 2000). Samuel (1989) indicates that, ―the
125
Buddhist and Hindu Tantras employ a non-dualist conceptualization of body and mind or
self and universe based upon the anatomy of the subtle body with its ‗centres‘ (chakra),
‗channels‘ (nadi) and flows of ‗energy‘ (prana)…‖ (p. 197). Wayman (1977) states, ―The
remarkable occult physiology of the tantric books is really based on the theories of this
subtle body” (p. 65). Flood (1996) comments on ―whether such systems of esoteric
anatomy were meant to be understood in a literal or ontological sense‖ (p. 99); and he
further speculates ―they were rather systems of visualization in meditation for the purpose
of achieving Samadhi‖ (p. 99). Snellgrove (1959) puts forth questions such as: ―Are the
chakras within the body conceived of as real psychic centres, or are they an imagined
device like the external mandala?‖ (p. 33 – footnote n.3) However, he is aware that such
questions would probably contradict ―the whole basic theory from the standpoint of the
texts‖ (1959, p. 33 - footnote n. 3). He asserts:
For them the whole process, internal and external, is bhavana (mental
production), and the mandala, although imagined (bhavita) exists on a higher
plane of reality than the phenomenal world it represents. Likewise the idealized
representation of the body, consisting of the veins and cakras, exists on a higher
plane than the normal physical structure of the body. (1959, p. 33 - footnote 3)
Zimmer (1951), on the other hand, does not hesitate to assert that through
Kundalini yoga the adept manages to lead the kundalini force up the chakras system
initializing a real and not imagined process of transformation and transcendence in the
practitioner. Zimmer (1951) describes the mechanics of the subtle body system as
follows:
126
Whereas the ... devotee practicing bhutasuddhi (the ritual purification of the
elements of the body in preparation for an act of dualistic worship) has to imagine
the purifying ascent of the Kundalini through the centres or lotuses (cakras,
padmas) of the susumna, the ... adept in the exercises of the tantric Kundalini
Yoga, actually brings this psychosomatic miracle to pass. Asana and mudra
(proper set and posture), pranayam (control of the breath), dhyana and mantra
(interior visualization and the concentrated recitation of certain ―seed‖ sounds and
formulae), following a long and severe preliminary training in physical and
emotional self-purification, led actually to a physical effect which is described as
the channeling of all the energies of the body into a subtle channel up the interior
of the spine (susumna). In this case, the rise of the ―Serpent Power‖ (kundalini)
and awakening of the lotuses (padmas) does not have to be imagined, it actually
comes to pass. And when the sixth center is attained--the ―Lotus of Command‖
(ajna) between the eyebrows--the Lord (isvara) is actually seen, not simply
imagined, and the beholder is completely lost in savikalpa samadhi--communion
with the Brahman ―with limitations‖ (savikalpa), where the distinction between
the subject and the personal God is retained. Whereas the moment the rising force
enters the ultimate thousand-petalled lotus at the crown of the head (the
sahasrara) ... the experience of duality is in sheer experience ... . (p. 592)
Summary of comparative findings.
Bringing the various Tantric and non Tantric theories into accord with one
another has been challenging. However, I have come up with some conclusions
regarding the fundamental similarities that are found across traditions regarding the
127
ontological meaning of the subtle body system, its structure, its mechanics, its practice,
and its purpose. The first and most important similarity is the recurrent reference in all
tantra to an etheric body – the subtle body system empowered by life-force energy.
Regarding the actual structure of the subtle body system, in spite of some fundamental
differences between Buddhist and Hindu models that have already been mentioned and
examined above, important similarities exist. For example, all the traditional texts
examined in this study indicate the spinal column as the anatomical axial for the whole
organization of the subtle body system. In addition, in both traditions, the description of
the principal structure of the ‗channels‘ correspond and three are given prime importance:
Hindu with pingala, sushumna and ida; Buddhist with rasana, avadhuti and lalana, to
the right, middle and left of the spinal column respectively. Moreover, ‗the central
channel‘ (avadhuti in Buddhism and sushumna in Hindu) always seems to play a major
role, for example, when it comes to the mechanics of raising pranic subtle energy, which
is similarly described in both traditions of the tantric literature that has been analyzed.
Thus, the tantra traditions share the actual internal mechanics of subtle energy or ‗prana’
activation that is always initiated from the base chakra (normally associated with the
physical body and physical consciousness) and flows upward through the central channel
to the top, the place of psycho-spiritual importance (Snellgrove, 1959).
With reference to the various interpretations and English translations found in our
primary and secondary literature on the concept of prana-sakti, Singh (1979) affirms that
nevertheless it can be summarized in a few terms: ‗life force‘; ‗vital breath‘; ‗biological
energy‘; ‗bio-plasma‘ or ‗vital energy‘ (p. 156). More peculiar to Buddhism is the
correspondence of the word ‗prana’ with ‗karmic winds‘ doctrines; or, as Samuel (1989)
128
asserts: ―The Buddhist Tantra adds the central concept of Boddhicitta, which is conceived
of as both a motivational state and a pattern of energy-distribution within the subtle
body‖ (p. 197). He (1989) further notes that:
It is interesting that it is only the Buddhists who describe the internal processes of
Tantric yoga in terms of bodhicitta. As far I know there is no real Hindu analogue
here. However the processes themselves occur in recognizable similar forms
within both Buddhist and Hindu Tantric practices. (p. 200)
In fact, the classical Tantric Buddhist texts recurrently describe this pattern of
energy-distribution within the subtle body system as the ―Fire which is Chandali‖ or ―red
bodhicitta” (Snellgrove, 1959, p. 36; Samuel, 1989, pp. 197-210). These Buddhist terms
correspond with the Hatha yoga terminology of the Hindu tradition to the fierce hot
energy or ―The Serpent Power‖ ‗kundalini’ (Samuel, 1989; Avalon, 1974). Of significant
importance, this process, in both Buddhist and Hindu traditions, symbolizes a sort of
psycho-spiritual development of the practitioner.
In respect to the assumed aims of the complex tantric practice, the perennial
concept is that the practices were employed by the yogis as a means of physical and
mental purification, a necessary preliminary and preparatory stage that either anticipated
or led the advocate to a psycho-spiritual journey of transformation and final redemption
from suffering. The yogis, through the employment of such direct practices, would
benefit from optimal health, which is both psychophysical and spiritual.
Finally, the idea of ―union,‖ shared by both traditions, should not be overlooked.
It is constantly portrayed as the unification of the body, speech and mind in Buddhist
tantra or in the union of the female and male (Red and white Boddhicitta in Buddhism;
129
Shakti and Siva in Hindu). The concept of union is also an intrinsic aspect of yoga, which
means yoking: ―yoking of a team or equipment, union, contact, combination, mixture,
connection, relation‖ (Fields, 2001, p. 85). Fields, in his 2001 writing, further states:
Liberation in classical Yoga is thus .... integral to the meaning of Yoga in that the
practice of Yoga—physical and meditational—entails an effort of one-pointed
focusing. One-pointed concentration helps to yoke together the activities of body,
breath, senses, and mind, which supports the achievement of non-fragmented
mental stillness in the state of Samadhi. (p. 86).
Some conclusions to the preliminary section.
Despite the lack of unanimous agreement on the representation and the assumed
meaning of the models of the subtle body system and its mechanics, fundamental
similarities exist: the perennial element involved in the entire process is life energy;
complex mechanics are implicated in the work of life energy; the free energetic flow is
always ascending and corresponds to a psycho-spiritual journey—i.e. body, mind and
spirit transformation. For both models, the ultimate aim of this transformation is
metaphysical and can be conceptualized according to whichever traditional system one
decides to adhere: Buddhist or Hindu. Despite discord over the representation of the
subtle body system and its interpretation as literal or figurative, broad agreement exists
that the representation of the subtle body structure is employed as a visualization tool in
meditation for the purpose of achieving psycho-spiritual transformation. Ever increasing
evidence substantiates the claim that through specific subtle body practices such as
chanting mantra or performing breathing exercises pranayamas, the individual is able to
activate a positive psychophysical response. If this response is subtle energy flow, then
130
we can affirm that this translates to extreme psychophysical health and spiritual well-
being--healing. Purposely, later in chapter 5, in the subsection ―Energy-healing theory: A
study‖, I will further corroborate, using contemporary scientific findings, the importance
of yogic and tantric subtle body practice in enhancing psychophysical health, and I will
elaborate on the subtle body system as a transpersonal model for the transformation of
consciousness.
131
CHAPTER 5: A BROAD STUDY OF ‘ENERGY-HEALING-THEORY’
Consciousness: A Theoretical Study
In the preliminary examination reported in Chapter 4 of this thesis, I endeavoured
to study the significant Buddhist and Hindu tantric and non tantric literature relating to
the subtle body system. This study was mainly intended to provide multiple accounts of
the assumed existence of the subtle body system and its mechanics. In other words, I
attempted to present some ancient mystical theories of life-vital energy, that are
documented in this meditational literature and, subsequently, to scrutinise the governing
systems. I concluded that, although secondary differences exist in respective to subtle
body models and yogic practices, primary similarities occur in the adjoining subtle body
mechanics and energetic-spiritual healing principle. This energetic-spiritual system is
based on the belief that a life structure, including all natural phenomena, is governed by
mechanisms going beyond biological existence. These traditions believe that the subtle
body system‘s mechanism affects the individual‘s consciousness, and can transcend the
limits of personal psycho-physical identity, expanding to transpersonal or higher states of
consciousness.
Although the ancient tantric and non tantric literature reviewed in Chapter 4 posits
a ‗subtle body system‘ whose existence is beyond current scientific validation, as
expressed through the empirical, mechanical explanation which requires observable
measurement through physical and chemical means, in recent years, an ever-increasing,
significant body of evidence has been assembled by health care professionals, scientists,
and scholars, that seem to increasingly validate ancient mystical theories of life energy
and promote its current medical employment. This body of knowledge, which within a
132
modern context can be defined as energy-healing theory, poses two important notions:
human nature is made of a tripartite system that essentially asserts the existence and
significance of a subtle-body-system or energetic-spiritual system along with physical
and psychological body systems, namely the spectrum of consciousness; and, the
integration of the subtle body system and other constitutive elements of the tripartite
system could have significance for healing and transformation. Putting forward these
important notions not only opens up the platform for the study‘s examination, but
broadens it enormously—a cumbersome task—since there are strong disagreements
among scholars (e.g., scientists and transpersonal-integral researchers such as
philosophers, psychologists and therapists) about the theoretical and practical principles
underlying and forming energy-healing theory. As a result, in the next section I will be
dealing largely with sorting out the conundrum of consciousness, which I do in
consideration of my thesis‘ interdisciplinary and integral framework. This examination of
consciousness and the solution that I foresee in the integral development model, ―the
spectrum of consciousness,‖ will be a source for a more pragmatic section where I will be
dealing largely with the practical implications inherent in the ―spectrum of
consciousness‖ model and integral theory and applications in general.
Conundrum of defining and sorting out consciousness.
Perhaps no aspect of mind is more familiar or more puzzling than consciousness
and our conscious experience of self and world. The problem of consciousness is
arguably the central issue in current theorizing about the mind. Despite the lack of
any agreed upon theory of consciousness, there is a widespread, if less than
universal, consensus that an adequate account of mind requires a clear
133
understanding of it and its place in nature. We need to understand both what
consciousness is and how it relates to other, nonconscious, aspects of reality. (Van
Gulick, 2009, ¶ Introduction )
In an endeavour to conduct a theoretical study of consciousness within a scientific
framework, I came across contrasting paradigms. This in turn led me to the realization
that perhaps no aspect of human nature can be more subtle and subjective than
consciousness, which relates to our ability to experience within the self and without. In
this study, I acknowledged that the lack of an agreed universal theory of consciousness is
too huge a problem to be solved within the space and time given for this subsection; I
will, however, attempt to integrate divergent (complex and extensive) theoretical systems
on consciousness into the theory known as the ―spectrum of consciousness‖. The theory
of the spectrum of consciousness fundamentally projects the idea that when considering
consciousness we are facing ―an extraordinary spectrum ... reaching from prepersonal to
personal to transpersonal states … spanning subconscious to self-conscious to
superconscious‖ (Brad Reynolds, 2004, p. 315).
Theoretical systems.
In order to conduct a more comprehensible examination of consciousness
theories, I will integrate and organize the diverse theoretical systems into two groups: the
Western traditional scientific-materialistic perspective and the East-West integral
movement.
Western scientific-materialistic group.
Traditional Western scientific models of consciousness can be as multifaceted as
are the disciplines of natural and social sciences, but they all share a common approach
134
―that starts with objective, empirical, and often quantifiable observables‖ (Wilber, 1995,
p. 5). We can identify approaches such as classical behaviourism and cognitive
behaviourism in psychology; classical positivism, structural-functionalism and system
theory in sociology (where cultural productions are considered significant insofar as they
are aspects of an objective social action system). Even in theology and metaphysics, we
find objectivist or naturalistic approaches, where the attempts to deduce the existence of
transcendental realities are still based on ―empirical and natural events‖ (Wilber, 1995, p.
111), as opposed to subjective and introspective approaches that ―turns the light of
consciousness directly onto the interior domain itself‖ (Wilber, 1995, p. 111). Ultimately,
scientists whose approaches are materialistic, deny the validity of the existence of
spiritual knowledge and any of its predicates (for example, the existence of a universal
consciousness residing outside the neurological brain-mind structure). According to Kak
(1997) ―The innermost aspect of consciousness … considered to be beyond a finite
enumeration of categories" (p. 10), as proposed by Vedic and yogic doctrines, is denied in
its entirety.
Dennett (2005), in the following statement, epitomizes the approach to
consciousness of the Western material-scientific establishment:
It seems to many people that consciousness is a mystery, the most wonderful
magic show imaginable, and an unending series of special effects that defy
explanation. I think that they are mistaken: consciousness is a physical, biological
phenomenon – that like metabolism or reproduction or self-repair – that is
exquisitely ingenious in its operation, but not miraculous or even, in the end,
mysterious. (p. 57)
135
Dennett (2005), furthermore, is convinced that the mystery of consciousness is a
simple ―state of magic” and explains that:
Part of the problem of explaining consciousness is that there are powerful forces
acting to make us think it is more marvellous than it is … a set of phenomena that
exploit our gullibility, and even our desire to be fooled, bamboozled, awestruck.
(p. 57)
Nicholas Humphrey (2006), known for his work on the evolution of human
intelligence and consciousness, in reply to one of the ―big questions‖ that one of his
‗anxious‘ readers puts forward on whether or not consciousness survives the biological
death, states:
It‘s the most natural of all questions to ask. I think we human beings are made to
ask it. I even think that in asking it we become better people. But my straight
answer, as a scientist, is: not a chance. Consciousness is something we do with our
brains. (p. 133)
Towards integral vision.
When spirituality becomes a subject of scientific research (e.g., cognitive
psychology, behaviourism, biology and neurology) it is drained of its metaphysic, and
treated and analysed as mere physical experience. In other words, a scientific
materialistic parameter is used for the study of certain spiritual phenomena. On the
contrary, transpersonal psychology (and all the integral movement) attempts to study
transcendental and mystical experiences, without the dissipation typically obtained by
natural science, while, instead, preserving the intrinsic value, the spirituality, of these
experiences whenever possible. Most importantly, in my opinion, as the following quote
136
from Walsh and Vaughan (1980) makes clear, is that the nature of reality is in the eye of
the beholder:
Every point of view rests on certain assumptions about the nature of reality. When
this is recognized, assumptions function as hypotheses; when it is forgotten, they
function as beliefs. Clusters of hypotheses create models or theories, and clusters
of theories constitute paradigms …. It is in the view of this realization that
whenever the hypothetical nature of paradigms, indeed any model, is forgotten
that ―they act as distorting perceptual filters‖. (pp. 25-26)
Newberg et al. (2002, pp. 3-4) conducted specific studies (that will be described
later in this chapter) on neurological brain processes. Their research used imaging
techniques to detect brain activity during altered states of consciousness or spiritual
experiences. One important finding was that a quieting of sensory activity led the OAA
(orientation association area) in the brain to fail to see the duality between self and the
outside. This finding describes exactly the type of spiritual experience recounted by
―generations of Eastern mystics‖ (p. 6). Newberg et al. (2002) affirm that, since research
demonstrates that spiritual contemplation affects brain activity, the experience gains
validation as a demonstrable reality that psychologists and neuroscientists had long
denied. They also argue that this research explains why people experience altered states
of consciousness. Moreover, Newberg et al. (2002) are certain, ―based upon our current
understanding [of brain science] of the manner which the brain turns neural input into
perceptions of human experience ...‖ and of the fact that ―all spirituality and any
experience of the ultimate nature of God‖ can ― be reduced to a fleeting rush of
electrochemical blips and flashes, racing along the neural pathways of the brain...‖ (p.
137
143). However, they deny the conception that spirituality or ―God is just an idea, with no
more substance than fantasy or dream...‖ (p. 143). They state this ―based upon‖ their
scientific ―understanding of how mind interprets the perceptions of the brain‖ (p. 143).
Ultimately, Newberg et al. (2002), embrace a new tendency in the scientific world to
overcome the strong sense of divergence between structured perspectives of
consciousness based on religious or scientific orthodoxy, and mitigate the scientific-
materialistic discourses by clearly asserting that ―our own brain science can neither prove
nor disprove the existence of God, at least not with simple answers‖ (p. 143)
In their role as neuroscientists, Newberg et al. (2002) are openly admitting the
inability of science to prove the non existence of a spiritual source outside our brain and
their current inability to find answers to a plethora of provocative questions, such as: Is
consciousness only a neurological brain-mind process, which therefore ceases with the
biological-death of the body? What is spirituality, transcendence or consciousness for that
matter? However, Newberg and colleagues manage, I believe, to create the foundation
and the focal point from which the contemporary integral movement can further
investigate. As Newberg et al. (2002) admit, questions about the nature of absolute reality
are the subject of much research in philosophy of mind, psychology, neuroscience,
cognitive science, and artificial intelligence (just to mention a few of the disciplines
involved). Even as scientists (psychologists, and also physicists, biologists, cognitive
psychologists, neurologists, etc.) all over the world are making concerted efforts to
understand various topics that belong to the vast spectrum of consciousness, there is a
need to integrate these theories (for example, with Eastern scientific investigations of
138
inner spirituality) as proposed by exponents of the integral movement and transpersonal
disciplines.
Obviously, scientific investigations such as the one conducted by Newberg and
colleagues (2002) are not undertaken to produce simple literature with which to
mesmerize laymen. They are undertaken to investigate such serious scientific questions
as: How do we understand and expand consciousness? In the process, they seek to show
whether man is more than a physical body, even if only in the neurological system. Thus,
we can talk of a major shift: from the critical opinions that considered expansion of
consciousness to such higher states as divine bliss, enlightenment, and union with the
universe, as mere fictitious accounts or pathological mind constructs, to the search for
empirical, quantifiable data, with which understand the expansion of consciousness from
a scientific perspective. However, the search may be long, and any merger between the
current scientific paradigm and those who study consciousness through direct experience,
may still be some way off. Underpinning the Eastern thought (Hinduism, Buddhism) and
integral research is the theory that one can experience altered state of consciousness by
means of direct, subjective experience that certain traditions describe, in their ultimate
essence, as absolute objectivity. This absolute objectivity or absolute consciousness is, as
far I understand, the whole idea of the spectrum of consciousness theory and exists at
least one step beyond the limits of the traditional-scientific paradigm.
Newberg et al. (2002), in the practice of analyzing and describing such complex
phenomena, do not attempt to affirm that religion is nothing more than brain function.
They simply state that religion is the province of philosophy and epistemology. Many
scientists before them have marvelled at this mystery. According to Wilber (1995),
139
modern physicists such as Einstein, Heisenberg, Schrödinger, Broglie, Planck, Pauli, and
Sir Eddington ―were united in the belief that the universe simply does not make sense--
and cannot satisfactorily be explained--without the inclusion, in some profound way, of
consciousness itself‖ (p. 107). Wilber (1995) adds that ―the vast majority of them were
idealists or transcendentalists of one variety or another‖ (p.107). According to Wilber,
writing in 1995, Broglie asserted, ―the mechanism demands a mysticism‖ (p. 107) and,
Sir James stated ―using words that virtually none of these pioneering physicists would
object to … that it looks increasingly certain that that the only way to explain the
universe is to maintain that it exists in the mind of some eternal spirit‖ (p.107). It is in the
light of this attempt to provide some answers to the many unanswered questions of the
universe‘s structure that the integral movement provides a new vision to bridge the gap
between the two extremes: scientific-materialistic realities and spiritual-metaphysical
realities. Kak (1997) points out that experiments conducted by quantum theorists ―led
many to argue that basic advances in physics would eventually require one to include
consciousness in the scientific framework‖ (p. 3).
East-West integral movement.
Models of consciousness can be as multifaceted as there are consciousness
research groups and individuals directly or indirectly investigating this topic. These
research groups consist of psychologists, philosophers, neuroscientists, physicists,
engineers working in artificial intelligence, anthropologists, artists, and exponents of
ancient Eastern tradition, as well as people working in other, emerging disciplines. Since
it is unlikely that any single theoretical perspective can suffice to explain all the features
of consciousness that we wish to understand, one might ―without contradiction accept a
140
diversity of models, that each in their own way, aims respectively to explain the physical,
neural, cognitive, functional, representational and higher-order aspects of consciousness‖
(Van Gulick, 2009, ¶ 10. Conclusion). Thus, a comprehensive understanding of
consciousness will likely require synthetic and pluralistic approach of many types.
Contemporary health professionals, scientists and scholars prone to adhering to
the ideal of a balanced integration between mechanistic and mystic theories of
consciousness may provide the best perspective for future progress. Expressly, within the
framework of this study, we are dealing with Eastern spiritual and Western scientific
theorists, who are in line with evolutionary models that maintain the importance of
science and spirituality in testing lower, ordinary, and higher level--spiritual or
transcendent--states of consciousness; and, are increasingly sharing their vision on
consciousness models as creative living art.
Based on this broad orientation, I will continue to further discuss in this subsection
the East-West integral theory of consciousness. Specifically, I will deal with disciplines
such as integral and transpersonal psychology, both preoccupied with an all
encompassing, universal holistic approach, where notions of lower, ordinary, and
spiritual--transcendent states of consciousness are investigated. In this examination, I will
further elucidate the energy-healing theory by illustrating the ideal of the unity of
consciousness found in the interconnection of the elements constituting the tripartite
system. Expectantly, I will attempt to create a solid foundation for the next section to be
examined, which deals with the integral framework and proposes a therapeutic
application of the energy-healing theory.
141
Tripartite system of consciousness: Body-mind and spirit integration.
Leskowitz (2008), a fervent exponent of the energy healing theory, explains the
fundamentals of the tripartite system of consciousness:
In Western medicine, human beings are conceived of as extremely complex
machines …. Within this model, the sense of the ―I,‖ the individual awareness
that we all experience, is simply an artefact or by-product of our incredibly
complex nervous system and brain; there is no independent self or consciousness.
In the energy model, however, human beings are conceived of as
multidimensional organisms.... The ―I-ness‖ of consciousness is seen as primary,
operating within the tripartite system of body, mind and spirit. Mind is composed
of thoughts and emotions, while spirit includes the transcendent level of soul as
well as the more tangible force of subtle energy. (pp. 226-227)
Thus, the third constitutive element of the human structure is stated to be an
independent consciousness.
Leskowitz (2008) referring to the energy model explains:
The yogis described a series of nested sheaths ranging from the densest one, the
physical body, to the most ethereal, the Spirit. One of these layers, the subtle
energy sheaths [i.e., the tantric subtle body system of chakras, nadis, and prana]
…. is considered ... to be merely another subdivision of the physical body ….
energy and matter were thought of as poles of a continuous spectrum of which
Western medicine [and psychology] considers only a very limited portion. (p.
227)
142
The subtle body system ―regulates the flow of subtle energy in the body. It uses
prana (subtle energy), the nadis (subtle nerve flow), and chakras (subtle-energy centers)
to transform thoughts into action allowing the mind to affect and direct the body. It is
here that many of the [therapeutic] benefits ... are experienced‖ (Douillard, 2004, pp. 24-
25) (the therapeutic benefits will be further discussed in the next sections). Kak (1997)
elaborates on the tripartite system by commenting on certain yogic doctrines, ―One may
look at an individual in three different levels. At the lowest level is the physical body, at
the next higher level is the energy systems at work, and at the next higher level are the
thoughts [mind]. Since the three levels are interrelated, the energy situation may be
changed by inputs either at the physical level or at the mental level‖ (p. 9).
According to Kak (1997), these yogic doctrines, because they provide a detailed
illustration of the structure of the mind, help us to understand how consciousness works.
The mind is composed of: an external ―lower mind, which collects impressions‖ (p. 10)
through the five senses; and, three other levels of the mind that "are collectively called
the internal instruments of the mind" (p. 10) consisting of "the sense of I-ness that
associates some perceptions to a subjective and personal experience" (p. 10), the intellect,
which makes evaluations and takes decisions; and, lastly an extremely complex level,
which works as ―the memory bank of the mind. These memories constitute the
foundation on which the rest of the mind operates.…The organization of the new
impressions throws up instinctual or primitive urges that creates different emotional
states" (p. 10). This complex aspect of the mind "surrounds the innermost aspect of
consciousness … [which is] considered to be beyond a finite enumeration of categories"
(p. 10). To an attentive analysis, Kak‘s (1997) illustration of the Vedic view of mind-
143
consciousness structure corresponds to the Buddhist theory of five aggregates, which are
form, feeling, perception, volition, and consciousness.
In the following table, Kak‘s (1997) illustration of the Vedic Mind (consciousness)
structure is compared with Buddhist aggregates of being:
Table F - Vedic and Buddhist Structure of Mind-Consciousness
Being‘s Aggregates: Buddhist
system
Structure of the Mind: Vedic
system
Form Body
Feelings Primitive urges
Perceptions Lower mind
Volitions (includes memory) Intellect
Consciousness ―I-ness‖
Kak (1997) provides further clarification of the agents interrelated to the tripartite
system:
Since the state of mind is mediated by the pranic energy, it becomes useful to
determine how this is related to the focus on the various parts of the body. In the
tantras … points of primary focus which are called cakras are described …. Their
positions appear to be areas in the brain which map to different points on the
spinal cord …. It may be assumed that the stimulation of these cakras in a proper
way leads to the development of certain neural structures that allow the I-ness to
experience the self. In other words, the cakras are points of basic focus inside the
brain that lead to the explication of the cognitive process. (pp. 10-11)
144
According to Kak (1997), current research on consciousness mirrors ideas ―in the
Vedic theory, which dates back to at least 2000 BC,‖ (p. 2) since both view ―awareness in
terms of the reflection that the hardware of the brain provides to an underlying
illuminating or awareness principle called the self‘‘ (p. 2). Specifically, earlier yogic
ideas allude to the notion that ―Consciousness is the Self‖ (p. 11) and that the ―The
knowledge of one's innate nature leads to Siva's state [transcendental/universal
consciousness]‖ (p. 11- Similar ideas are reiterated in Abhinavagupta, 1989; Singh, 1979;
Dyczkowski, 1987).
Woods (1927), in his translation and annotation of Patanjali‘s sutras, points to the
attainment of non-violent consciousness and possibly the subduing of the affliction
(kleshas); in addition, to the neutralization of the law of cause and effect (law of karma)
through the progressive awakening of discriminative insight and intuitive wisdom by
effortlessly and gently mind directed prana (p. xxxvi). Wilber (1996) aptly points out that
―beginning with … the sixth chakra . . . consciousness starts to go trans-personal‖ (pp.
76-77). A similar concept is presented also in Walsh and Vaughan (1980), where they
explain that the word transpersonal refers to stages of human development through which
a person's self-awareness extends beyond the personal and the rational, going beyond the
mystical.
This section delves into the effects of the full range of potential energy, which,
through its variegated agents and processes, stimulates the growth of the individual‘s
psycho-physiological system. Such stimulation ultimately leads to the discovery of the
self, thus unfolding the potential of consciousness, including transcendental stages. Kak
(1997) clearly states, "Ordinary consciousness is bound by cognitive categories related to
145
conditioned behavior. By exploring the true springwells of ordinary consciousness one
comes to recognize its universal …. potential energy that leads to continuing
transformation ... and pure consciousness‖ (pp. 11-13).
In 1992, the Association for Transpersonal Psychology described transpersonal
psychology as follows: Today, a more comprehensive view of human nature is
developing. It recognizes our personal uniqueness, as well as a transpersonal
dimension -- something which is beyond our individual egos, and yet still a part
of us. This perspective offers an expanded view of human capabilities, and
combines a probing assessment of personality with an affirming vision of the full
range of human psychological and spiritual development. Based on observations
and practices from many cultures, the transpersonal perspective is informed by
modern psychology, the humanities and human sciences, as well as contemporary
spiritual disciplines and the wisdom traditions. (Waldman, 2006, p. 1)
Spectrum of consciousness.
Ken Wilber (1993) recapitulates the aforementioned idea in his theory of psycho-
spiritual-transformation and multifaceted consciousness-evolution in the ‗the spectrum of
consciousness‘. This spectrum was already identified in ancient Eastern traditions and
Charles T. Tart, one of the founders of the field of transpersonal psychology, reiterates
this when he states, ―mind, or consciousness, has multiple significant facets, and that this
high diversity is well known …. Sanskrit, for example, has more than twenty terms that
are translated into English as various aspects of mind or consciousness‖ (Krieger, 2002,
p. 50). According to Kak (1997), ―The Vedic theory of consciousness speaks of a process
of evolution‖ (p.15) ―devoted to the question of consciousness. Although a part of this
146
tradition deals with philosophical issues, there are other aspects, as in yoga and tantra,
that deal with structural aspects [e.g., physical and mental]‖ (p. 2).
The spectrum of consciousness is a complex model that in Indic tantric traditions
(e.g., Hinduism and Buddhism) has been thoroughly defined and illustrated by the chakra
system. This system is seen as a development model that addresses ordinary and non-
ordinary states of consciousness. Kundalini is the potential energetic force that ascends
from the lower emotional chakras centres, concerned with the primal survival needs such
as shelter, food, emotion and ambition, to the psycho-spiritual medium and higher
chakras centres, concerned with such issues related to consciousness as communication,
encompassing love, and expanded consciousness. So, the chakras are a full manifestation
in the human body of the spectrum of consciousness.
A brief summary of consciousness theories.
When we refer to personal consciousness, we are considering the individual-ego
consciousness of the subjective my, his, her, your, their, ours; thus, consciousness is
normally synonymous with body-mind or existence-thought, the two Cartesian status
quos for excellence: ―I think therefore I am‖ or ―I am therefore I think‖. These two
approaches to consciousness are predominant in the Western paradigm (Chaudhuri, 1974,
pp. 34-35; Krieger, 2002, p. 47). Conversely, when we talk about transpersonal
consciousness, we are transcending the body-mind parameters, moving into abstract
realms. These realms are abstract because the simple reasoning process of the mind
cannot possibly grasp them. They are named differently, according to the religious,
philosophical or cultural context: God, divine, absolute joy or absolute bliss (Brahma),
cosmic, radiant, enlightenment (Nirvana), and so forth. These mystic approaches to
147
consciousness are predominant in the Eastern paradigm. A third contemporary approach
blends the best (hopefully) of Eastern and Western paradigms. It is the product of the
progressive and integral thinking of East-West minds (by minds here I mean to include
brainpower and the consciousness element), conveyed in the ideal of unity between
psychology that is investigating the personal--psychosomatic--and transpersonal
psychology that is investigating the transpersonal—psycho-energetic and spiritual.
Conclusion
In this study of a cross-disciplinary subject such as consciousness, we were faced
with various theories. If we consider the models of consciousness surveyed by the natural
and social science, we need to consider them more as a rich biological phenomenon,
likely requiring the specification of detailed mechanistic models. Naturally, this
subsection accounts for and acknowledges the importance of ground breaking scientific
discoveries and revolutionary theories, as upon these are built definitive models.
Nevertheless, I conclude that most of the scientific-materialist approaches lack a
structural basis; more precisely, they lack a will to relate to the arrangement of and
relations between the parts or elements of a complex whole, which, on the other hand,
seems to be the central element of the Integral movement.
Although, the scientific-materialistic group has obvious merits, for example,
highly accurate tests that are readily quantifiable and replicable, they seem to collapse
under the analysis and judgment of their faults. For example, there are strong critics,
which this study agrees with, that accuse the proposal of the traditional scientific-
materialistic exponents as having a bias tendency. In other words, they seem to want to
dictate their norms, and do not often ―… support the investigation of extreme
148
psychological well-being and higher states of consciousness‖ (Walsh and Vaughan, 1980,
p. 26); and, when they do, the parameters are limited to materialistic reality, such as
biological life. In the opinion of many integral scholars, with Wilber (1995) in the
forefront, scientists of the calibre of Dennett and Humphrey constitute a sort of scientific-
materialistic conspiracy against the spirit, encouraging the view of the universe as a
material reality. Dennett (2005) responds to these criticisms by accusing his detractors of
strong sectarian religious orthodoxy aimed at exploiting our trustfulness. This study
posits that scientific-materialistic exponents (e.g., Humphrey and Dennett), by conveying
a lack of tolerance for the idea of spiritual-transcendental consciousness, obstruct the way
to scientific progress. Therefore, scientific experiments of any kind (such as the one by
Newberg et al., 2002), where the limitations of science are acknowledged in explaining
the full range of mind-consciousness manifestations, are needed, if progress is to be
made.
Finally, in this conclusive section, I admit that, at present, no single model of
consciousness appears sufficient to fully account for the multidimensional properties of
conscious experience; and that the hypothesized subtle energy system is still beyond the
grasp of scientific and rational minds, much like the Higgs Boson physicists so ardently
seek. However, balanced scientific research should, in my opinion, put emphasis on
balanced orientations: For example, balanced research should promote the scientific
investigation of extreme psychological well-being and higher states of consciousness,
without refraining from exploring Eastern cross-cultural beliefs (e.g., in the spiritual-
energetic existence). Researchers ought to constantly place in ballot the validity of any
given theories by testing them through experimentation and open discussion, especially
149
when they do not adhere to the currently dominant scientific theories. It comes as no
surprise that principles of energy-healing theory and energy-healing practices are making
their entry into the health science domain and the health care system, contributing
significantly. One proposed energy system model is the Indic model of the subtle body
system, the subject of my current study, which proposes to scrutinize some of the modus
operandi of such energy-healing modalities.
Integral Framework
In the light of a new integral understanding, I will attempt in this section to
explore the intricacies of intertwining and inextricable psychophysical and spiritual
interventions (e.g., Eastern and Western psychotherapies) that are contributing to the
establishment of an alternative holistic health care system.
Basis for integral psycho-therapeutics.
In the preceding argument, I have tried to: fundamentally delineate, at the
theoretical level, the subtle body system, as reported in the tantric and yogic belief
systems; decontextualize it from its mystical ontology; and recontextualize it in a modern
integral orientation. When this is achieved, the result becomes an energy-healing-theory.
It is well worth mentioning here that the integral movement, with transpersonal
psychologists in the forefront, has played an important role in the integration process of
Eastern and Western parameters on consciousness. In other words, quoting Walsh and
Vaughan (1980), ―transpersonal psychology represents a paradigm shift in Western
psychology, resulting in part from exposure to cross-cultural beliefs about the nature of
consciousness and reality‖ (p. 26).
150
Based on the principle of integration of the tripartite system (i.e., body-mind and
spirit) for psycho-physical and spiritual growth and transformation, the subtle body
system is primarily proposed as a consciousness development model that from its lowest
to its highest expansion intersects in the spectrum of consciousness.
In the preparatory and exploratory theoretical subsection, the emphasis had been
given to higher or transpersonal development stages of mind-consciousness, within
integral world-view theories (Indic doctrines, transpersonal psychology, etc.); thus, only a
fraction of the spectrum of consciousness has been substantially examined so far. In this
subsection, I will investigate a substantial body of knowledge that is not simply
preoccupied with metaphysical reasoning on transpersonal aspects of consciousness, but
more often seeks to explain ordinary ego-functioning as a normal feature of
psychosomatic categories. These categories are not only a prelude to transcendental states
of consciousness, but often equally significant to the enhancement of psycho-somatic
health and spiritual well-being and growth. The psychotherapeutic facet, which comprises
the scientific modus operandi of the integral movement and transpersonal psychology, is
a subject of great interest for this study as the emphasis is switched from the inability to
explain and test metaphysical phenomena, to the ability to test and corroborate the results
of the energy-healing theory at a more pragmatic level, directly on ‗what‘ is being
delivered in term of the psychosomatic health and spiritual well-being of individuals.
Integrating yoga and psychotherapy.
Rama et al. (1976) suggest:
Yoga psychology offers a perspective from which these two theories [Hierarchy
of consciousness--spectrum of consciousness--proposed by Freud and Jung] can
151
be integrated. Its concept of a hierarchy of consciousness is more extensive than
Freud‘s, extending beyond the level of functioning which can be described
verbally to include the more transpersonal areas of consciousness explored by
Jung as those which stretch far beyond. (p. 107)
They, (Rama et al.,1976), conclude:
Because modern psychotherapy has its roots in the treatment of illness, whereas
yoga is oriented toward developing beyond ordinary adaptation; they complement
one another very nicely. Yoga may provide the concepts and philosophical
framework which enable Western psychotherapy to escape its illness-orientation
and respond more fully to each person‘s search for growth and evolution. (p. 107)
Integrating yoga and western medicine.
Fields (2001) rightly points out that the dominant Western medical conception of
physical health does not include attention to the spiritual dimensions of life. Rather, with
regard to body and spirit, it is dualistic and, with regard to the body, it is mechanistic (pp.
14-19, 70). By contrast, the Hindu conception of spiritual health tends to regard spiritual
self-realization as completely transcending the physical dimension. Similarly, classical
Yoga supposes that the ultimate experience of the sacred entails separation of the sacred
self from the psychophysical entity. However, classical yoga adds that the
psychophysical entity must be healed and clarified at a step prior to experiencing the
sacred (pp. 69, 140, 153-157, 164-168). In distinction to the Western, Hindu and classical
yoga concepts, Tantra holds that religious experience entails physical and aesthetic
aspects. Fields (2001) further suggests that a complete conception of health must entail,
in addition to a holistic conception of the psychophysical person, a religious component
152
or a relation to the sacred (pp. 47-50). He notes that practices such as classical yoga and
tantra (including Ayurveda) regard embodied life as being inherently connected to the
spiritual state (pp. 112-121), and holistic (p. 64). According to him, this holistic view
could serve as an instructive model for the present medical system (p. 64) and perhaps aid
the alternative health care system that is currently developing in the West.
Eastern practices, or for that matter any practice that targets such different areas
of personal development as physical, emotional, creative and psychosocial in a combined,
synergistic fashion, can be defined in a contemporary context and considered all inclusive
or integral self-care practices. All inclusive self-care practices may receive different
emphasis, depending on the theory that supports each approach, but most include a
tripartite view of the human system and the importance of their integration. According to
Kak (1997), integration occurs through ―prana, or energy, [which] is described as the
currency or the medium of exchange of the psychophysiological system‖ (p. 9).
The raison d’être of integral practice.
My understanding is that integral practice should be aiming at various facets of
personal development and spiritual growth, thus addressing the broader topic of human
evolution. Integral practice should also take into consideration research methodologies
and practices that incorporate contemplative or meditative processes and principles, since
these methodologies augment the spiritual evolutive journey that is an underpinning
element of humankind--in this thesis such methodology is embodied by hermeneutic
phenomenology. However, integral practice is primarily an outgrowth of different
integral theories and philosophies (Dacher, 2006; Aurobindo, 1993) as they intersect with
various spiritual, alternative health, self-care practices (e.g., holistic health modalities),
153
and self-transformative regimens (e.g., Buddhism and human potential movement).
Ultimately, integral practice can be described as the experiential application of integral
theory (Bowman, 2008; Wilber et al., 2008).
Chakras as psychotherapeutic development models.
In order to pave the way for a new Integral practice, theories of the psychological
stages of personal development need to be supplemented with the rich chakras
psychology model, employing terms recognisable by both professionals and lay-persons
(in the Eastern ancient doctrines the chakra system is hermetically enclosed in an
anachronistic ontological language).
Many researchers, with Carl Gustav Jung in the forefront, have put significant
effort into transliterating the tantric subtle body‘s rich symbology into the contemporary
parameter of Western psychology. We have nowadays an extensive experiential chakra
literature to draw from. Perhaps one validation of this literature is that it arises from a
contemplative, thus phenomenological approach to the chakras system. Many scholars
have directly experienced the power of the chakras as psychological development model
and as therapeutic tools; others have employed them as meditational tools, which not only
bring about healing, but also personal growth and the transformation of consciousness.
As already mentioned elsewhere in this thesis, contrasting opinions exist regarding the
assumed literal existence of the chakras; however, even a figurative interpretation
acknowledges to some extent the ontological and phenomenological significance of the
chakra system.
Meadow (1993), in a study titled Yogic chakra symbols: Mirrors of the human
mind/heart, discusses how the classic understanding of the tantric system of chakras, or
154
centres of spiritual energy and consciousness, can be transliterated into the theory of
contemporary psychological stages of personal development; however, this requires the
adjunction of a new element: spirituality. Dr. Gary Nixon (2001), in a study on alcoholic
treatments, identifies the chakras model as one of the existing development models used
by theorists who have ―been preoccupied with the problem of full recovery [of the
alcoholics]‖ (p. 82). He further affirms that:
For a basic model of full recovery, one can look to Maslow‘s hierarchy of needs,
which moves through stages of physiological, safety, belongingness and love,
self-esteem, self-actualization and transcendence (Maslow, 1968). Alternatively,
Whitfield (1984) pointed to a hierarchy of consciousness in accordance with the
perennial philosophy (Huxley, 1945). Similarly, Small (1982) describes seven
levels of chakras or psycho-spiritual energy centers to be worked through in the
journey of transformation from addictions. (p. 82)
Characterization of the development stages.
Looking in more detail into the characterisation of the development stages in both
Western personality models and models of yogic spiritual development, Meadow (1993)
elucidates:
The stage descriptions in both models cover many aspects of human functioning,
including expected behavior, bases for decision making, interpersonal relations,
self-management, principal motivating forces, goals and aspirations, concerns and
interests, tasks for the stage, and mode of conceptualizing one's existence. (p. 68)
Meadow (1993) further explains:
155
Earlier stages must be successfully traversed before later stages can be reached,
and no stages are skipped. Growth requires successively dealing with the tasks of
each stage, as each lays the groundwork for stages to come. Individuals progress
through the stages at different paces, and differ also in the highest level of
development attained. Growth can occur across an entire lifetime or be aborted at
any point. (p. 68)
Concerns about growth (i.e., growth as a spiritual challenge) were already
explained by Maslow (1970):
Descriptively, we can see in each person his own (weak) tendencies to grow
toward self-actualization; and, also descriptively, we can see his various (weak)
tendencies toward regressing (out of fear, hostility, or laziness). It is the task of
education, therapy, marriage, and the family to ally themselves to the former, and
to be conducive to individual growth. (p. 97)
Rama et al. (1976) point out:
Growth is a unitary process: Biological evolution from protozoan to man,
psychological evolution from child to adult, therapeutic evolution from mental
illness to health and the development of universal consciousness in the mystic are
all included in this process of growth. Each deals with one leg of a long journey.
Each describes one segment of the whole. (p. xxiv)
Rama et al. (1976) further assert:
Having viewed the process of growth as it can be conceptualized in yoga
psychology, we have seen how a limited sense of ―I‖ is progressively replaced by
a more expanded one. This process extends from infancy when a fragile and
156
tentative I-ness is first created through the acquisition and development of an ego
to stages of development in which the ego is transcended. (p. 156)
According to Fields (2001), growth implies not simply biological growth; but also
intellectual growth, social growth, and progress towards self-awareness, which moves
one towards development, ―without such lifelong development, a person tends more
towards stagnation than towards optimum health‖ (p. 51). He further explains ―nature‘s
tendency is towards thriving--adaptation, equilibrium and development. In the religious
domain, the human being in its true nature is whole and well, needing only the healing
that removes impediments to its perfect nature‖ (Fields (2001, p. 172).
Meadow (1993) elaborates:
In both Western and the yogic models, development progresses through the same
arenas of concern in the same order: survival and self-protection, sexual and
sensual impulses, concern with power and possessions, turning to issues of heart
and responsibility, development of higher sensitivities, and then a high level of
personal integration. It must, however, be noted that progression through stages of
similar content in psychological models does not mean the level of attainment that
controlling the chakra energies means. Rather, the completion of each chakra's
work implies a prior high level of personality integration in the areas related to
that chakra. (p. 77)
Rama et al. (1976) assert:
All understanding is distilled here [in the chakras] …. This is what is meant by
saying that ‗the microcosm reflects the macrocosm‘. By immersing oneself in this
157
inner experience, an understanding of the coordination between the various
aspects of oneself and the universe begins to grow. (p. 176)
Thus, according to Meadow (1993), ―Yogic chakra development appears to begin
during later stages of spiritual development [than is] described in Western understanding‖
(p. 69). In addition, she (1993) explains, ―chakra psychology asserts that each person's
spiritual energy tends to concentrate around one of these centers of energy‖ (p. 69).
Therefore, the preoccupations, concerns, and attitudes associated with each chakra are
portrayed as a mirror of the human developmental stages when spiritual energy is
concentrated in that location.
Energy-Healing Theory: A Study
In this section, I will: present specific psychosomatic and neurological brain
studies conducted on yoga applications, and briefly illustrate findings suggested by the
authors. The findings generally suggest that yoga interventions positively enhance the
psychophysical health of individuals and acknowledge the importance of further
exploring elements directly related to transpersonal aspects of human consciousness and
spiritual well-being. In addition, later on in this section I will discuss studies that expound
on holistic yogic theories that elucidate such fundamental principles as the relationship
between health and spirituality in yoga; the fact that energy seems to be one of the
underpinning elements of yoga; and the relationship existing between the activation of
energy and the various yoga practices. Finally, in an attempt to identify the holistic
implications of the neuro-brain and health studies, I will discuss, in a case-study, the rich
Indic traditional body of knowledge. In doing this, I will look at an existing traditional
158
theoretical construct and new scientific knowledge that throws light on and expands upon
fundamental yoga principles such as energy-healing theory.
Examination of yoga based modalities.
Various health care professionals (for example, Registered Nurses) are increasingly
focusing their attention on transformative spiritual practices. We have already seen in the
review of the literature that there are many significant scientific studies that support the
principle that spirituality-based practices may reduce the effects of stress that weaken the
immune system. Bormann and Carrico (2009) provide a good survey of studies that have
been conducted (the list is already provided in the Chapter, Review of Literature). Similar
suggestions that portray the validity of traditional techniques, which make up the
complex Eastern traditions, associate better health outcomes and improvement in quality
of life with the application of these practices. For this thesis I have examined a few
studies that concentrate on such yoga modalities as asanas, pranayams, and meditation
techniques (e.g., mantra), which I will describe below:
Measurement of psychosomatic health benefits.
Bormann and Carrico, in their 2009 study, clearly indicate that the verbal or
mental (silent) repetition of a mantra, word or phrase with spiritual significance, may
reduce stress and anxiety, and improved quality of life and spiritual well being, as well as
reducing related symptoms in HIV-Positive patients. Bernardi et al. (2001), in their study,
observed that reciting yoga mantras, spiritual rhythmic formulas, ―slowed respiration to
almost exactly six breaths per minute, and enhanced heart rate variability and baroreflex
sensitivity‖ (abstract); whereas, ―Rhythm formulas that involve breathing at six breaths
159
per minute induce favourable psychological and possibly physiological effects‖
(abstract).
Carson et al. (2007) affirm that ―Yoga is one of a variety of complementary and
alternative medicine [CAM] adjunctive approaches that cancer patients of all cultural
backgrounds have been seeking out in dramatically larger numbers in recent years‖ (p.
332). Carson et al. (2007) further affirm that cancer studies are increasingly indicating
positive findings, with the result that yoga ―is now offered at several major treatment
centers (e.g., M.D. Anderson, Memorial Sloan-Kettering, UCLA/Jonsson) via their
complementary therapy services‖ (p. 332). They themselves, Carson et al. (2007),
conducted a pilot study, in which they observed the efficacy of yoga-based palliative
interventions ―in a sample of women with MBC‖ (p. 331). This study, named Yoga of
Awareness Program, ―systematically integrated a broad spectrum of traditional yogic
techniques and tenets‖ (p. 335), such as ―gentle asanas (physical stretching postures),
pranayama (breathing exercises), dhyana (e.g., awareness of breath, awareness of
awareness itself), group discussions, etc.‖ (p. 335). ―The results were assessed through a
personal diary kept by the participants to evaluate their quality of life at the beginning
and end of the program‖ (p. 332). The results of this study prove interesting, as the
authors observed that the participants assigned to the yoga program, compared to the
participants in the control group, showed marked reduction of depression, increased
feeling of peace and well being, and improved energy (p. 336). The study further
demonstrated that the participants who practiced yoga regularly experienced
―significantly lower levels of pain and fatigue, and higher levels of invigoration,
acceptance, and relaxation‖ (p. 331). Khalsa and Cope, in their 2006 study, noted that
160
yoga and meditation practices helped alleviate anxiety and musculoskeletal problems,
improve mood, and improve cognitive and physical performance (p. 325) on
performance-related characteristics of musicians. Furthering the findings from this study,
Khalsa, Shorter, Cope, Wyshak, and Sklar (2009) studied the effects of yoga practice on
musicians. The authors specifically selected musicians as they note ―musicians
experience a number of challenges in their profession, including high levels of stress,
performance anxiety, and performance-related musculoskeletal conditions (PRMD)‖ (p.
279). The authors gathered qualitative data that indicate participants enrolled in the yoga
program were able to manage performance anxiety better than the control group; and they
all experienced an extraordinary ―life changing clarity‖ (p. 286), which included benefits
such as improved stamina and concentration, increased self confidence, increased
enjoyment of music performances, lessened fatigue from the intensive music program,
and improved ability to manage the fellowship program.
Singh, Kyizom, Singh, Tandon, and Madhu, (2008), in a study on the use of
various yoga-asana and pranayama techniques by type 2 diabetes sufferers for a period
of forty-five days, found that such practices ―modify certain biochemical parameters on
type 2 diabetes participants, which may be the direct cause of an overall improvement in
rejuvenating cells of the pancreas‖ (p. 366). They conclude that, from the ―beneficial
effects of yoga on diabetes patients shown in this study, the adoption of yoga on a long
term basis would bring proper control of blood sugar, lipid profile and insulin levels in
diabetes‖ (p. 368). Besides these physical effects, participants reported an improved
feeling of well-being. Some of the indicators reported by the participants included: a
sense of relief from anxiety; increased satisfaction, alertness and energy; alleviation of
161
apprehension and stress; feelings of well being; and hormonal balance (p. 367-368). The
authors conclude that diabetes can be better controlled if yoga can also be simultaneously
administered along with the conventional medicines.
Arambula, Peper, Kawakami and Gibney (2001) studied the physiological
correlates of an advanced Kundalini yoga meditator (the specific form of meditation was
not classified). They collected ―physiological data‖ (p. 58) and recorded the yogi‘s
abdominal and thoracic respiration. The subject was continuously observed while he
meditated in the yoga posture called siddha asana (a position similar to half lotus), with
eyes closed. The authors reported a noticeable ―decrease in respiration rate during the
meditation (M = 5 [breaths/minute]) when compared to the pre- (M = 11 breaths/min)
and post-baseline periods (M = 13 breaths/min)‖ (p. 149), and ―an increase in theta EEG
activity immediately following the meditation‖ (p. 147). The authors affirm that:
Many of the findings here are similar to those in previous reports on the
physiological correlates of meditation and yoga .... The uniqueness of this
investigation is in the level and expertise of the subject that was studied. Examining
such individuals may help to better identify the physiological correlates, and
benefits of the exercise by revealing development that takes place only after
achieving a high level of proficiency. This may help explain the contradictory
findings surrounding the physiological correlates of meditation by creating a more
accurate and complete picture of physiology during meditative practices.
(Arambula, 2001, p. 152)
Although respiration patterns have often been associated with meditation, few
studies report on this data. The finding that a subject can breathe continuously at about 5
162
breaths/min without experiencing any air hunger or excessive arousal, with a concurrent
increase in occipital alpha EEG activity, demonstrates the meditative skills of the subject.
Breathing may also be one of the physiological mechanisms by which the meditation
experience can easily be integrated and anchored into daily life. By refocusing on
breathing during the day, the meditative state may be re-established. Further studies
comparing advanced practitioners of yoga to those who are less proficient would be
desirable, as would research on larger groups of expert practitioners so that meaningful
statistical analyses could be done (Arambula, 2001, p. 151-152).
Neuro measurement of altered state of consciousness.
In his comparative study of various Eastern meditation techniques, Hankey (2006)
states:
Long-term practice of traditional South Asian meditation techniques, be they of
Buddhist or Vedic origin, result in changes in cognitive style consistent with the
development of a more balanced and stable mode of awareness, characterized by
increased wakefulness, and simultaneous sensitivity to outer stimuli and inner
patterns of cognitive and mental processing. Such changes are consistent with
improved mental health. (p. 520)
Generally, psychological characteristics that are recognized as clear signs of
expanded consciousness, also broadly known as ‗altered states of consciousness‘ or
‗higher states of consciousness,‘ are changes or alterations in emotional expression,
thinking, sensorial perception, bodily structure, feelings (e.g., a sudden sense of grace,
joy, rejuvenation), meaning, intellectual qualities amongst others (Deikman, 1963; Grof,
1975; Levine et al., 1963; Tart, 1990, 1969).
163
As Hankey (2006) notes:
Many techniques used in contemporary mind–body medicine have as their
ultimate goal states of improved psychophysiological functioning, similar, or
directly related to enlightenment such as meditation techniques and forms of
psychotherapy based on transpersonal psychology, neurolinguistic programming
and their various outgrowths. (pp. 513-514)
Hankey (2006), reporting on a study by Carter, Presti, Callistemon, Liu, Ungerer,
and Pettigrew (2005), reaffirms, in agreement with the authors, that the experienced
monks who reported perfect visual stability during their entire practice may prove that
―long-term meditation practice can improve psychophysiological stability‖ (p. 515).
Newberg et al. (2001) conducted specific studies on meditators‘s neurological brain
process, using imaging techniques to detect which regions of the brain are active during
spiritual contemplation that induces altered states of consciousness. They observe that
neuron-cerebral activity experienced by meditators engaged in spiritual contemplative
practices explains overwhelmingly the realism of transcendent experience. The
researchers Baijal and Narayanan (2009) investigated the neural activity underlying a
concentrative type of kundalini meditation (that has as the objective the purification and
balance of the subtle body system and the activation of subtle energy). Baijal and
Narayanan (2009) conclude that ―reduced theta over posterior areas of the brain
especially the left hemispheric sensory regions potentially linked to the increase in frontal
theta activity‖ (p. 37) during deep meditation, achieved only by participants who are well
advanced in meditation, may be the principal factor responsible for experiencing altered
164
states of consciousness, ―associated with timelessness and reduced awareness of one‘s
surroundings‖ (p. 37).
The authors Lehmann, Faber, Achermann, Jeanmonod, Gianotti and Pizzagalli
(2001) used repeated measurements to research different meditations repeatedly practiced
in sequence by a Buddhist Lama and noted that each meditation produced unique
neurological measurements. Lehmann et al. (2001) state:
Our results add to a growing body of evidence suggesting that altered states of
consciousness are associated with different patterns of brain activation depending
on the content of consciousness .... The different meditations were consciously
self-induced, volitionally generated by the subject without systematic input of
external origin …. The present results confirm a key role of brain electric activity
of the gamma frequency band in the mechanisms implementing states of
consciousness. (pp. 115-116)
Summary/overview.
The above surveyed studies systematically demonstrate to one degree or another
that increasingly researchers are carrying on studies on the psycho-somatic effects of
yoga body-mind techniques. And that findings support the incorporation of these yoga
body-mind modalities in the health care system. Examples of somatic effects include
enhanced immune function, chronic pain relief, lowered blood pressure, decreased heart
and respiratory rates, increased blood flow, and other measurable signs of the relaxation
response. Examples of psychological effects include increased cognition emotions such
as compassion and empathy that generate a positive feeling toward others, and other
improvements in psychological factors that enhance a strong sense of self-esteem.
165
However, it is important to note that the above described scientific experiments, and for
that matter most of the current experiments, reveal findings that do not focus as much on
‗whys‘ and ‗how‘ yoga techniques such as mantras work, but, more exclusively on the
specificity of ‗what‘ these yoga interventions delivered to the patient‘s overall quality of
life; thus, it is my opinion, because very few studies consider that these yoga modalities
are energy-based, the overall implication of these studies and their findings are somehow
altered. Consequently, in this section, I argue that, although the findings of such studies
are extremely valuable as a step toward the integration of these yoga modalities in the
orthodox Western health system, in a truly new, integral and holistic health care system
that sustains personal development, including higher states of psychological well-being,
spirituality, and higher states of consciousness, there is a need to understand and
therefore augment, the complex theoretical and practical spiritual framework that is a
fundamental pre-requisite of Whole Medical Systems such as yoga.
So, while attempting to place the findings of scientific studies on yoga
interventions back in their original spiritual context, I am also asserting the importance of
an integral approach; and that, in the specific case of the studies conducted on the yoga
interventions, they may have consistently overlooked, amongst others aspects, the fact
that yoga as a whole Medical System is sustained upon the fundamental principle that
human beings are infused with a subtle energy. Moreover, another fundamental principle
attached to the yoga system is that the activation of biofields or putative energy fields is
supposed to occurs through a complex practice of self-realization, such as asanas,
pranayamas, mantras, meditation and so forth. Finally, according to the yoga discipline,
it is this energy activation that brings about healing and transformation.
166
The work of energy as a basis in yoga practice.
Meadow (1993), in her analysis of the chakras model, rightly posits that, for
growth to occur, the flow of energy must be enacted by working with specific yogic
practices such as asanas, pranayamas and mantras; ―typically, an aspirant practices some
other form of meditation before being given a Kundalini [energy] initiation, which
heralds serious work on movement through the chakras …. The spiritual task is to draw
this energy [Kundalini] upward from the lower to the higher centers‖ (p. 69). More
precisely, when the spiritual energy is stagnant at a particular chakra, one has to activate
its flow for a full ignition of the psycho-spiritual transformation of the practitioner. Rama
et al. (1976) in their comparative analysis of the Western psychotherapies and Yoga
psychotherapy explain:
A great deal of energy is tied up in keeping repressed material outside awareness.
Work is involved in holding a memory or impulse away from the conscious mind.
This energy can be released and made once more accessible when the
unconscious material is brought into consciousness. The patient in psychotherapy
which is able to bring repressed material to consciousness is usually found to have
more energy available. This reduces chronic fatigue and makes work more
effective and dynamic. This is usually a gradual process .… Similarly, the person
who successfully through the discipline of meditation enters the unknown world
and explores the increasing amount of energy that ‗rises up‘ and becomes
symbolized by a raising serpent which is called kundalini …. As the process of
meditation continues and the unconscious is gradually made conscious, the
167
kundalini ‗rises‘; the energy it was absorbing is released, and one feels an upsurge
of vitality. (p. 108)
Relationship between health and spirituality in yoga.
Georg Feuerstein (2001), in his attempt to contextualize yoga in a Western
context, states ―In our struggle for self-understanding and psycho spiritual growth, we
can benefit immensely from a liberal exposure to India‘s spiritual legacy. We need not, of
course ... accept yogic ideas and practices without questioning‖ (pp. xx-xii). However, he
further notes that millions of Westerners benefit from the practice of Hatha yoga and
other meditational techniques:
Yet only few people deeply and consistently commit themselves to exploring the
intricate psychotechnology of the various branches of the Yoga tradition. It is they
who are discovering that consciousness, the human-body-mind, is a well-
equipped laboratory in which [its full potential] can be found. (p. 567)
Ultimately, Feuerstein (2001) recapitulates:
Yoga deserves far more careful attention from scientists than it has so far been
granted .... Scientists, who are after all committed to understanding reality, have a
special obligation to explore the great intuitions of the spiritual traditions of the
East, which vigorously challenge the current scientific view of the world. (p. 427)
These challenges are captured by Fields (2001, p. 131), when he says:
Analysis of Yoga reveals two major domains of the relationship between health
and religiousness [or spirituality]:
1. Health as an aid to religious progress: purification and conditioning of the
body and mind in order to support greater spiritual awareness and progress.
168
2. Liberation as healing: attainment of freedom from limitations and suffering,
resulting from realization of one‘s true Self-nature as consciousness.
Fields (2001) further points out that, as per Yoga-Bhyasa (2.15 - commentary to
Patanjali‘s Yoga Sastra by Vyasa, a yogi of fifth/sixth century C.E.) there is a ―common
therapeutic paradigm‖ between yoga and medical science, which is illustrated in the
following table (p. 132):
Table G - Yoga’s Therapeutic Paradigm
Medical Science Yoga
Illness Cycle of suffering and rebirth (samsara)
Cause of Illness Cause of samsara: ignorance (avidya)
Goal: Restoration of health Liberation (moksha): Independence (kaivalya)
Remedy Discriminative Knowledge (vivekakhyati)
Fields (2001), in his study based on the classical Yoga of Patanjali (along with its
commentaries the Yoga-bhyasa of Vyasa [c. fifth/sixth century C.E.] and the Tattva-
vaisaradi of Vacaspati Misra [ninth century C.E.] (p. 83), observes how yoga can be seen
―as a comprehensive system of psychophysical healing and religious liberation. Yoga
accounts for the human body/mind and spirit so as to guide practitioners in ethics, health,
and progress toward enlightened embodiment‖ (p. 83); a system that ultimately portrays a
model of yogic spiritual therapeutics. However, Fields (2001), in his further analysis of
the therapeutic significance of yoga notes:
169
In Yoga, health in the psychophysical domain is subsidiary to the wholeness and
well-being of the Self‘s abiding in its true nature.... Therefore in Yoga, the
fundamental meaning of health is the well-being of liberated consciousness....
[Where] one attains immunity ... of the material natural world and those of one‘s
own body and mind. (p. 137)
Moving to the tantric tradition, Fields (2001) affirms that tantra ―is the form of
yoga that most strongly emphasizes physical health and the soteriological role of the
body‖ (p. 139).
According to my understanding, the theoretical construct expounded above gives
clear signs of the importance of considering, in the scientific study of yoga, the
modalities‘ original essence: spirituality. In other words, I am referring here to the need
to remove any bias against spirituality, and I second criticisms such as the one put
forward by Wilber (1995) (already included in the first section of this chapter), where he
says that science denies spiritual knowledge when it attempts to deduce the existence of
transcendental realities based on objectivist or naturalistic approaches or ―empirical and
natural events‖ (p. 111). Such concepts are reiterated in this section for example by
Georg Feuerstein (2001), when he states that science should not be afraid to explore
theories that ―challenge the current scientific view of the world‖ (p. 427), such as those
provided by ―the great intuitions of the spiritual traditions of the East‖ (p. 427). Similarly,
Fields (2001) emphasises the holistic meaning of health in yoga that looks at the whole
picture of the human essence and not at specific parts, like physical health. This holistic
meaning is what, within this study, has been identified as healing and transformation. It is
170
my opinion that in order for scientists to conduct a holistic investigation, they should
consider the specificity of Eastern spiritual heritage.
A case study of mantra application.
In this sub-section, I endeavour to put forward the ideas that while certain yoga
modalities have been progressively given far more attention as a CAM, thanks to the
slow but steady increase in interest from scientists and researchers determined to study
the effects of yoga mind-body modalities, mantras intervention, on the contrary, has been
almost entirely neglected. Reasons for its relative absence in the health care system (for
example, as complementary treatment for integrative oncology) were uncertain to me.
However, through a review of the literature, I have arrived at some of the possible
reasons for the slow inclusion of mantra by the alternative health care system: mantra
application is totally based on less measurable principles, such as the newly discovered
sonic entrainment law (Goldman, 1991). Moreover, because mantra modality is less
understood than other alternative yoga techniques, I believe that it is wrongly categorised
as a mind-body therapy (Wesa, Gubili and Cassileth, 2008 ). These topics will be dealt
with in the next sections to follow.
I have already corroborated, by examining the experiments above, how yoga
techniques such as mantras can enhance the health and well-being of individuals;
however, I have also argued that science does not seem to be interested in the possible
implications of yoga techniques such as mantra that would fully explain why it works. I
am also arguing that, in my opinion, possible answers can be found in both the ancient
meditational literature and new scientific discoveries. I have partially anticipated some
definitions and a theory of the significance of mantra in the introductory chapter; except
171
that they will not suffice to support the many implications that mantra seems to have for
psychosomatic healing and spiritual transformation. Thus, I will provide an extra
theoretical framework on mantra that will form the foundation for my later presentation
of a case-study suggesting that the newly discovered sonic entrainment law can be one of
the implications that make mantra meditation an effective means of healing and
transformation.
Energy activation through mantra.
Fields (2001) explains that ―Tantra shares classical Yoga‘s aim of spiritual Self-
realization‖ (p. 140). However, ―while Self-realization [in Yoga] entails ... independence
of consciousness from material and psychological nature‖ (p. 39), in tantra, the
importance of spiritual incarnation or the notion that ―the body is a vehicle for the
attainment of spiritual aims‖ (p. 139) is prime. This fact is evident, for example, in the
specificity of ―kundalini‖ or ―one‘s vital cosmic energy‖ that ascends by piercing through
the several energy-centers or chakras ...‖ (p. 147) located along the physical body, in the
attainment of absolute consciousness. Moreover, it is through a path of inner self-
discovery that one controls the undalini energy. Rama et al. (1976) explain the difficulty
of achieving a focused inward awareness of subtle energy by means of yoga:
In yoga, energy is studied as it is sensed during the inward focusing of the
attention, a practice not usually cultivated or developed in the West. The result is
a sort of constantly evolving ―internal map‖ of experiential ―energy patterns‖ as
they are discovered during one‘s personal exploration on inner space. (p. 35)
Fields (2001) affirms that ―both classical Yoga and Tantra incorporate the power
of mantra as a focal point for meditation‖ (p. 158). From this description, it seems that
172
mantra in all Indic meditational traditions plays a central role in terms of its possibility as
a medium for gaining the ―inward focusing of the attention‖ on subtle energy. However,
from a thorough study of meditational literature and contemporary scientific research,
mantra seems to be much more than a simple technique. That is the reason why mantras
have been employed in the East as a religion ritual, psycho-spiritual practice (a branch of
the Indian yoga discipline) and holistic remedy (a branch of Ayurvedic medicine).
Ultimately, mantra is a multifaceted topic; each spiritual traditions and schools of yoga
and the Ayurveda Whole Medical System include mantra either as an important
meditational techniques, therapeutic remedy, or spiritual-energetic formula.
Frawley and Vedacharya (2008), the first being a pandit and latter an oriental
medical doctor, assert ―Yogic concentration, mantra, and meditation practices are
important for treating all psychological disorders, according to Ayurveda, and are a
necessary part of any healthy lifestyle for body and mind‖ (p. 23). Both in the Hindu and
Buddhist Tantras, the power and efficacy of mantras are indisputable. For example, ―it is
said in the Buddhist Tantras that if the mantras are applied according to the proper rules
anything can be performed; their power and efficacy are beyond dispute. They can even
confer Buddhahood on the aspirant‖ (Bhattacharyya, 1982, p. 230). Ultimately, the
purpose of mantras is to keep a thread of continuity, a relationship between this physical
world and the subtle inner worlds. Paul Newham (1999) concisely and appropriately
explains the underlying holistic approach to healing through mantras:
The Sanskrit chanting is connected to a perception of the human body quite
different from the westerner allopathic body-map [the subtle body system
described in this thesis made of chakras, nadis and prana] .... In Hindu and yogic
173
literature the unique source which activates the energy of the chakras and assists
in the awakening of higher consciousness is called Kundalini .... The most widely
practiced means to achieve this awakening and rising of energy is that of
meditation, which, when practiced regularly over a long period of time causes the
chakras to open and clear ... One of the means to achieve this meditation is
through vocalization and in Hindu chanting, certain sounds [mantras] stimulate
and purify the chakras, serving not only to awaken the soul and the spirit but to
awaken the body‘s energetic and spiritual aspiration to health. (p. 50)
Katz‘s (2000) research on ancient texts shows that mantras are listed as the first
element used in treatments in therapeutics based on symptomatology and in elaborated
medical material lists. He further affirms that ―there is clear enough recognition in the
classical Indian medical treatises of the ritual and therapeutic importance of … mantra ...
both in the collection and preparation of medicines and in the treatment of certain
symptomatic, psychosomatic and spiritual conditions‖ (p. 85). The author notes that
authoritative ancient texts recognize that there are ―…three distinct type of therapy …
‗resting on the spiritual‘… ‗resting on the rational‘ (consisting on the rational
administration of diet, drugs, and so on) and the … ‗subjugation of the mental
disposition‘‖ (p. 85-86) normally, obtained through the application of mantras.
Since the principles that govern mantra are both extensive and differ somewhat
from tradition to tradition and since specific principles could be the cause of the
effectiveness of mantra in healing and transformation, a full understanding of its
governing principles and mode of employment is prerequisite to a full assessment of
utility, but too complex a topic of study to be tackled in this thesis. Therefore, in this
174
section I will limit my focus to a single aspect of mantra that is increasingly finding
scientific favour, namely: the sonic entrainment principle.
Possible implication of mantra modality.
Sonic entrainment is explained by Jonathan S. Goldman (1991) in this way:
All life consists of rhythmic processes. From the simple pulsations of a single-cell
organism to the rising and falling of the breath, life is filled with rhythm. This is
also called ―periodicity‖ meaning that the activity of something falls in cycle.
Much of life is directed by external rhythms of nature …. Sound can be
understood as being rhythmic. Sound takes the form of waves, which are
measured in cycles per second (hertz or hz). This periodicity is rhythmic in nature
…. Entrainment is an aspect of sound that is closely related to rhythms and the
way these rhythms affect us. It is a phenomenon of sound in which the powerful
rhythmic vibrations of one object will cause the less powerful vibrations of
another object to lock in step and oscillate at the first object‘s rate. This
phenomenon of nature has to do with the conservation of energy …. Within our
bodies, we are constantly locking in our own rhythms. Our heart rate, respiration
and brain waves all entrain to each other. Slow down your breath, for example,
and you slow down your heart beat and your brain waves. Conversely, if you are
able to slow your brain waves, you can affect your heart rate and respiration. This
is one of the principles of biofeedback. (p. 217-218)
Gordon Limbrick (1991, pp. 307-316) clearly explains: ― Scientifics have
affirmed that, in terms of vibrational possibilities, all that is the universe is present in
man. In fact, man is the vibrational reality of Sound, Color and Form, the different states
175
of which are only differences of vibrations‖ (p. 307). He further refers to the ―Logoic
modes of operation‖ that relate to the ―descending‖ flow of the spirit that becomes matter
and ―ascending‖ flow ―upon which life essence appears to be returning to its Source … or
highest spiritual planes‖ (p. 309). This higher plane is also described as the ―Voice of the
Silence‖ or ―the Soundless Sound. So called because it is beyond the range of acoustical
frequency‖ (p. 309). He further explains that ―eastern Philosophy, describes Integrated
Sound (Nada) as ‗a super-integration of all possible kinds of vibrations which can find
expression‖ (p. 309) in Nature. And, that ancient Indic scripture describes exactly how
this vibration can be expressed in each chakra, with specific sounds for the awakening of
subtle energy kundalini that ultimately is absorbed in the soundless dimension
(represented by the seventh chakra). The adept can learn how to listen to these vibrations
and transcend them one by one through ―Nada Yoga‖. However, he/she needs to master
specific postures, explained in ―Hatha yoga‖ (p. 311), to be properly enabled to listen to
the vibrations.
Applying sonic entrainment.
Mantra can be described, obviously, as a sound. We know that one of the
distinguishing attributes of sound is vibration (Bunt, 1994, p. 158). Sound can be
described as a form of vibrating energy, which operates in ways best described in the
language of physics or music as entrainment. We have seen that the entrainment law is
defined as a synchronization of two or more rhythmic cycles. In other words, when two
closely related rhythmic cycles interacts, they synchronize with each other to conserve
energy (Goldman, 1991). For example, an individual‘s brainwaves, respiration and
heartbeat can be altered by other vibrations, such as sound that emanates when mantras
176
are chanted (Goldman, 1992, pp. 194-197). The musical elements of rhythm in mantra
chanting cause rhythmic entrainment, which in turn produces synergy (Goldman, 1992);
also, the combined action of sound and breath produces such synergy (Russil, 2004, pp.
134-135). The mantra directly affects the vibrations of the energy system and through
repetition, over time, it overrides (entrains) all the weaker vibrations. Ultimately, the
mantra produces a state in which the living organism vibrates completely in tune with the
spiritual state or energy contained within the mantra. These reasons could give some
explanation of why mantras can be used to re-pattern or re-programme undesirable and
blocked energy patterns within the subtle body system. For example, we have seen that,
in the study conducted by Bernardi et al. (2001), mantra repetition slowed respiration to
almost exactly six breaths per minute, inducing psychological and physiological benefits.
Referring to combined action of sound and breath, Fields (2001) states ―the breath-
patterns required for chanting [mantras] is another feature of Sanskrit that supports
meditative awareness‖ (p. 163). According to Fields (2001), chanting Sanskrit mantras
requires:
Correct pronunciation ... and cultivates breath control ... thus chant ... has qualities
like those of pranayama: regulation of breath leads to calming of the vrttis, the
activities of the mind that produce bondage and suffering. Meditative awareness
gained in Sanskrit chant is thus rooted in the physical experience …‖ (p. 163).
Furthermore, Fields (2001) explains ―Sanskrit is a language designed for
maximum uninterrupted resonance‖ (p. 163) and ―‗Sanskrit sounds are combined
according to rules of euphonic combination ... [which] permits the most perfect
uninterrupted flow of the most euphonic blending of letters and words and verse‘‖
177
(Fields, 2001, p. 163). ―In the chanting of Sanskrit scripture or of mantras, the experience
of unbroken resonation pervades one‘s entire body and extends beyond oneself‖ (Fields,
2001, p. 163).
Discussion and Conclusion
Currently, as we have seen, there are systematic studies that support the
incorporation of yoga body-mind-energy modalities in the health care system. This is due
mainly to the fact that yogic techniques have enacted a positive health response.
Physically, they have yielded dramatic results in many areas, like effective management
of pain. Psychologically, they have eased anxiety, depression and hostility; they have
increased participants‘ ability to relax; and participants have improved self-esteem,
greater energy and enthusiasm for life, an increased the ability to cope with stress, and so
forth. Spiritually, they have helped patients going through crisis by producing an enriched
and expanded sense of consciousness. Most importantly, Eastern yoga techniques,
specifically asanas, pranayamas, mantra and meditation interventions have not only
shown positive outcomes towards enhancing physical and psycho-spiritual comforts, but
have also supported the initial notion that these are a non-invasive and safe therapies.
However, in this section, I also put forward the notion that a better understanding
of the fundamental principles of such ancient traditions as mantra meditation would most
probably result in a holistic benefit to individuals, allowing not only enhancement of
body-mind health and well-being, but also a psycho-spiritual transformation of
consciousness, which in this thesis is termed as healing and transformation, fundamental
requirements of comprehensive human evolution—which is the original aim of the Indic
spiritual tradition. Moreover, it is my opinion that, because a psycho-spiritual
178
transformation is intricate and because measuring these phenomena, even when using the
most sophisticated technological devices existing nowadays, remains mostly impossible,
mantra therapy has not been fully understood and has been misconceived in its entirety.
Clear support for my contention regarding the misconception surrounding mantra therapy
was found by me while reviewing a study focused on surveying complementary therapies
for cancer survivors that was included in the field of Integrative Oncology. A study by
Wesa, Gubili and Cassileth (2008) confirms that ―the different meditation techniques
produce similar physiologic response, with the resulting benefit of stress reduction and
improved mood‖ (p. 347); and, that rigorous scientific research has produced evidence
that ―complementary therapies are noninvasive, inexpensive, and useful in controlling
symptoms and improving quality of life, and they may be accessed by patients
themselves‖ (p. 347). However, I find arguable their categorization of ―mantra
meditation‖ (p. 347) as a ―less intense meditation‖ (p. 347) and equally arguable their
inclusion of mantra meditation in the category of the mind-body therapies (pp. 345-347).
Moreover, Wesa et al. exclude ―Energy medicine, [which is] the manipulation of
purported energy fields‖ (p. 344) from the ―evidence-based therapies that can serve well
as adjuncts to mainstream cancer care‖ (p. 344). Personally, after a thorough review of
the main literature showing new evidence on the efficacy for health and improved quality
of life of spirituality (Aguirre, 1998; Brady et al., 1999; Paloutzian and Ellison, 1982;
Seeman et al., 2003) and mantra (Bormann and Carrico, 2009; Bernardi et al., 2001; Lee,
Lin, Wrensch, Adler and Eisenberg, 2000; Murray, 1995), I have serious doubts about the
conclusion drawn by Wesa et al. (2008). For example, Lee et al. (2000) specifically
include mantra in a report of alternative therapies used by individuals affected by cancer;
179
they state that ―these techniques have been shown to produce distinct biochemical
changes in the body, including the lowering of blood pressure, pulse rates, and levels of
stress hormones in the blood‖ (p. 46). Murray (1995) also seems to believe that mantra is
effective in meliorating the health of cancer patients.
However little is known by science about the putative energetic fields claimed by
the meditational literature. I attempted in this section to present a theoretical framework
that support my statements that mantra meditation is clearly based on sound-energy
principles and that this modality should be included in the energy medicine category. I
also attempted to argue that there is a fundamental need to revise certain limitations
imposed on Energy Medicine in this section, I have explored some possibilities why yoga
modalities such as mantra can work; I have mentioned that one field that should be
explored in the search for answers is the still relatively unknown ‗sonic entrainment‘ law,
which applies, for example, to sound and breath, and which seems to have the potential to
effect the function of the brain, and thus the whole human system.
I would like to further infer that in consideration of the aforementioned point of
views, the above described studies on mantra (including Wesa et al.‘s, 2008, survey) may
have overlooked, amongst others: the sound-entrainment phenomenon in mantra
recitation; the notion of biofields or putative energy fields, based on the concept that
human beings are infused with a subtle form of energy; and the fact that mantra therapy
originated as and is sustained upon a complex system of theory and practice, which is a
pre-requisite of Whole Medical Systems. In fact, to conclude, according to the Vedas
(Sanskrit, véda, "knowledge"), the oldest layer of Sanskrit literature originating in
Ancient India and the foundation of the Hindu philosophy, ‗the fundamental reality‘ or
180
‗divine essence‘ (in Sanskrit Nada Brahman) is sacred sound (in Sanskrit Shabda)
vibration, mantra (Blofeld, 1977, p. 84; Lavezzoli, 2006, ¶ 2; Beck, 2006, ¶ 4).
Self-experiential Study on Subtle Body Patterns
An integral creative approach to energy activation.
In the following section, I put forward some of the principles that I interpret as
fundamental to contextualizing the specific self-experiential study that is a hermeneutic
or interpretative phenomenological analysis of the subtle energy directly experienced by
myself, the researcher and participant subject. Thus, the whole or integral body (physical,
psychological, energetic and spiritual) is taken into consideration, in the specific
laboratory of dance movement. This study is informed by artistic inquiry principles,
through the employment of personal skills, which include various body-mind disciplines
that cross the boundaries of the dance movement practice. The specific principles are
integration, creativity and the body as medium for personal development or self-
realisation. We will look closer at these principles through a theoretical lens, based on the
review of the literature and through my interpretation of my own background experience
with these principles.
What I imply here with ―self-realization‖ is in line with the definition given for
this term in Merriam-Webster Online Dictionary: ―the fulfilment by oneself of the
possibilities of one's character or personality‖ (Self-realization). I purposely use the term
self-realization as a synonym for personal development, since I intend to create a
parallelism with the same term employed in the Indic, meditational, non tantric traditions.
This synonym implies a spiritual awakening that uncovers the divine and transpersonal
dimension of the self. As I understand it, this requires doing away with a false to facts
181
personality as it is identified by the true personality. This false to facts personality is
usually recognized in Western tradition as residing in the ego, which is nothing more than
a fictitious construction of our true identity. The meaning given here moves away from
the Eastern concept of self-realization and brings to center stage the character and
personality of the individual: the healthily realized ego. I will avoid going into any
ontological or mystical discussion of this topic; however, I will simply argue here based
on my personal point of view that human beings have a duty to realize their true nature as
human beings confronted with personal and interpersonal issues, before they can aspire to
realizing themselves in transpersonal dimensions.
In a certain way, we can talk of a non hierarchical model of development, a
spectrum that is simply progressive, evolutionary or integral. This concept has been
reiterated throughout the thesis and embodied by the theory that human consciousness
manifests itself as a spectrum. When personal-psychosomatic and transpersonal-spiritual
possibilities are taken into consideration, the emphasis is on the importance of dealing
with the task at hand, whatever that task may be, given that each individual is at a
particular and unique stage of his/her life (Ken Wilber, 1993, 1996, 1995, 2000; Grof,
2000; Walsh and Vaughan, 1980; Maslow, 1970; Meadow, 1993). I strongly feel that in
our present day context of human evolution, as a race, we are far from being directly
concerned with transpersonal development; we are more concerned with and aware of
issues of the personal and interpersonal. For me, the proof of what I am stating is the
current world situation, which is dominated by ego centred societies, and where violence
manifests in the form of wars, famine, crimes, domestic abuse, child pornography, racism
and so forth. Violence, in whichever form it manifests, is a clear sign of lack of self-
182
realization. In my experience teaching yoga, and I am confident that this is the case for
most body-mind therapists and health professionals, I have been engaging with
individuals who are in need of resolving issues of basic personal and interpersonal
development. These issues are dictated by our physicality, our basic need to integrate
body-mind, our need to develop body-mind awareness, and our need to learn breath
awareness. In other words, ordinary individuals are concerned with being able to become
aware of their bodies and the world, and in working with a body-mind discipline they are
expecting through the practice (movement, action and so forth) they conduct in the 'lab'
(mat or studio) to achieve the ability to ‗integrate sensing,‘ and to enhance through the
practice their personal and interpersonal relationships, once they are off the mat.
I personally recall that, as a beginning yoga student, everyday was a discovery
about my personal awareness of sensing my body (e.g., perception) and how it improved
my relationship with the outside world; that is to say my ability to interact with people
and to interpret events. For example, in my personal yoga practice journey, the simple
fact of learning to become aware of and use my breath, influenced or aided a stretching
movement, with the subsequent cascading effect of inducing relaxation. This, in turn, was
significant in releasing and managing my stress and pain, which subsequently allowed
others‘ positive feeling to surface that could be broadly described as enhancement of self-
esteem, general sense of well-being and so forth. These personal improvements had
important repercussions in my interpersonal sphere. Thus, I realized that a practice such
as yoga was not only an enormous journey of inner of self-discovery, but also a journey
of outer or world discovery. In my yoga practice, as a novice, achieving even a modest
183
level of self-awareness was important in shaping the way I reacted to external
determinants.
Creativity expressed through performance and aesthetic experience is another
principle that becomes prominent in my journey of self-realization. Creativity has been
an underlying constant denominator in my life, in marked difference to the societal
construct that I grew up in, where creativity wasn‘t encouraged. Thus, as I started to work
later on with practices underlined by the principle of artistic inquiry and which promoted
creative outlets such as aesthetic motifs, movement, sound and so forth, I finally
experienced the importance of these mediums (proper in tantric yoga or artistic inquiry),
to empower my whole self by activating an energising force capable of provoking
immediate and tangible changes and integration. Working at the energetic level through
creative modes was more like doing away with the necessity of a bridge (with its
supporting pillars) in order to cross into an integrated zone necessary for growth; and
allowing myself to be catapulted from a state disintegration, where the body, mind and
breath were madly splintered and rushing in clashing directions, which in real term I can
describe as psychosomatic turmoil, with symptoms such as panic attacks and anxiety
states, to a state of absolute integration of body, mind and breath, which I could describe
as a sense of being at peace, relaxed, aware, fulfilled and grounded.
It was in this state of being grounded in a physical reality, in a relaxed, aware and
fulfilled state that I became aware of my personal identity, tuned with the everyday tasks
that needed to be carried out, and so forth. Being able to be simply Giuseppe and being
OK to be Giuseppe and nothing more than Giuseppe, without disjointed fears,
preoccupations, and emotional distress was, perhaps, more extraordinary and
184
enlightening than being able to visualize in my forefront space spiralling colors or feeling
a sense of the absolute through meditation. Again, I will not debate here the possible
ontological meaning of this ordinary state of consciousness (related to personal
experience), or how it could contrast with the extraordinary state of consciousness
(related to transpersonal experience), as at this experiential stage of my thesis I am
exploring consciousness phenomenologically ―as experienced from the first-person point
of view‖ (Woodruff, 2009, ¶ Phenomenology).
My phenomenological interpretation of the state of being integrated that I
achieved, also through creative mediums, made me realize the interrelatedness between
energy and consciousness. They were, in my experience, both prone to be easily activated
in creativity and movement. As a matter of fact, I also realized that these forces were
most observable when they were moving, and their movement corresponded to occurring
transformation and change. For example, in the case of energy, I can easily observe it
while it is flowing, and in the case of consciousness, while is expanding. Also, the way
that I observe these forces, when they are in a realised state, is through the simple feeling
of being fulfilled or integrated with my newly found or rediscovered character or
personal identity. Thus, while both are part of the underlining element constituting a
newly integrated identity, what one is aware of is ultimately the experience of being one,
not necessarily merged with the external, thus transpersonal and non-dual, but also being
one in relation with the external, thus personal and dualistic, but integral.
Tantra and artistic inquiry: Integral approaches.
Based on my examination of the tantric literature, I have found sound evidence
that the ancient tantric doctrines (e.g., Hinduism and Buddhism), and disciplines (e.g.,
185
Kundalini yoga) support the notion that, in the journey of self discovery, an integral
approach is essential. The term integral approach is employed here to describe, first, its
attempts to integrate body (personal), mind (intrapersonal) and spirit (transpersonal) and,
second, its employment of a complex subtle body practice (e.g., rituals, meditation,
recitations, etc.). For example, one reason that I became wholehearted in a practice such
as tantric yoga was that it ―provides useful articulations of the spiritual potential of
engagement with art‖ (Fields, 2001, p. 157). As Fields (2001) explains: ―Tantra embraces
the somatic and the aesthetic within its religious domain, and provides a conception of art
that is both therapeutic and religious‖ (p. 157). In other words, ―tantra adds to the model
of religious therapeutics [already discussed above and described in Table G] the domain
of aesthetic therapeutics, that is, healing of body/mind and spirit through sensory
experience and religious arts, such as music and dance‖ (Fields, 2001, p. 140).
Noticeably, the tantric literature acknowledges the body as a preliminary element for self-
realization and not a mere obstacle to this as for others types of yoga. Flood (2006)
explains this specificity of the tantra doctrines by stating:
The tantric practitioner ... identifies his body with the cosmos and deity in daily
ritual and in yogic practice, identifying himself with something outside of himself
that then he becomes .... Any distinctions between knowing and acting, mind and
body, are disrupted by the tantric body in the sense that what might be called
imagination becomes a kind of action in tantric ritual and the forms that the body
takes in ritual are a kind of knowing .... the tantric body is a corporeal
understanding. This corporeal understanding shows itself in the great emphasis on
transformative practices in the tantric traditions, ritual inseparable from vision, the
186
body becoming alive with the universe within it, and vibrant with futurity in the
anticipation of the goal of the tantric paths. (p. 6)
Fields (2001) reiterates this concept when he explains that ―Central to Tantra is
the polarity of macrocosm and microcosm, wherein the human body is realized—through
the interiorization of ritual—as a microcosm of the universe‖ (p. 35); or when he states:
―Tantra, embodiedness and sacredness remain compatible‖ (Fields, 2001, p. 140).
In practical terms, although I have been confronting myself with classical Hatha
yoga practice for the last twenty years, and I have discovered that tantric yoga differs
from classical yoga in two major ways: one, for its aim, which is to directly acknowledge
and work with the subtle energetic body present in us; and, two, for its diverse
approaches that allow for exploring different dominions of the human possibility, such as
creativity. What I have come to realize is that the tantric point of view allows existing
boundaries in the practice to be eliminated; and, moreover, that it openly invites you to
cross boundaries of practice in any sphere of life. The tantric approach is very much in
line with my natural inclination to explore the possibility for self-realization/personal
development in a practice such as dance, creative writing, or acting, as each of these
practices allows me to tackle unexplored territory and increases my energetic level and
psychosomatic health and well-being.
Bringing this personal experience into the arena of thesis research has allowed me
to combine practice with theory. For instance, as I was reviewing literature for my dance
movement coursework, I found reference of the fact that artistic inquiry such as dance
movement invites the application of similar principles to those found in tantric literature,
187
which had already been intuited by me. Hervey (2000) encapsulates my understanding
when she says:
Art offers an aesthetic experience .... which can be described as cognitive,
perceptual, emotional, and spiritual (Csikszentmihalyi and Robinson, 1990) and
could therefore be understood as one impacting most dimensions of human
consciousness …. those familiar with dance and music would probably argue that
the aesthetic experience is also kinaesthetic, making it veritably holistic. (pp. 15-
16)
Hervey (2000) goes on to explain that arts-based inquiry professionals, such as:
Dance/movement therapists also value the body as a vehicle of expression and a
rich source of information …. [they] assess meaning through the expression of the
body. Therefore they trust the body as a source of data and rely on their
understanding of body experience as a form of data analysis. (p. 83)
Payne, in her 2006 writing, defines dance movement therapy as ―The
psychotherapeutic use of movement and dance through which a person can engage
creatively in a process to further their emotional, cognitive, physical and social
integration‖ (p. 3). Grow, in his 1990 writing, conveys the notion that:
Older ideas, based on a compartmentalization of "mind," "body," "reason," and
"emotion," have thoroughly changed in current psychosomatic practice. Though no
single new paradigm has gained wide acceptance, what used to be dismissed
mechanically as "the body" is now widely discussed (e.g., in Bliss) as a knowing,
conscious, and wise organism which has a multifaceted relationship to other
human faculties. (¶ The Bodily-Kinesthetic Intelligence)
188
There is a belief in current psychosomatic practices, which I agree with, that
intelligence pervades every aspect of the human being, but also the interpersonal. Janet
Adler in her 1999 writing captures my feeling quite accurately, when she emphasizes:
Willing membership just with our minds cannot create the shift in consciousness
for which we long. The shift must be an embodied shift. It is in our bodies where
the phenomenon of life energy, a physical reality, is directly experienced. One by
one, knowing (and knowing implies consciousness), knowing in our bodies that
we belong, creates a collective body in which life energy is shared. I imagine the
collective body as the energetic consciousness of the earth body, which includes
all living beings. It is the body-felt connectedness among people profoundly
related to the source of our humanity (pp. 192-193).
Adler (2007) accounts for an energetic experience that weakened her physically.
―During this time‖ she realized the importance of ―the need for a strong enough body ego
to contain energetic material that was arising—the up welling of feelings, imagery and
life energy that rose from the ground up, through the spine and out through the crown
chakra, often described in yogic practices and in East Indian spiritual literature‖ (p. 247).
However, Adler (2007) recognises the importance of dance moment (that she defines as
―Authentic Movement‖) to prepare her body (e.g., ―the pelvis‖ [p. 247]) to channel such
powerful energy; and, also that ―Authentic Movement‖ teaches individuals to ―attend to
one‘s own natural bodily experience, [which] can provide an outlet for the development
of this awareness, which in turn fosters embodied consciousness‖ (p. 247). Moreover, she
emphasises the importance of the experience of the body ―from the inside out,‖
―subjective body,‖ and the safe environment that an ―Authentic Movement practice‖
189
provides for someone who wants to explore this (p. 247). These accounts are, to me, clear
expressions of the interrelatedness of personal, interpersonal and transpersonal, necessary
to achieve integration. Subtle energy is recognised both in tantric and artistic inquiry as
being at the centre of growth, which is ultimately a matter of allowing integration at the
personal, interpersonal and transpersonal levels.
Summary and preamble.
There is a clear understanding, according to my reading of the literature, in both
tantra and dance movement, that integration and creativity, and therefore spirituality,
need to be explored through the body. As amply discussed elsewhere within this thesis
and chapter, the spiritual discipline of tantra avails itself to ―aesthetic therapeutics, that is,
healing of body/mind and spirit through sensory-motor experience and religious arts,
such as music and dance‖ (Fields, 2001, p. 140); and, most importantly, ―Tantra
embraces the somatic and the aesthetic within its religious domain, and provides a
conception of art that is both therapeutic and religious‖ (Fields, 2001, p. 157). It becomes
evident to me that there is a sort of common thread between these two disciplines, with
the only main difference being that the two depart at the extremes, but gradually meet at a
midpoint where the body is accepted and thus integrated in the evolutive human process
and not simply discarded as an unwanted impediment to spiritual growth.
This commonality is unsurprising, since Dance Movement Therapy borrows
heavily from the Indic traditions, an exemplar case being Adler‘s Authentic Movement,
which is sourced from her personal experience with the kundalini phenomenon. She
developed this movement based therapy in order to prepare bodies to channel such
powerful energy (1999). Many professional body-mind therapists are discovering,
190
willingly or unwillingly, the power of kundalini awakening, through direct experience or
through incorporating its principles and practices into their daily practice and therapy.
Noteworthy are the kundalini awakening experience had by Gopi Krishna (recounted in
his 1971 writing), Krieger (accounts of her experience can found in her 2002 writing) and
Adler (a detailed account of her experience is found in Stromsted, 2007).
The above expounded theoretical framework constitutes the groundwork for my
self-experiential study. Within this self-experiential study, I engaged in a Western
contemporary dance movement course, which I employ in the broader framework of
expressive and creative arts therapy theories, as a laboratory to explore creativity and
movement. In this specific case, the laboratory was inspired by dance movement and
music, as possible forces to set in motions the flow of subtle energy within me, so that I
could subsequently describe its patterns and, finally, interpret its meanings.
Purposely, I searched for an alternative discipline that included the basic tantric
principles and in a way expanded them through Western artistic and scientific
approaches. (This is the main reason why I decided not to work directly in the medium of
tantric disciplines.) For example, I have followed hermeneutic phenomenological
directives, which suggest approaches such as direct experience, employment of personal
and intuitional skills and so forth. Also, it is my deduction that only through hermeneutic
phenomenology I am able to understand and, hopefully, augment meanings of
phenomenon scrutinized in this self-experiential study.
Finally, I endeavour, in line with the general integral precepts and propositions of
this thesis, to give specific emphasis to the fact that there are many practices that have the
potential to create and enact the activation of life-energy (in tantric tradition the Shakti
191
power), in a similar way to the tantric discipline; creative and expressive arts therapies in
their multifaceted forms (e.g. dance, music, etc.) embody, as we have already seen, many
of the tantric principles.
Identify the main constituents of this self-experiential study.
Self-experiential laboratory.
My laboratory was comprised by a three-month practical course on Western
dance movement, which met twice a week for two hours per session. Although the course
was designed to teach foundational theory on the practical aspects of dance movement, in
effect it served as a laboratory that allowed me to conduct a self-experiential study of the
phenomenon. In other words, the dance movement practice provided the means to
investigate my body-mind connection, to arouse and subsequently observe the subtle
energy phenomenon. Furthermore, because the course was comprised by self-directed
comparative studies that required a thorough review of the literature on diverse topics,
traversing disciplines from expressive arts therapies to psychotherapies, somatics, and
transpersonal psychology, amongst others, the coursework in dance movement was
identified as an ideal self-experiential laboratory. I say ideal, because the self-experiential
laboratory demanded research that could gather concrete data, albeit at a very experiential
level. Specifically, dance movement was selected as a mode of ‗artistic inquiry‘ as it is
assumed to provide an aesthetic experience similar to the tantric yoga discipline, for the
―awakening of sensation, emotion, and imagination‖ (Hervey, 2000, p. 15). On the
whole, dance movement disciplines that have a therapeutic focus, such as Dance
Movement Therapy and Authentic Movement, and are grounded in the ‗artistic inquiry‘
methodology, can be, similarly to tantric yoga, connected to earlier discussions that imply
192
integrative healing in creative endeavours (I will expounding more on this theme in the
discussion section in this chapter).
My participation in the Western dance movement course was designed to meet a
series of other objectives, in addition to my investigation of subtle energy. One was to
research holistic approaches to mapping the body-mind-spirit experience. This objective
was met through a review of the interdisciplinary literature that covered this theme, the
findings of which were presented in the theoretical section introducing the self-
experiential study. Another was to embody an ability to communicate and re-pattern the
experience of the scrutinized phenomenon. Meeting this objective was made possible by
the employment of hermeneutic phenomenology and artistic inquiry methodological
approaches. Yet another objective was to frame personal research questions in a body-
based experiential paradigm, where creative body-mind expressions (e.g., aesthetic
experience) could be enacted to activate subtle energy patterns. This objective was
achieved through cognitive and learning processes that include sensorial awareness,
psychological reasoning and intuitional understanding. One last objective was also
important: I needed the data collection to take place within a safe and active environment,
which the University of Calgary presented, as the ability to relax, coupled with physical
activity, aids creativity that sparks the flow of energy. This flow of energy can be
observed through body-mind awareness, and its patterns described in a journal, which in
this thesis constitutes the self-experiential study and forms the basis from which to
extract sample data for further examination and interpretation.
All of these objectives were met. Moreover, this dance movement coursework
provided a safe and scientific laboratory in which to observe subtle energy patterns
193
(blockages, release, etc.) -- safe because it was conducted within an enclosed professional
environment where I found, within a self oriented research, direct supervision by
Professor Darcy McGehee, an academic professional; and scientific because it was
oriented by a precise methodological exploration, hermeneutic phenomenology,
combined, obviously, with qualitative aspects of artistic inquiry, dance movement
therapy and yoga theory and practice.
To conclude, this coursework allowed me to intentionally explore aspects known
in the Indic tantric tradition as ―Chakras and Kundalini‖, and in a Western context
respectively as the subtle body system and the subtle energy, with a view to gathering
data (in a journal and paper) to be further organized, described and interpreted in this
self-experiential study.
In my self-experiential study, I am not comparing tantric yoga with dance
movement, although I might comparatively reflect upon the two disciplines in my
interpretative phenomenological analysis. I have already determined, for example in the
theory preamble, that through my personal experience, I have many times crossed the
information boundaries between disciplines and crossed boundaries of practice that have
made me realize that tantric yoga is a philosophy and a discipline that truly allows for
exploration into any discipline that tackles the energetic possibility and the realisation of
transcendence. I affirm this by realising that the body and artistic inquiry are, as far I am
concerned, an extension of tantric yoga. I believe that sometimes it is not the practice that
makes the discipline, but the practitioner. Thus, finally, I am not arguing that tantric yoga
and dance movement are the same practice, despite the fact that certain dance movement
therapists are increasingly incorporating spirituality through the practice of tantric
194
techniques and concepts such as the chakra system and the raising of energy through this.
What I am arguing is that a tantric practitioner can adopt a tantric approach in any
mundane act of life. In the case of dance movement as a practice, for reasons already
delineated above, it is an ideal candidate to enhance a tantric practice, which is ultimately
aimed at activating and transforming subtle energy for realizing one‘s character and
personality, and subsequently reaching a unitive state with the transpersonal.
My intuition tells me that spirituality implies acknowledging the natural limits
that the body has; the body is destined to perish; thus, we self-realize within the body as a
preparatory training to explore the transcendental dimension. However, only a man or
woman who realizes with their body can think of exploring the spiritual. In a way, I am
inclined, as I need to make clear that this is me talking in first person, to believe that the
potential of the chakras system, as with many western development models, lies in the
non hierarchical order of the various psychic-consciousness centres, each of which, if
realized in its qualities, is perfect and ready to carry on the journey to growth. None is
better or worse; comparison is futile; no growth stage has authority over another; the
integration is organic; and the realization of a the tasks residing in a specific chakra
becomes the foundation for the next building block that rises toward the spiritual
dimension of reality. Finally, my personal experiences with dance practice and other
artistic inquiry practices are very similar to my experience with tantric practice. However,
in my opinion, dance movement could be included in tantric practice, but not vice versa;
because tantric yoga is a practice with a precise philosophy that clearly aims at
transcendence, at the union of the spiritual essence of self with the absolute.
195
Participant: Myself.
This experiential study demanded a certain degree of background foundation in
the psycho-physiological and spiritual structure governing our being, and an ability to
sustain psychosomatic body-mind-energy activities and training. Most important, the
conduct of this self-experiential study required a certain degree of confidence that one
possesses the necessary self-awareness skills for an adequate, if not full, cognition of
organic changes in our integral persona—body, mind, and energy.
Working with mind-body disciplines, ―which includes … creative outlets such as
art, music, and dance‖ (Wesa et al., 2008, p. 344) can be physically and mentally
overwhelming, and is certain to prove demanding of any individual. In this specific study,
besides being actively engaged in performing dance movement, I needed to be focused on
becoming aware of reactions naturally produced in myself, the human organism under
study; wherein, together with the physical and mental elements, I had to observe a third
element, namely, subtle energy.
I embarked on this study with a full understanding that it was going to be
challenging, albeit possible to achieve some results in terms of observing and collecting
data. My confidence arose from my past, successful experiential training in yogic and
Reiki techniques, during which I was able to learn how to associate psychophysical
symptoms (e.g., emotional distress, mental stress, digestive ailments, etc.) with energy
blockage in specific chakra centres. Similarly, I had been trained within yoga and Reiki
modalities to meditate by focusing on the chakras model (i.e., subtle body system) and to
use the inherent subtle energy as a medium for self-healing and personal growth. This
specific aspect was also improved upon by an enthusiastic review of the main relevant
196
literature, which I began reading right from the moment when I committed to my
master‘s research. As described in the personal framework section of the introduction,
and which I believe it will not be superfluous to restate here, I have accumulated
knowledge throughout years of continuous professional in-depth studies and training in
psychosomatic, somatopsychic and spiritual practices such as Yoga and Reiki that
directly work with both body-mind and energy states. I participated in intense
professional workshops on many of the psychosomatic disciplines, including: performing
arts (e.g., dance movement and creative performing arts such as acting), martial arts (e.g.,
karate and tae-kwon-do), healing arts (e.g., Hatha yoga and meditation) and other
modalities specifically related to energy-healing, for instance, Kundalini yoga, chakra
meditation and Reiki healing. Through the application of specific techniques, derived
from yoga and Reiki, I have learned to direct pranic energy from within and without the
subtle body, to and through affected areas (at the physical, mental and emotional levels)
of my whole body. With time, I developed a certain degree of self-awareness of psycho-
physical processes (e.g., change of mental mood from negative to positive, release of
physical tension, etc.) and changes in my state of consciousness, in which I experienced a
general sense of knowing my true inner nature as being different from my body-brain-
mental structure. As a result, I can sense being pure energy and experience the flow of
energy throughout the chakras by channelling energy (using Reiki technique) and
balancing energy (with chakra meditation and channelling of subtle energy through the
application of the hands on each chakra or affected areas) at various levels of chakra
centres (subtle body). This personal background is also important, because a participant
who is not used to an active engagement in physically demanding disciplines would most
197
probably be overwhelmed by physical and mental fatigue that would impede directing
attention to the task of observing. In my case, I was extremely confident that I would not
be mentally and physically exhausted from participating in the dance movement practical
coursework, and that I would be able to direct attention to the task of actively observing
within and without for the purposes of this study.
Chakras as an integral developmental model.
The chakras as an integral development model for psychological and spiritual
growth are used as a measurement instrument, where the inputs provided are the data
observed in the laboratory, that due the ―naturalistic‖ design of the self-experiential study
(as already mentioned in methodological background in the introduction chapter) ―…
place a heavy emphasis on understanding the human experience as it is lived, usually
through the careful collection and analysis of qualitative materials that are narrative and
subjective ― (Polit and Beck, 2004, p. 16). These ―qualitative materials‖ are recognized
as energy patterns that are, as we have seen throughout the thesis, manifested in a
spectrum that goes through different levels of subtleness; in other words, energy can be
manifested at the physical, mental and spiritual or transpersonal level. As it will become
clearer in the section that concludes this study, examples of energy manifestation are
superficial corporeal sensations such as blushing, flushing, tickling, temperature, goose
bumps and tingling; mental vibration-patterns manifest as emotions, thoughts, feelings
and moods; and, intuitions are detected as driving forces that create awareness of change
and transformation at distinct stages of transpersonal consciousness (e.g., experience of
the absolute reality, etc.).
198
Because energy bridges the various aspects of our human body, its patterns can be
multiform. However, my understanding holds that a conscious awareness is needed to
employ such energy for personal development and spiritual growth, human evolution.
Growth is the underlining theme of evolution. But, growth, to become active (as I have
already pointed out), needs combustion to activate it. The purpose of integral body-mind
practices, and yoga and dance movement as part of them, is to produce such propelling
forces that can start the process of growth, against stages of stagnation and regression
(Fields, p. 51; Maslow, 1970, pp. 97-99; Rama, p. 156). Meadow (1993) proposes that
―growth‖ can be subject to arrested development (p. 68). Artistic inquiry, in my opinion,
is one of such propelling forces.
Thus, I need to clarify here that the dance movement classroom was in effect the
laboratory that allowed the dance movement practice that was observed; on the other
hand, another laboratory was my self; and through this container I am allowed to explore
by moving creatively, drawing in psychic energy, connecting distant memory with the
present, and amplifying consciousness. So my entire sensory motor or inside-out
integration has been observed in a sort of integral laboratory, comprising both the dance
movement classroom and my body, where inputs (e.g., theoretical and practical
knowledge, skills, intuition) from various sources are allowed to pour in at any given
time.
Moreover, admittedly, the groundwork for the self-experiential study wasn‘t in
my opinion the practice employed, since the practice, sometimes, in my opinion, is
limited by imposed boundaries, but what was truly relevant to my self-experiential study
was the employment of the principles that governed it. I have already discussed some of
199
the principles of artistic inquiry and identified that they can be similarly recognised in the
tantric and dance movement practices. And I have also discussed some of the tantric
philosophical principles that can be similarly recognized in dance movement. That is why
dance movement as a form of artistic inquiry was chosen; however, I could have used any
other practice that is trustworthy as a vehicle for exploring one‘s personal inner/outer
space.
As we have already mentioned, artistic inquiry (e.g., arts and expressive
therapies) has identified in aesthetic experience a means to direct focus inward, on one‘s
personal investigation of how the macrocosm is experienced in the microcosm and the
discovery that there are no boundaries within and without the inner space (Hervey, 2000).
However, I believe that the boundaries are drawn by the functional mind in a functional
world, the true mystery of life; it is the functional life itself, in other words, the real
mystery is that human consciousness is able to engage with an independent observation
of life-processes including complex mental processes. A question that I would like to
propose here for a possible reflection concerns the mystery of life: are we human beings
trying to be soul or souls trying to be human beings?
Throughout the dance movement laboratory, my observations were systematically
reported in a journal. At a later stage these observations were analysed within the
parameters of an integral chakras psychological model that is based upon ancient tantra
yoga and the literature on interpretative psychology and the symptomatic reading of
chakras centres (e.g. Breaux, 1998; Meadow, 1993; Judith, 1987; Myss, 1996). This
literature and other relevant literature on meditational, body-mind, nursing, and health
science topics was used as reference for the hermeneutic phenomenological analysis of
200
subtle energy-patterns, body-mind emotional experience, and the specific interpretation
of the symptomatic chakras psychology. Moreover, although in this self-study I have
made ample use of the integral chakras development models to determine symptomatic
signs of energy-blockage or free-flow, the integral principle of the chakra model also has
philosophical and practical correspondence. Judith (1987) aptly explains this yogic
principle as follow:
Each chakra receives its charge of energy by being in alignment with the sushmna,
as the central column of energy. If we are not in balance with ourselves, our
chakras fall out of alignment, much as the vertebrae in the spine can fall out of
alignment. (p. 205)
She also explains how the same principles of balancing not only apply to the
chakras but also ―between the mind and the body ... inner and outer ... self and
transcendence‖ (p. 205)
On the experiential level, I have learned by training with energy-based applications
(e.g., Reiki and Kundalini yoga) that one of the fundamental rules for reaching a state of
meditation and allowing the energy to flow from one chakra to the other in an ascending
motion is to sit in a steady posture and keep the spine erect at all times. Although I cannot
possibly explain what the relation is between the physical body, the spine, and the subtle
energetic body, at the experiential level, keeping the spine erect can be clearly observed
as beneficial for the flow of energy. Rama et al. (1976) explain:
The chakras provide a sort of central point, an underlying framework, in which a
multitude of factors intersect and interact. It should be clear that the experience of
these centers is a highly intricate and complex affair. Any attempt to express it in
201
words is certain to prove to be only partially successful. The experience of the
centers of consciousness or chakras is a non-verbal one. (p. 175)
Meadow‘s (1993) psychological interpretation of development stages found in the
subtle body system of six chakras (p. 68) was synthesised in Table H below. This table is
meant to facilitate an understanding of the main psychological symptoms attached to each
chakra. Moreover, Meadow‘s interpretation of the chakra system, synthesised in a table
for the convenience of the reader, is suggestive of contemporary theories of the chakra
system portrayed as a model of psychological development (e.g., preoccupation,
concerns, and attitudes) thus corresponding in general with other prominent literature
(such as Breaux, 1998; Meadow, 1993; Myss, 1996; Judith, 1987). In fact, in the analysis
of my observation on subtle energy patterns and the attempt to give meaning, I will use
randomly the above-mentioned literature.
In the creation of this table, I intentionally placed a specific emphasis on the
principal of ―motivating forces‖ or ‗energy/motivation‘ and ‗tasks‘ that the individual has
to manage to surpass each stage of development, as I believe that these two factors are
significant in establishing psychosomatic symptoms and understanding possible issues
related to each centre:
Table H - Chakras’ Psychological Energies/Emotions and Tasks
Chakras Energy/Emotions Tasks
Muladhara
Root
Not conscious; under control of
instincts; fear; paranoia
By learning to control impulses one
advances toward the beginning of wisdom
202
Chakras Energy/Emotions Tasks
Svadhisthan
Genital
Sexuality and sensuality; pleasure and
fertility; lust, greed and cravings for
sensual delights
Transform/channel instinctual energy in
spiritual force
Manipura
Navel
Associated with the autonomic
nervous system and emotional arousal
(e.g., anger and violence); centre of
digestive heat; urge to be powerful
and influences others; psycho-
physiological disorders manifest in the
digestive system, etc.
Develop power to cast out, reject and eject
and refuse to allow something to be part of
one‘s life. One is a step away from higher
energy so by dominating the energy in this
chakra one achieve mastery of material and
phenomenal world thus creating a higher
vibration at the heart chakra.
Anahata
Heart
Maturity; Om, the sound of the
creative energy of the universe;
creative nature of love.
One must acquire selfless and caring for
others, clear-sighted detachment with
compassion in order to bestow both
nurturing and healing.
Visuddha
Throat
Accepting nurture, being receptive
and acquiring a full sense of trust;
awareness of things; realization of
oneself as an active centre of creative
energy and as a unique individual with
intrinsic values; artistic endeavor, true
art.
Realize one‘s true identity, and trusts in the
goodness of that which lays behind the
manifest self. To become sensitive to when
surrendered receptivity is appropriate; the
outpouring in symbolic form of what has
been received.
203
Chakras Energy/Emotions Tasks
Ajna
Eyebrow
Perfect control of the personality;
Intuition begins operating and
becomes a reliable source of
knowledge and information. From a
higher consciousness, this new way of
knowing brings an integrated
awareness.
In the divine union at this level, however,
there is still a duality the "thou" and "I". The
task is to leave all images, symbols, and
dualities. One need to know directly with
one's entire being, rather than piecemeal by
laborious discursive thought.
Journaling.
I will briefly identify the key-points for journaling. First, I wanted to document
patterns of internal body energy characterised either by observed blockages or subsequent
the releases of blockage, characterised by patterns of free-flow of internal subtle energy.
Second, I wanted to document whether creative dance movement was useful for
stimulating the free-flow of internal body energy and improving relationships between
receptive and expressive. Third, I wanted to compare, when present, experiential relations
between dance movement and yoga practices.
Methodology.
Although this self-experiential study was conducted within the methodological
framework of hermeneutic phenomenology, nonetheless, the creative framework of dance
movement methodology, embedded with arts' essential qualitative principles and methods
of inquiry, is strongly present.
204
Main direction and purposes of self-experiential study.
The report that follows will present significant information from the journal,
which was used to record direct experience during the dance movement self-experiential
laboratory. The report will provide, in an organized way, information on the presence of
my psychosomatic symptoms, energy patterns, and other intuitive reflections related to
dance movement and/or its relation to the tantric yoga discipline. Psychosomatic issues
will be defined and thus identified in a common non-medical language; for example, I
will use words such as tension, pain, stress, discomfort (either emotional, mental or
physical), mood, feeling, low or high energy and so forth. I will attempt subsequently to
identify the specific chakra centres that psychometric issues and observed subtle energy-
patterns are related to, as per the synthetic table. I will also relate these to the main
literature and my personal skills. In the conclusive section, I will summarize and further
discuss the findings.
Report of journal and chakra analysis.
I will now provide some extracts on energy-pattern observation that I documented
in my dance movement journal and attempt a subsequent analysis using classical
psychological understanding of the chakra system.
Week # 2 - January 21, 2008.
Observation prior to dance movement class: Before the class, I was experiencing
mental agitation, a state of anxiety or nervous excitement; I was also feeling physically
tired due to accumulated tension and lack of inner peace.
Observation prior to and during dance movement warm-up: Despite this general
lack of well-being, I carried on the dance movement class determined to experiment with
205
my body (within what I judged to be a safe environment). As I continued with the warm
up movements (basic leg exercises in parallel and first position: for example, pressing the
floor with the toes, lifting the feet, raising the feet at joint level) I started to connect with
my physicality and became vividly aware of a burning sensation present in the area
around my solar plexus (i.e., navel chakra) which caused a sudden shooting feeling of
hunger. After a few warm-up dance movement exercises, I felt a slow, gradual release of
tension and I started to feel more relaxed in body and mind.
During the class: We started exercises that incorporated swinging of arms up and
down, and then as we moved to a freestyle dance movement, the dance instructor asked
us to simply let ourselves connect with the music and our body. I engaged my self (body
and mind) in a spiraling/whirling dance for some time. I placed one hand palm facing
down and the other palm facing up (like a Sufi dance) which cleared the prior sense of
negativity and replenished me with new vigor and energy. I recall that when I was
engaged in these movements, there was, in my core, a still, calm place from which the
movement could emanate. With an open, quiet centre operating, I felt awake and able to
observe positive energy concentration while negativity dissolved in the whirlwind of
movement. Furthermore, I was able to determine that no effort was actually necessary to
accomplish the movement, the body (perhaps my full-being) seemed to know exactly
what it wanted.
Final observations: I felt somewhat lighter and generally more joyful and playful
in spirit. My body, mind and spirit felt invigorated and awakened by the combination of
technical and expressive dance movements and energy awareness. For example, the
206
twirling and frantic ―dervish‖ like dance movement helped clear the old energies out of
my body.
Chakra Analysis: In my own analysis I foresee a probable imbalance of energy in
the third chakra. I was obviously conscious of the main causes that were affecting me,
which were mostly emotional (in relation with close individuals). In Breaux‘s (1998)
analysis of the third chakra, he informs us that this chakra ―regulates the flow of vital
energies throughout the body‖ (p. 81). Moreover, this chakra tends to get blocked from
emotional struggle and as a result brings on physical lethargy, depression and irritability.
―Self-expression can be used positively to channel emotions and serve as a vehicle of
self-discovery ...‖ (p. 83). ―Creative endeavors, such as dancing ... or art, encourage
emotional expression and generate feelings of satisfaction and accomplishment‖ (p. 92).
According to Breaux (1998), ―emotions‖ (pp. 19, 81, 89-93) can be transmuted into
positive energy by the sentiment of acceptance alone that occurs though the third chakra,
which‖ regulates the flow of vital energies through the body‖ (p. 81).
Week # 7 - February 25, 2008.
Observation prior to dance movement class: The instructor reminds us of the
importance of respecting other participants‘ movements and affirming our own
movements; the importance of the diversity in unity and unity in diversity. I need to
admit that I am curious to observe, thus perceive and feel the group‘s energy. Until now I
have observed an uneasy unwillingness of participants to open up to each other. The lack
of fusion is aggravated in my own perception of the subdivision during the course into
small, isolated groups. I sense, uneasiness to mingle, open, and relate to others. Without
attempting to analyze the possible reason, I always find it interesting in trying to discern
207
how much the picture of a given situation is a source of one‘s own imagination or truthful
interpretation of reality. My personal experience of the rest of the class begins in me each
time I enter the dance studio. To my enthusiastic ―hi everyone‖ I seldom meet with any
response. I mentally repeat to myself to discard any of the negative thoughts ―hey guys, I
am cool! I have backpacked around the world! I keep young at heart despite my apparent
age‖. I have formulated the theory that it could be a generation gap, since I am the oldest
in the class. This is a speculation, if somewhat confirmed from the fact that I always get a
warm response from Mario, the musician, and the teacher, who are much closer to my
age. Another exception to this general rule of indifference is a particular participant who
is always extremely warm and assertive in her attitude toward everyone including me.
During the class: I had asserted myself in front of the class by moving, even if I
wasn‘t particularly inspired today. I empathize with various individuals, especially who
revealed, in my perception, vulnerability in expressing themselves. On the other hand, I
was able to spot a few individuals with paramount confidence, perhaps aided by a strong
familiarity with certain dance or body techniques like jazz, ballet, acrobatics. I naturally
admire their dance techniques, but see in a few of them no emotions or vulnerability.
Final observations: Today the class was exposed to free dance movements
accompanied by music or without music, with a theme or without a theme, single or in
groups, with particular emphasis on the lower body, upper-body, space, dimension, and
input from other styles. This kind of class was reminiscent of the first class; but, contrary
to the first class, I was able to be aware of other people‘s tendency to move in different
styles and characters, wherein at times, technicalities, tensions, fear, limits, strength,
emotions are revealed. I would like to emphasize that I particularly enjoyed this class. In
208
part, I liked it because we were able to reaffirm the importance of full deep breathing that
I learned from the yogic discipline. In part I liked it because it allowed my to restore the
right of asserting my existence, wherein determination and expressiveness are important
elements. And in part I liked it because it allowed me to begin establishing connection
with others. Somehow, it provided me with a space within and without, where I could
determine that what I am feeling is sourced in actions and not mere imagination. Action,
which I understand as being the direct-experience, reveals the reality of a lived-
experience; thought is a possibility based on insight, which can be based on thousands of
(my) fears. Ultimately, how do I know what is real if I do not intervene with actions,
perhaps what I am feeling toward my surroundings is simply nourished by my
imagination, not only of myself, but of other people, and others people‘s imagination of
me. To put it in Bernstein‘s (1975) words ―motion or dancing is a direct means of
expression. It is often more direct than verbalization, for its origin quite often stems from
an unconscious spontaneous reaction to how the person perceives his environment‖ (p.
xi).
Chakra Analysis: In an analysis of this class, I indentified its themes: relationship
and asserting oneself. Myss (1996) relates that ―form of relationship, and explore their
[one‘s] power of choice‖ (p. 129) is related to the second chakra. She further states
(1996) ―with the second chakra energy shifts from obeying tribal authority to discovering
other relationships that satisfy personal, physical needs. ... a lower chakra energy that
pushes up toward relating to external forces‖ (p. 130). Further more she adds:
This chakra resonates to our need for relationship with other people and our need
to control to some extent the dynamics of our physical environment .... The
209
energy in this chakra enables us to generate a sense of personal identity and
protective psychological boundaries. As we continually assess our personal
strength in regard to the external world and its physically seductive forces. ...
energy of self-sufficiency, a survival instinct for being in the world. (Myss, 1996,
pp. 129-130)
Without the need to go more in-depth, I can recognize these energy patterns going
on within others and myself. The class was an opportunity to remind myself of a
fundamental principle, conveyed to the group by the dance teacher, during the initial
orientation: the importance of ‗honouring one another‘. Myss, (1996) emphasizes:
This truth applies to our interactions with each other and with all forms of life.
From a spiritual perspective every relationship we develop, from the most casual to
the most intimate, serves the purpose of helping us to become more conscious.
Some relationships are necessarily painful because learning about ourselves and
facing our own limitations are not things we tend to do with enthusiasm. We often
need to be spiritually ‗set up‘ for such encounters .... release our compulsion to
judge what and who has value and instead focus on honoring the person and the
task with which we are involved. (p. 131)
Week # 9 - March 10, 2008.
Observation prior dance movement class: It had become clear to me in the days
prior to this class that while working many hours on the computer I had completely
forgotten to stay connected with my body. Without going into details and analysis of the
mind-body process, I will simply state here that as a result of spending many hours
working on a PC and being completely absorbed with finishing the task at hand, I was not
210
paying attention to the tension in my shoulders, or maintaining a correct posture and
natural breathing pattern. I arrived in this class with a painful sore-knot in my left
shoulder, a slight soreness in my lower back, and a tight pressure on my chest.
During the class: This class gave me a chance to explore a more sophisticated
sequence that required a greater extent of concentration and coordination than I had
needed in the previous classes. Although generally speaking class is becoming more
difficult in terms of remembering long sequences of dance movements, I am particularly
enjoying the sense of understanding how intention and meaning can be added to the
movements. For example, by linking sight to each movement I can contract or expand the
explored territory. By rotating the arms from an upward stretch to a downward one I can
shift my visualization from an unlimited space to limited one. More precisely, by
stretching my body and simultaneously extending my sight upward I can visualize a
space above that is broader, opened, unlimited, free flowing as the sky, the universe, the
ether, the air, et cetera. If I contract downward and I direct my sight to the floor, I can see
that it is by its nature limited, constrained; but, on the other hand, that it can enhance a
sense of being grounded, rooted, firm, et cetera. I am gradually incorporating the dance
movements in a way that I can experience integration of both body and mind towards
expanding self-awareness in relation with its inner-outer space. I find myself
continuously working to assimilate outer vibes – in the form of instruction from the
teacher and fellow students – and the inner one – within my personal body-mind needs. I
feel I am grounding to the necessity of the self.
Final observations: I have grasped today that with full awareness one is able to
intrinsically shift between light/subtle and heavier/gross movements, between the need
211
for the mind to portray its ethereal dreams and the need for the body to stay grounded. In
real terms, each stage can be the given necessity of a different moment. However,
without awareness, which include the body, one is condemning their body to illness and
mind to homelessness.
Chakra Analysis: Grounding, as a vehicle for motion, seems to be a quality
related with the first chakra. Analyzing the correspondent meaning of what was
occurring in relation with chakra psychology, I learnt that the importance of being rooted
is a predominant characteristic of this first chakra, symbolized by the elephant and the
square earth symbol, both of which represent the necessity to be grounded in the body
(Breaux, 1998, pp. 38-47; Judith, 1987, pp. 61-73; Avalon, 1974, pp. 355-364). Breaux
(1998) states:
In general, the primary function of the root chakra is to translate the life force into
the survival needs and activities of the physical organism. Feelings of physical
security and confidence instil in us the trust necessary for the positive expression
of the root chakra. Without the sense of feeling safe in the body and the physical
environment, a deep fear undermines all other levels of consciousness. (p. 39)
Breaux continues on this theme, explaining that the body is directly affected by
the mind and further describes the mechanism and effects:
Thoughts and feelings as psychic energy in the aura affect the physical body via
nerve centers and endocrine glands, altering its apparent structure and function. ...
On the cellular level, the processes that maintain a whole and healthy body are
constantly disrupted by a war between actions: emotions and concepts. For
example, when emotions are triggered (sexual excitement, crying, anger), energy
212
begins to flow from the emotional body into the physical, preparing for action.
The ego says ―No!‖ and the action is suppressed. ―No‖ means contraction in the
body-the muscles tighten, the breath becomes shallow, and the body is frozen in
conflict. ... This repression of awareness in the body protects us from
unacceptable feelings, but is also curtails vitality and pleasurable feelings. ... We
deprive ourselves of what we need to grow and thrive ... . (pp. 43-44)
In a retrospective analysis, I can recognize many channels of the energy-flow
disruption in the root chakra. Naturally, I have only scratched the surface of the unlimited
possibility of analysis corresponding with this specific chakra. Nevertheless, I believe I
can see the autonomous conflicts between an ego centered mind and the body segregated
from the conscious mind, of the ego that refuses to acknowledge the importance of the
body in the given task, and the unhealthier tendency for the ego manoeuvred mind to be
greedy for achievements at the cost of its own body. Ultimately, as Breaux (1998)
affirms:
The contemporary wave of bodywork techniques [and I can place dance
movement here, from my own experience] clearly demonstrates the protean
qualities of the body. Blocked emotions and inner tensions can be released and the
body can become free, loose, and healthy. ... In addition to the release of blocked
pain and frozen emotions, the ability to experience pleasure in the body can be re-
established. (p. 44)
In dealing with symptomatic signs of our own limitations, distress, pain, et cetera,
there is a need to feel firsthand the exact meaning of such symptoms. Investigating
further the possible causes of the shoulder knot, or the possibility of more severe shoulder
213
and neck issues, I quote Breaux‘s (1998) statement that ―tension in the neck and
shoulder‖ (p.124) can also be a manifestation of dysfunction of the fifth or throat chakra.
This chakra works as a ―mediator between mental and emotional stimuli‖ (p. 124). When
this chakra ―overloads‖ (p. 124) through continuous ―conflict between mental and
emotional stimuli‖ one can feel severe forms of body tension, mostly around the neck and
shoulder, or be affected by psychosis, a mental illness where the mind is completely
disconnected from the physical realities, resulting in serious harm to the body (pp. 124-
125).
Week # 2 - January 23, 2008.
This class was characterised by an analytical thinking process, corroborated by
direct experience of the intuitive relation between Hatha yoga, Kundalini yoga and
Western dance movement. In my position as a yoga teacher, I had noted that the dance
movement discipline emphasises the need to focus on full awareness of the entire body in
a similar fashion as the Hatha yoga discipline. Also, the two disciplines shares similar
body posture and mind projection. For example, both in dance and yoga, stretching
exercise can be used in conjunction with mental intentions such as expansion, opening,
receiving, releasing and so forth. It seems to me that, in dance movement, aesthetic
motifs, sometime suggested by the teacher or simply improvised, when enacted in
movement, are able to stir energy and can transform the dancer. A yoga adept,
performing physical postures in a different way but with similar results, learns that each
posture has an aesthetic motif and that by associating with this, transformation can occur.
In yoga, each asana represents a figure, for example, an animal (e.g. lion) or a human
character (e.g. warrior) and the practitioner mentally and physically associates with the
214
particular qualities of each representation. Moreover, there are specific techniques called
mudras that are specifically designed to shape the mental attitude of the yoga adept.
Many other exercises could be illustrated as examples to demonstrate my comment,
however, let this suffice. Thus, it is my understanding that movement is allowed to
embody meanings, and awareness of meanings always brings about change.
Another observation that I made as a result of this class was that dance movement
most probably is an important body-mind and spiritual medium. This intuition that I had
during the class relates to the ability to experience transformation during the practice or
to be completely absorbed in the practice, which most of the time is based around an
aesthetic motif, and by living in a momentary transcendence, to experience the creative
inside and outside integration which brings change and transformation. In other words,
the entire process of experimenting with dance movement is reminiscent of Hatha yoga
and Kundalini yoga practices. A pertinent example could be the employment of the
chakra system and the flow of energy as a figurative development model, and thus as a
tool to embody the psychological and spiritual.
Another contemplative process I went through in the dance movement class that
made me comment later on in my journal was that Kundalini yoga, in distinction from
Hatha yoga, employs the subtle body energy, kundalini, to raise awareness to each centre
of consciousness present in the individual. However, the kundalini energy in its original
stage lies dormant, in a state of potentiality. It is only through the work of a creative
practice that it is activated and the latent potential released in full. This creative force–
the kundalini energy – is then conveyed by a conscious adept to the peak of human
evolution. However, intuitively, I feel that while dance movement and Kundalini yoga
215
share the idea of creativity as the fundamental base for their practice, Hatha yoga
transcends creativity by taking the adept on a journey of faithful observance to doctrines
that teach body and mind austerities, thus negating personal creativity. It is my personal
opinion that Kundalini yoga differs from Hatha yoga in the process and means of
reaching the ultimate aim of spiritual transcendence. Conversely, dance movement theory
is not specifically preoccupied with the spiritual transcendence of the dancer; however, it
places no limits on the creative process of the individual. A conclusive idea that I have is
that various types of yoga (Kundalini yoga, Hatha yoga, Patanjali yoga and so forth)
stand together within what is sometimes referred to as ―the yoga science‖ and are the
ultimate source of guidance for various type of adepts, each with a different
predisposition and different needs and possibilities. That is why, in my experience and
understanding, a true yoga adept seeks a specific Guru, rather than a specific type of
yoga.
Discussion and Conclusion
In my opinion, the ability to observe and embody patterns of internal body energy
and subsequent releases of blockage or stimulation of the free-flow of internal body
energy patterns, it is my conclusion that dance movement, with its aesthetic motifs and
other qualities such as the ability to relax the body and the mind, allows for creative
responses to take place and for energy to be set free to flow. However, within this
specific self-experiential laboratory, self-awareness was brought in from my personal
yoga experience. This accumulated experiential knowledge was what allowed me to
observe, with a heightened awareness, the subtle energy phenomenon. During the dance
movement classes, I felt my whole self, the corporeal, the psychological, and the
216
intuitional, engaged in experiencing. Examples of the perceived sensation that I intuited
as energy were superficial corporeal sensations such as blushing, flushing, tickling,
temperature, goose bumps and tingling; mental vibration-patterns such as emotions,
thoughts, feelings and moods; and, intuitional driving forces that created vivid awareness
of changes and transformation at distinct stages of consciousness. These stages of
consciousness were felt through a holistic personal identity that eschewed the tripartite
division of the self-composed body-mind and spirit (the tripartite human system is
understood here as a spectrum spanning from the personal psychological state governed
by material-psychological needs to transpersonal spiritual-energetic transcendence from
the material realms). So that I could interpret the self-experiential laboratory according to
the reviewed classic and classical meditational literature, I investigated subtle energy
flow, and found that, according to Indic texts, subtle energy flows from a lower energy-
consciousness centre to a higher one. In classic western psychology, this raising of
energy is described somewhat differently, according to the different schools of
psychology, but generally corresponds to a sense of personal development and growth. In
the case of transpersonal psychology, this flow is defined as an ‗expansion of
consciousness‘, also broadly known as an ‗altered state of consciousness‘. Possible ways
to measure this expansion of consciousness have already been indicated in the
introduction; however, it may be worth reiterating that general psychosomatic (e.g.,
emotional, mental and perceptual) changes occur (Deikman, 1963; Grof, 1975; Levine et
al., 1963; Tart, 1990, 1969). Thus, to recapitulate: the self-laboratory was able to
stimulate, similar to a tantric approach, body and mind. This permitted the self to re-enact
and perceive, to a certain degree, activated energy-patterns that function as a medium of
217
healing and transformation. In my opinion the different degrees of conscious awareness
are noticeable during work with the body and mind. However, there is a superior
observer--already identified in the Indic traditions, but also by notable psychologists such
as Freud and Jung—that is generally understood as transpersonal consciousness, where
the specific body-mind awareness is integrated and transcended. I feel that energy-
consciousness work is a compound that integrates and transcends. Moreover, from my
own experience, I believe that healing and transformation do not necessarily imply major
sublime life-events that reform our sense of reality entirely, in a short time. They can also
occur at a very slow pace in sensible, progression. Also, based on my own personal
experience of growth and transformation, I agree here with the major school of
psychology that suggests regression stages occur in the development of individuals.
Maslow (1970) terms these as ―Regression-Values‖ (pp. 97-99, appendix H); while
Meadow (1993) talks about the necessity of ―successively dealing with the tasks of each
stage‖ for ―growth‖ to occur (p. 68). In other words, the individual is prone to experience
critical stages that can raise temporary or permanent obstacles (e.g., illness and or
sufferings) that halt the individual‘s development. These obstacles can also cause relapse
to a prior stage (Meadow, 1993, p. 70). I will not discuss here the many implications that
these regressive development stages have, according to the different Indic meditational
doctrinal traditions. It suffices here to say that the Whole Medical System of yoga, which
operates within the concepts of subtle energy and the chakras developmental model,
acknowledges and understands these negative stages as symptomatic, recognizable signs
of blockage of energy, which eventually lead to illness of body and mind. In response,
yoga prescribes remedies which might consist of performing physical or breathing
218
exercises, chanting of a specific mantra, or performing other rituals or actions to reassert
the free-flow of energy, which can occur only when the individual achieves a certain
level of psycho-physical and spiritual purification. Also, Meadow (1993) affirms that:
Most Western models allow for regression under stress, saying that occasional
lower level behavior always remains possible. The yogic model considers it
possible to control completely the manifestation of energy at a particular level;
this level has then been absolutely transcended. (p. 70)
In respect to regression, I personally have experienced many regression stages,
and I believe these are a clear sign that there is a lack of integration and balance between
the direction of the body, mind and spirit.
Personally, when I experience the release of energetic blockage, I find an overall
improvement in the relationship between sensory and motor and receptive and
expressive. For example, occasionally, I find myself shifting from a situation of physical
and mental contraction, where I fold towards pain, discomfort, and an inability to be
receptive to the external and expressive, to a more balanced situation, in which I feel
comfortable, receptive, expressive, opened, stable and creative. When this occurs, there is
always an integral correspondence of physical and mental, receptive and expressive,
interpersonal, spiritual and transpersonal. I also believe that this connectedness can exist
at any stage of human evolution, as individuals can fulfil their unique potential in the
specific organism they are presently embodying. In regard to purification, I do agree with
the meditational literature that purification is a key to integration and self-realization. The
act of cleansing, at the physical, mental and spiritual levels, is the act of getting rid of the
unhealthy; thus removing an obstacle in the way of fulfilment and self-realization. This
219
requires a constant conscious effort to balance the personal, interpersonal and
transpersonal, which affirms the right of individuality within the universality of all things.
Purification makes one realize that they are one with the all.
The dance movement aesthetic experience is ―cognitive, perceptual, emotional,
and spiritual‖ (Hervey, 2000, p. 15), and awakens the ―sensation, emotion, and
imagination‖ (Hervey, 2000, p. 15). Within this mode of ‗artistic inquiry‘, the self-
experiential study determined that dance movement is validated because it generates
―active imagination‖ (Miller and Jung 2004, p. 24). It is further validated through the
emergence of psychic energy, which arises from stirring the unconscious through creative
representation or ―in the way of creative formulation‖ (p. 24) such as ―drawing, painting
... and even movements‖ (p. 24). In the dance movement laboratory, I personally
experienced the free-flow of internal body energy in response to blockage or stagnation.
Moreover, dance movements allowed me through methodology such as artistic inquiry to
influence uninformed as well as informed emotional material. The hermeneutic
phenomenological approach allowed me to describe and interpret, in an organized way.
My analysis of the observed patterns of subtle energy utilized the chakra integral
development model, by first identifying psychosomatic issues that were observed prior to
and during each dance movement section. Subsequently, I observed any discharge of
such psychosomatic symptoms. Although the researcher possessed a strong intuition in
assessing psychosomatic symptoms and some knowledge of main literature on
psychological interpretation of chakras, it was necessary to employ the reviewed
literature for a better analysis of symptoms and their relation to various chakras. Overall,
I reviewed a few leading authors, who wrote extensively on the chakra development
220
model, and I found many matching similarities in their content. For this specific study, I
have extensively used Meadow‘s (1991) understanding of the chakras, together with
other authors such as Breaux (1998), Judith (1987) Myss (1996), and Avalon (1974).
However, for the purposes of this thesis, I intended simply to communicate and re-pattern
my personal experiences with the process, by using an ever-increasing integral
psychological understanding of the psychosomatic issue that stands in the way of
personal development and spiritual growth (or well-being). Nevertheless, my attempt
should be understood as a learning process, in which I endeavour to interpret, through the
application of ready available psychological methods, the blockage or flow of energy in
the chakras. In other words, in this study, I have attempted to become aware of healing
and transformation or the stasis of these positive processes by using Applied Psychology,
a field unfamiliar to my personal and professional knowledge. My experience in spiritual
or energetic modalities such as Reiki and to certain extent yoga, is based purely on
cognitive knowledge (e.g., intuition, trust, ability to embody understanding in a non
verbal or non intellectual level, etc.). However, in order to keep such possibilities alive,
one has to adhere to a strict spiritual discipline, so that the human system remains
receptive to channelling such knowledge. I would be interested in conducting a similar
study, using participants who are highly advanced in a spiritual practice such as yoga, but
have no knowledge of ‗psychology‘, so that I could test to see whether their interpretation
of psychosomatic symptoms based on cognitive knowledge would match contemporary
psychological interpretations.
Finally, I believe that in a present day context, information needs to be shared
across boundaries of practice. Basically, there is a need for more interdisciplinary and
221
integral research, as integration holds answers and solutions for a more organic human
evolution.
222
CHAPTER 6: DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION
In this final chapter, I will consider seven interrelated aspects of my research and
then draw overall conclusions based upon my findings. First, I will evaluate the possible
meanings of the subtle body system; and then, I will look at what I have discovered about
consciousness and energy interrelations. Since consciousness is seriously complex, I will
dwell briefly on the conundrum of sorting out consciousness. Having, hopefully, built a
stable platform, I will return to the integral aims of this research and look at the chakra
system interpreted as an integral psychotherapeutic development model; then at the
implications of yoga and mantra modalities for integral psychology. At the penultimate
stage, I will discuss what I have learned about interpretative phenomenological analysis
of the subtle energy phenomenon; and draw conclusions about this methodology. Finally,
I will attempt to create unity, by drawing overall conclusions to my research. Subsequent
to my conclusions, and as a final act, I will provide a brief disclaimer, as I feel that I
might have sometimes throughout this thesis conveyed the false idea that an East-West
dichotomy exists.
Ontological Meaning of the Subtle Body System
During this thesis research, within the section ―Examination of Meditational
Literature‖ in chapter 4, I progressed from a preliminary stage of investigating ancient
Indic meditational literature in search of descriptions of existing models of the subtle
body system, to a subsequent comparative study of the dominant models presented in the
literature. I will now proceed to restate the detailed results of my comparative study of
the main subtle body systems before discussing its possible meanings.
223
In the classic meditational literature, two similar representations of the chakra
system model are presented, one from Buddhism and one from Hinduism. However, a
further result of this preliminary investigation established that, despite the lack of
unanimous agreement on the representation and assumed meaning of the models of the
subtle body system, there are nonetheless fundamental similarities to the main structures,
mechanics and purposes. The perennial element involved in the entire life process is
subtle energy; complex mechanics are implicated in the work of subtle energy; the work
of subtle energy is aimed at cleansing the subtle channels (nadis); free flow of life energy
releases blockages existing at the various centres of consciousness (chakras); and the
energetic flow is always ascending and corresponds to a sort of evolutionary psycho-
spiritual journey.
Some contemporary scholars on meditational literature, as we have seen, suggest
the importance of thinking about the perspective that the subtle body system or chakra
system should perhaps be viewed as a figurative rather than a literal tool used for
meditation. For example, in his 1996 writing, Flood asks ―whether such systems of
esoteric anatomy were meant to be understood in a literal or ontological [figurative]
sense‖ (p. 99). This query will be left unresolved in this thesis. Notwithstanding, there is
a need to emphasize here that a conclusion that favours the figurative understanding
would be based on the examination of contemporary meditational literature, where there
seems to be a predominant agreement that the representation of the subtle body system is
employed as a visualization tool in meditation, as an aid to and focus for the psycho-
spiritual journey the yogi adept has to traverse in an ascending motion, a sort of Eastern
psychological growth model. This model is prospected by many Western transpersonal
224
and integral psychologists as a psychotherapeutic model that can be used to assess and
resolve possible psychological stages in which individuals may find themselves stranded.
The individual that meditates upon the model of the chakra system can associate the need
to deal with certain psychological tasks in order to be able to move forward to the next
psychological stage of the growth development model (i.e., always ascending, with the
implication of healing and transformation). However, I favour a literal understanding of
the subtle body system, which I consider more likely to be the valid hypothesis. This
belief, which I cannot currently prove, is based, firstly, on the classic meditational
literature, where the initial descriptions of the chakra system are found. This literature
affirms that ancient seers discovered the subtle body system through a contemplative
process, during which they sensed such psychic-energetic centres and progressively drew
an illustrative map of their characteristic attributes. (Parenthetically, while some literature
holds that such knowledge has been passed on directly from the gods, I believe that these
accounts still include the contemplative aspect of human beings processing such
information.) Secondly, while denied by a scientific materialistic approach, this
conclusion is supported by an interpretative hermeneutic phenomenological approach, the
approach utilized in this thesis, which holds that the lived experience is valid. The
interpretative phenomenological analysis that I make is based on two primary sources,
the descriptive literature of the subtle energy phenomenon and my lived experience. As
regards the literature, we can look to, for example, the case of pundit Gopi Krishna, who,
in his 1971 autobiography, recounted extensively his lived experience with Kundalini
awakening or subtle energy phenomenon. And, as I have already discussed in other parts
of this thesis, we can look at my direct experience with the phenomenon of subtle energy.
225
My experience has enabled me to visualize, occasionally, specific chakras and to be
aware on a regular basis of the chakra system and subtle energy on the corporal, mental
and spiritual level. According to first person accounts and my experience, both the chakra
centre and subtle energy seem to respond to psychosomatic and spiritual, internal and
external stimulus that can increase, decrease or bring to a halt the flow of life-energy.
These stimuli can be controlled by contemplative techniques that directly or indirectly
influence the flow of energy, thus affecting the subtle body system‘s functionality that is
directly related with the psychosomatic health and spiritual well-being of individuals.
Flow of energy corresponds to improvement of health and/ spiritual well-being, and
blockage of energy correspond to poor health and/or spiritual regression.
Having said this, I acknowledge here that the literal hypothesis, although
corroborated by others‘ notorious and more significant qualitative testimony (e.g. Krisna,
1971), when confronted by a rigorous scientific materialistic methodology requires a
research methodology and instruments that produce more quantifiable/measurable data.
Nonetheless, I should also reiterate that, according to a hermeneutic phenomenological
approach, the qualitative case studies of individual/s that experience a given
phenomenon, (e.g., subtle energy in relation with healing and transformation) represent
an unquestionable reality for such individuals, and are thus factual and not figurative.
Moreover, if I had to prospect a final conclusion based on my interpretative
phenomenological analysis of subtle energy literature and personal experience with the
phenomenon, I would need to add that that, in order to be able to literally perceive the
subtle body system, the most sensible approach would be a full commitment to a practice
226
of realization designed to enhance the inner process of attuning oneself to these subtle
dimensions.
Finally, I believe, that one conclusion that more than others finds a general
acceptance, both within the examined literature (i.e., the ancient Indic and commentarial
meditational literature; present day interpretative and integrative therapeutic literature)
and my own experiential findings, is that both interpretations, whether we believe in a
figurative or literal existence of the subtle body system, do account for the ontological
capital importance of the subtle body system for personal development at the
psychosomatic and spiritual level. Thus, I propose that, regardless of the factual or
figurative meaning one can give to the subtle body system, the basic application of its
governing principles would be of great benefit for those individuals who are working for
the development and growth of others or themselves.
Consciousness and Energy Interrelations
So far, we should be clear that this subtle body system, arising from Eastern
classic literature, but also utilized in a variety of methodological approaches by
contemporary scholars, is governed by very complex phenomena. Clearly, it was not the
aim of this thesis to attempt a complex and far reaching explanation; instead, the aim was
to inspect and elucidate such resilient elements that permeate the phenomenon as its
working mechanisms. However, I have found the contemplation of subtle energy and
consciousness to be interesting and thought-provoking, both as regards the comparative
study and the overall interpretative phenomenological analysis. Since these concepts are
described recurrently in the Indic meditational literature, they have been a continuous
source of self contemplation during the entire process of writing this thesis.
227
These two concepts, which can also be thought of as two main mechanisms that
govern healing and transformation, form a theme that is the ‗interrelatedness between
consciousness and subtle energy‘. What remains ambiguous, as far I am concerned, is the
question of which mechanism stirs the other: Is consciousness, alone, responsible for
stirring or creating and governing subtle energy? Or, is life-energy the igniting impulse
from which consciousness emanates at each centre, each chakra of the subtle body
system?
From my study of the meditational literature, I gather that the activation of this
dormant subtle energy in the lower centre of consciousness, the genital area, is started by
a realization practice, or sadhana. As we have seen, the practice of realization consists,
for the most part, of a rigorous yogic practice that interestingly enough reflects the
ascending order that is a recurrent theme of all Indian spiritual traditions and many
Western psychological models of growth. First, the adept needs to work on aspects of the
gross body, for example the body has to be calmed by the performance of physical
postures or asanas. Then, the same work is required by the mind; exercises for focusing
the mind are performed for this purpose. When the foregoing has been accomplished,
breathing exercises, pranayamas, are supposed to stir subtle prana and also prepare the
adept for more advanced, sophisticated work in subtle practice, which includes the
chanting of mantras and the performance of rituals aimed at transforming and expanding
the consciousness of the adept. In short, once the gross body is purified or healed, subtle-
energy is stirred and human consciousness expands. However, it is my assumption that,
for any adept to take action towards the realization of a practice, whether physical, mental
or spiritual, s/he has to experience an expansion of consciousness, which leads to my
228
final understanding: that one has to look at consciousness and life energy as
interconnected elements – two faces of the some coin – in healing and transformation.
Overview
I would like to suggest that this discussion served perhaps as a prelude or the
groundwork for another important and controversial issue tackled in my essay: the
conundrum of defining and sorting out consciousness. I believe that the discussion of this
issue opens a space for each of us to reflect on how we perceive the lived world. The
notion that the perceived world is fundamentally subject to personal interpretation is
primary for the evaluation and understanding of the hermeneutic phenomenological
methodology used in this thesis. At the same time, sorting out consciousness also serves
as a basis for understanding the whole subtle energy phenomenon related to healing and
transformation. As I have discussed, life-energy and consciousness go hand in hand, and
both play an important role in delivering healing and transformation.
Incidentally, the spiritual aspect and, broadly, the approach that one has toward
consciousness are, in my opinion, important, as upon these, according to the meditational
literature, depends the process of healing and transformation that subtle energy is
supposed to deliver. In other words, we should not forget that the classic meditational
texts are scripture, to be taken on faith, which suggests that adepts trust the entire process.
I believe that the faith issue goes a bit astray from the main purposes of the research and
is too great of a dilemma to be attempted in this thesis, or, for that matter, in any
scholarly paper. Rather, belief should be left to each individual to reflect upon. However,
it suffices here to say that spirituality, referred to as an ultimate reality or transcendent
dimension of the world, or as an inner path enabling healing and transformation, or as the
229
―deepest values and meanings by which people live‖ (Sheldrake, 2007, pp. 1-2), is a
central point of the conundrum of sorting out consciousness.
Conundrum of Sorting Out Consciousness.
Determined to further investigate within the interdisciplinary framework of this
study, the many facets of the governing theoretical principle and practical aspects of the
subtle body system and its mechanics, I moved within this thesis from a reflective stage
to the acknowledgment that one single notion, namely consciousness, permeates directly
or indirectly the raison d'être of the overall Indian spiritual doctrines and is, furthermore,
―the central issue in current theorizing about the mind‖ (Van Gulick, 2009, ¶
Introduction). Thus, in the second stage of my research, I accepted that a further
investigation of the scientific understanding of structural models of consciousness was
indeed necessary. With this purpose in mind, within chapter 5, in the ‗Consciousness: A
Theoretical Study‘ section, I investigated and discussed variegated theoretical approaches
to the issue of consciousnesses. The scenarios of current researchers shift the focus back
and forth from Indic modes of understanding consciousness, which illustrates a thorough
knowledge of subtle energy as it relates to healing and transformation, to Western
science, which is governed by the need for quantifiable and reproducible experimental
results. Yet, in the ultimate analysis, after considering pro and contra of the variegated
theories spanning from mechanistic to spiritual understanding, I embraced a pioneering
scientific orientation known as integral theory (leading philosophers, scientists, and
educators that contributed to this theory include Aurobindo, Jean Gebser and Ken
Wilber); wherein, consciousness is studied by considering the full human spectrum of
spirituality, together with psychological and biological functioning. The idea of the
230
spectrum of human consciousness proposes that human consciousness evolves along the
ascent or axis of a spiritual evolution, predetermined by cosmological patterns describing
existence at large or personal patterns describing the development of the individual, or
both. Within this thesis, I leave out the theological debate over whether the theory of
spiritual evolution, reflected in the spectrum of consciousness model, has to be
understood as holistic, holding that higher realities emerge from and are not reducible to
the lower, idealist, holding that reality is primarily mental or spiritual, or non-dual,
holding that there is no ultimate distinction between mental and physical reality.
However, it is most important to mention here that transpersonal and integral
psychology advanced human models of development that expanded the holistic concept
of health, by integrating personal, interpersonal, and transpersonal concepts. In the next
section I will briefly describe how.
Chakra System: An Integral Psychotherapeutic Development Model
The integral theorists have designed a psychotherapeutic development model by
suggesting that the chakra subtle body system and the Western psychological system can
be understood, if not as similarly characterized by growth stages, at least as fitting well
together to produce an integral model that includes all the personal, interpersonal and
transpersonal growth stages. This suggestion proposes that the chakras system integrates
in such a way that the framework expands to include higher states of consciousness. This
integral model has been systematically advanced by such leading transpersonal
psychologists and therapists as Leskowitz (2008), Maslow (1970), Meadow (1993), and
Nixon (2001). This progressive theory has made a significant contribution to my
research, as it constitutes the grounds for applying interpretative phenomenological
231
analysis in the self-experiential study. In the larger context transpersonal and integral
modes of understanding consciousness as a spectrum encompass the notions of a tripartite
system and an energy-healing theory.
Having reached, as far as this thesis is concerned, a fairly comprehensive
understanding of the governing principles and structure of life-energy phenomenon, its
subtle body system and its mechanics; and having further identified the solution to the
conundrum of defining and sorting out consciousness within an integral framework,
which ultimately proposes the chakra system as a personal developmental model that
allows for a better appreciation of the phenomenon of consciousness--subtle energy in
healing and transformation, the section that follows will restate the scientific findings on
the study of the subtle body practices or the yogic practice of realization, sadhana
(Sadhana are, by definition, spiritual practices, including: meditation, chanting mantras,
and so forth, which are intended to develop an individual's inner life and a more holistic
self than a self defined by separate physical, mental and spiritual aspects).
The scientific findings relate to a positive response in psychophysical health and
spiritual well-being of yoga practitioners. However, due to the fact that the scientific
understanding of how subtle energy relates to psycho-physical health and spiritual well-
being is an issue that is being almost neglected in current studies, as the survey on
energy-based intervention clearly shows, I have within this thesis attempted to illustrate
that the subtle body practices are essentially energy-based modalities, and that the study
of applications of these subtle techniques require the understanding of possible
implications, mostly deduced by a comprehensive analysis of the Indic meditational
232
literature, and by further inclusion of such pioneering theories as sonic entrainment
theory.
Implication of Yoga and Mantra Modalities
In the section ‗Energy-Healing Theory: A study,‘ I have surveyed contemporary
scientific studies which remarkably show that an ever increasing body of evidence is
documenting that, through specific yogic subtle body practices such as chanting mantra
and performing breathing exercises, pranayamas, the individual is able to activate a
positive psychophysical response. Specifically, significant results were provided in such
areas as effective management of pain, anxiety, depression, and hostility, as well as
increased ability to relax, improved self-esteem, greater energy and enthusiasm for life,
and the ability to cope with stress. They also support alternative yogic mind-body
therapies as being non-invasive and safe modalities. On the basis of these results, such
yogic body-mind modalities as asanas, pranayamas, mantras and meditation are
progressively being incorporated into the health care system. This research also
delineates the now sustained point of view that, to provide the best assessment and care to
affected patients, mental, emotional, energetic, and spiritual dimensions need to be
incorporated into the physical one.
Also, studying the transformation of consciousness and subjective awareness
associated with various meditation techniques, in long-term meditation, requires
empirical research that should aim to study and characterize such changes using
psychological and physiological tests, and correlating them with subjectively experienced
changes in awareness reported by the advanced meditators. Thus, this final issue posits
the importance of further elaborating on the subtle body system as a transpersonal model
233
for transformation of consciousness that does not necessarily exclude the importance of
the personal psychophysical level, but simply adds other transpersonal levels such as
energetic, consciousness and spiritual toward supporting the theory of a spectrum of
consciousness.
Finally, I acknowledge the great difficulty that science has in effectively
measuring putative phenomenon such as subtle energy. Thus, it is my assumption that
yogic applications such as mantra have been entirely misconceived as simple mind-body
therapies. I feel that qualified scientists should be looking into ancient knowledge and
current scientific theories, and designing new experiments based upon this contemplative
and innovative knowledge. It my belief that, if researchers decide to tackle this area
firmly, using less explored and break-through knowledge, they should be able to gain a
greater understanding of the subtle energy phenomenon and subtle body practices. For
example, the experiments surveyed in this thesis, although able to confirm that chanting
mantras or breathing to a certain rhythm brings positive psychosomatic and spiritual
benefits to individuals, were unable to, and in some case unwilling to, investigate the
implications of why such modalities work. I have personally, previously, proposed,
following my analysis of the ancient literature, that yoga modalities such as mantra are
de facto described as energy-charged sounds. In an attempt to further my exploration into
possible implications of why the mantra modality works, I have endeavoured to link
ancient knowledge with the still relatively unexplored scientific theory based on ‗the
sonic entrainment law.‘ The sonic entrainment law observes that powerful rhythmic
vibrations, proper to sound, but also appropriately applied to breath or other rhythmic
phenomena, cause the less powerful vibrations of one entity to tune with the more
234
powerful vibrations of another. Mantras are undoubtedly sounds, and, if we admit, for the
various reasons expounded in meditational literature, for example that the methodical
recitation of Sanskrit Vedic hymns and sacred formulas, mantras, over thousands of years
have shown the potential of mantra to charge this sound with powerful vibrations, we can
assume that these sounds, by reason of the entrainment law, have the potential to effect
the function of individuals that systematically chant mantras. Therefore, we should not be
sceptical of the findings in the surveyed studies that sustain mantra meditation as
affecting physical correlates of the neurological activities in the brain and thus the whole
human system.
Intepretative Phenomenological Analysis of the Subtle Energy Phenomenon
In the finale of chapter 5 in the section Self-Experiential Study on Subtle Body
Patterns, I engaged in a self-experiential investigation of energy patterns and attempted to
interpret them into recognizable developmental meanings. I have done this based on
hermeneutic phenomenological directives that allowed for the employment of a
combination of personal practical skills and interpretative literature.
The coursework in dance movement was identified as an ideal self-experiential
laboratory, where creative body-mind expressions, like aesthetic experience, could be
enacted in delivering observable data on such things as subtle body energy patterns.
Specifically, the self-experiential laboratory demanded research that could gather
concrete data, albeit at a very qualitative, naturalistic and cognitive level, as intended by
Polit and Beck (2004). Working with body-mind disciplines can be overwhelming for
and demanding of any individual. In this specific study, besides being aware of the
physical and mental reactions naturally produced in the human organism, I had to observe
235
a third element, namely subtle energy. In the process of gathering this data, I relied
heavily on past experiential training in yogic and Reiki techniques and meditative
practices, through which I had learned to associate psychophysical symptoms such as
emotional distress, mental stress, and digestive ailments with energy blockages in
specific chakra centres.
However, I believe that the self-experiential laboratory was most important in
terms of observing subtle energy patterns. This was true, not only because at a subjective
cognitive level these observations corroborate the presence of subtle energy phenomenon
that can be recognised in variegated parallel and systematic patterns which shift between
corporeal, mental and spiritual awareness; but also, because the subsequent interpretative
phenomenological analysis required, aside from an ability for critical thinking, immersion
in a continuously contemplative state. This state requires engaging in direct experience,
knowing, not with body, mind or spirit; instead, knowing in pure consciousness,
holistically.
In summary, the dance movement laboratory was an attempt to open up new
explorative and therapeutic spaces in tantric ritual (Flood, 2006, p. 6). Highlights were
given to the significance of employing integral creative approaches as a unique way of
opening imagination and narrative that becomes a kind of action for personal healing and
transformation to take place. The intent was to allow the creative processes of inner
evaluation to be experienced by employing mixed modes of personal inquiry. For
example, the employment of the chakra system as a tool for conducting an interpretative
phenomenological analysis was possible because the application and integration with
Western models of psychological growth allows for further elaboration on integral
236
growth. Meadow, in her 1993 writing, rightly points out that a close parallel exists
between Western and yogic models of development:
Development progresses through the same arenas of concern in the same order:
survival and self-protection, sexual and sensual impulses, concern with power and
possessions, turning to issues of heart and responsibility, development of higher
sensitivities, and then a high level of personal integration. It must, however, be
noted that progression through stages of similar content in psychological models
does not mean the level of attainment that controlling the chakra energies means.
Rather, the completion of each chakra's work implies a prior high level of
personality integration in the areas related to that chakra. (p. 77)
To sum up, I employed an expressive body-mind intervention, contemporary
dance movement, as a medium for understanding tantric perspectives on dance and sound
as a ritualistic mode of enacting energy and developing consciousness. The employment
of body-mind and subtle energy techniques – from yoga and Reiki – aided the process of
insight into body-mind and energy patterns, which were recognized as positive or
negative thought patterns and consciously dissociated from. In addition, these techniques
allowed me to recognize blockages of energy and gave me the ability to work with these
energy-patterns in an attempt to attenuate or release blockages and ultimately transform
negative energy patterns into a positive response. Such positive responses raised my
energy level, allowing various psychophysical and spiritual phenomena to manifest. In
classic Western psychology, the term that describes the various phenomena is ―expansion
of consciousness.‖ This expansion of consciousness, also known as ―altered states of
consciousness‖ is measurable through changes in emotional expression, alterations in
237
thinking, an altered sense of time, an expansion of consciousness, and so forth (Deikman,
1963; Grof, 1975; Levine et al., 1963; Tart, 1990, 1969).
Conclusion to the Methodology
This thesis comprises a phenomenological inquiry. Descriptive phenomenology is
the lens that allowed me to describe ―the meaning of people‘s experience‖ (Polit and
Beck, 2004, p. 253), which in this study is textual. This descriptive focus was achieved in
the first stage through an in-depth analysis that considered the phenomenon within its
classic meditational literary traditions--the result was a synthetic model of the
phenomenon. Hermeneutic phenomenology is the lens that allowed me to interpret the
phenomenon of the subtle energy in healing and transformation in a present-day context,
which in this study is experiential. The hermeneutic focus was achieved in the second
stage, through an Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis that considered the
phenomenon first, within its present-day literary interpretations, which engaged fields
such as philosophy, psychology and health; and, second, within a dance movement
laboratory, which engaged the self-experiential study.
I will now discuss further the hermeneutic phenomenological approach as it
marks this in-depth study. This thesis is a hermeneutic phenomenological study, as ‗I‘ the
researcher attempt to come in contact with the phenomenon of subtle energy in relation
with healing and transformation and understand the extremely varied and divergent
religious data existing around the phenomenon. The hermeneutics principles used are in
line with those suggested by Palmer and Heidegger (1969), Polit and Beck (2004) and
other hermeneutic phenomenologists. For example, with reference to the present-day
literary interpretation this thesis is in line with the phenomenological approach outlined
238
by Kristensen (1971) and Palmer and Heidegger (1969). Kristensen (1971) states that
phenomenology seeks the ―meaning that the religious phenomena have for the believers
themselves‖ (p. 11), which correspond to the descriptive approach to phenomenology;
however, Kristensen (1971) further argues that phenomenology is not complete in
grouping or classifying the phenomenon according to their (descriptive) meanings, but in
the act of understanding (hermeneutics) (p. 11). Kristensen (1971) explains,
―Phenomenology has as its objects to come as far as possible into contact with and to
understand the extremely varied and divergent religious data‖ (p. 11). Palmer and
Heidegger (1969) believe that ―one of the essential elements for an adequate
hermeneutical theory, and by extension adequate theory of literary‖ (p. 8) should be a
―broad conception of interpretation itself‖ (p. 8). They further affirm that hermeneutics is
a methodology of choice when interpreting texts (texts in a broad sense, it could mean
any accounted written experience) (p. 8).
I found that only through a contemporary view was I able to make sense of the
hermeneutic meaning of past truths. The openness of interpretation proved very liberating
and provided me with a significant stimulus as I attempted to integrate classic textual
accounts on the phenomenon of subtle energy in healing with such contemporary views
as those expounded by integral philosophers, transpersonal theorists, healthcare
professional and so forth.
Purposely, in this study I dissect the phenomenon and interpret its details as seen
through the eyes of ancient yogi adepts (past experiencers accounts=descriptive
phenomenology), by utilizing their surviving scriptures (tantras). However, later on, I
attempt to reassemble the dissected phenomenon within the context of a contemporary
239
health system. I do this by borrowing heavily from such contemporary holistic and
integral principles as energy-based therapies that dominate the complementary and
alternative health care approaches to healing, and which are currently working their way
into the traditional health care systems.
To give an example that could explain the above, yogic practice that was adopted
by ancient yogis resulted in the scientific discovery of energy-pattern stimulation.
Nevertheless, in a contemporary context, distant from, for example, societal and cultural
modus operandi of the yogis, certain techniques could prove less effective or obsolete; in
contrast, we can argue that new techniques that account for the new modus operandi of a
society and culture could be more effective in delivering important results. Purposely, in
my self-experiential study on subtle energy patterns, I choose to interpret principles of the
tantric practice in which the body is ―central in the quest for self-knowledge‖ (Fields,
2001, p. 34) and is considered ―the quintessence of the physioconscious creation as the
vehicle of spiritual transformation‖ (p. 35). In tantric thought a close relation exists
between body and spirit. The spirit manifests through the body its qualities, and the
energy is the conductor of the spiritual manifestation in the material world (Fields, 2001,
p. 6). Thus, in the self-experiential study, I intended to experiment with the aid of a
somatic practice such as dance movement on the body as a means of channelling subtle
energy and thereby translating into current understanding the tantric thought of the
physical body as a laboratory of life and the vehicle through which motional,
psychological and spiritual self growth are expressed. I have described the lived
experience of the phenomenon in a journal, subsequently structured the information in
240
relation to psychophysical data, and finally interpreted the data by stressing the
importance of Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis procedures.
Overall Conclusion
My final, overall conclusion of the phenomenon under scrutiny, based on an
Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis of the interdisciplinary literature and a self-
experiential laboratory, is that it is indeed likely there is much more than speculative
thought behind the classical yoga and tantric literature on the existence of a subtle energy
and its relation to healing and transformation. The main achievement of the examination
of ancient Eastern meditational literature was the drawing of a broad outline on the body
of knowledge that includes directives on the controlled arousal of subtle energy, achieved
through intense yogic subtle body practice. Moreover, from the findings expounded in the
surveyed experiments and my self-experiential laboratory, there is a relationship between
yogic subtle practices and healing and transformation. This justifies the employment of
mind-body and energy-based modalities. Finally, further studies should investigate the
multidimensionality of human beings, since a multidimensional framework would
provide a significantly more effective application of energy-based modalities.
In the scientific world, the ever increasing number of experiments conducted on
specific practitioners of Eastern body-mind and energy-based modalities and spiritual
practice such as yoga, mantra, meditation and pranayamas is resulting, over time, in
findings that confirm and reconfirm the occurrence of positive psychosomatic and
spiritual changes achieved through these practices. Healthcare professionals should
employ such scientific data to offer highly effective solutions that allow, for example,
individuals to manage their own health, vitality and healing. Noteworthy, the research
241
further suggests that the health care system should acknowledge as fundamental the
psycho-spiritual assessment of the patient and actively investigate spiritual principles
surrounding such Whole Medical Systems as yoga.
Disclaimer
For the sake of this study, I might have sometimes conveyed throughout the thesis
the idea that a dichotomy exists between Eastern and Western spirituality, science and
alternative medicine. However, I realize that a better case can be made against this myth
of an east-west dichotomy. The reality is that spirituality and science are not bound by
east-west dichotomies. Further, fanciful metaphysical healing systems are not limited to
Eastern cultures. For example, homeopathy, herbalism and chiropracty all derive from the
West. Similarly, spiritual traditions as an insight into understanding the true nature of the
human phenomenon are not limited to the East, for example, Western cultures are rich in
a broad spectrum of spiritual traditions. This includes, but is not limited to, Western
hermetic tradition, Western mysticism, Western inner tradition, Western occult tradition,
and the Western mystery traditions that includes the very foundation of science as we
know it. These are alchemy, theosophy, herbalism, occult tarot, astrology,
Rosicrucianism and Western forms of ritual magic. These traditions do not have one
source or unifying text, nor do they adhere to a specific, unifying dogma; instead, they
place their emphasis on inner knowledge or Gnosis. In reference to the false idea that
Eastern knowledge is not scientific, again, a strong case refutes such claims. It suffices
here to say that I believe that the issue is an epistemological concern. In particular,
theories of knowledge are concerned with whether or not there is more than one way of
acquiring knowledge, and if such methods for seeking knowledge can be improved upon
242
(Williams, 2001). Regardless, there is unanimous agreement that all epistemologies are
based on some or all of four basic premises, which are logic, intuition, authority, and
observation (Graziano and Raulin, 1993, pp. 8, 16, 115, 125-126, 143). Thus, we can
argue that every knowledge system, including Western science and Eastern traditional
knowledge, utilizes some or all of these four basic premises. What defines each
knowledge system is how they use these premises to distinguish truth from fiction. I
argue throughout this thesis that an integral approach where both Eastern and Western
knowledge can be brought together is taking roots in the Western scientific world, thus
confirming that there must be scientific method in both societies.
243
REFERENCES
Adler, J. (1999). From seeing to knowing. In P. Pallaro (Ed.), Authentic Movement: A
collection of essays (pp. 160-169). Philadelphia, PA: Jessica Kingsley Publisher.
Adler, J. (2007). From seeing to knowing. In P. Pallaro (Ed.), Authentic Movement: A
collection of essays (Rev. ed., pp. 260-269). Philadelphia, PA: Jessica Kingsley
Publisher.
Aguirre, M. G. (1998). Health-related quality-of-life in men with HIV disease.
Unpublished Master's Thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, CA.
Alvin, J. (1975). Music therapy. London: Hutchinson
Arambula, P., Peper, E., Kawakami, M., & Gibney, K. H. (2001). The physiological
correlates of kundalini yoga meditation: A study of a yoga master. Applied
Psychophysiology and Biofeedback, 26(2), 147-153.
Aryan, K.C. (1980). The little goddesses (matrikas). New Delhi, India: Rekha Prakashan.
Ashley-Farrand, T. (2006). Chakra mantras: Liberate your spiritual genius through
chanting. Newbury, MA: Weiser.
Aurobindo, G. (1990). The life divine. Wilmot, WI: Lotus Light Publication.
Aurobindo, G. (1993). The integral yoga: Sri Aurobindo's teaching and method of
practice. Pondicherry, India: Sri Aurobindo Ashram Trust.
Avalon, A. (1951). Shakti and Shakta essays and addresses on the Shakta Tantrashastra.
Madras, India: Ganesh.
244
Avalon, A. (1974). - - -
pañcaka: Two works on Laya-yoga. New York. Dover Publication. (First published
in 1919 by Luzac)
Avalon, A. (1981). The Tantraraja Tantra (L. Shastri, Ed., A. Avalon, Trans.) Delhi,
India: Motilal Banarsidass.
Baijal, S., & Srinivasan N. (2009). Theta activity and meditative states: spectral changes
during concentrative meditation (tech. Rep.), Allahabad, India: University of
Allahabad, Centre of Behavioral and Cognitive Sciences. Retrieved February 13,
2010, from URL = http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19626355.
Bandyopadhyay, P. (1990). The goddess of tantra (2nd ed.). Calcutta, India: Punthi
Pustak.
Banerji, S. C. (1992). New light on tantra: Account of some tantras, both Hindu and
Buddhist, alchemy in tantra, tantric therapy, list of unpublished tantras. Calcutta,
India: Punthi Pustak.
Baum, A., & Posluszny, D. (1999). Health psychology: Mapping biobehavioral
contributions to health and illness. Annual Review of Psychology, 50, 137-163.
Beck, G. L. (2006). Sacred sound: Experiencing music in world religions. Waterloo, ON:
Wilfred Laurier University Press.
Bergson, H. (1998). Creative evolution. Mineola, NY: Dover.
Bernardi, L., Sleight, P., Bandinelli, G., Cencetti, S., Fattorini, Wdowczyc-Szulc, J., and
Lagi, A. (2001). Effect of rosary prayer and yoga mantras on autonomic
cardiovascular rhythms: Comparative study. British Medical Journal, 323, 1446-
245
1449. Retrieved February 25, 2010, from URL =
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC61046/).
Bhattacharyya, N. N. (1982). History of the tantric religion: An historical, ritualistic, and
philosophical study. New Delhi, India: Manohar Publications.
Blofeld, J. (1977). Mantras: Sacred words of power. New York: E. P. Dutton.
Bormann, J. E., & Carrico, A. W. (2009). Increases in positive reappraisal coping during
a group-based mantram intervention mediate sustained reductions in anger in HIV-
positive persons. International Journal of Behavioural Medicine, 16, 74–80.
Bowman, K. (2008). Integral neoclassical economic growth. Journal of Integral Theory
and Practice, 3(4), 17- 38.
Brady, M. J., Peterman, A. H., Fitchett, G., Mo, M., & Cella, D. (1999). A case for
including spirituality in quality of life measurement in oncology. Psycho-Oncology,
8, 417-428.
Brahmacharini, U. (1990). A brief dictionary of Hinduism. Hollywood, CA: Vedanta
Press.
Breaux, C. (1998). Journey into consciousness: The chakras, tantra and Jungian
psychology. Delhi, India. Motilal Banarsidass Publishers.
Bunt, L. (1994). Music therapy: An art beyond words. London: Routledge.
Campbell, J. (1968). The masks of God: Oriental mythology. New York: Viking Penguin.
Campbell, J. (1991). The power of myth. (B. D. Moyers, Ed.). New York: Random
House.
Caplan, M., Hartelius, G., & Rardin, M. A. (2003). Contemporary viewpoints on
transpersonal psychology. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 35(2), 143–162.
246
Carleton, J. A. (2002). Body, Self, and Soul: The evolution of a wholistic psychotherapy.
Body Psychotherapy Journal, 2, 30–39.
Carson, J. W., Carson, K. M., Porter, L. S., Keefe, F. J., Shaw, H., & Miller, J. A. (2007).
Yoga for women with metastatic breast cancer (MBC): Results from a pilot study.
Journal of Pain Symptom Management, 33(3), 331–341.
Carter, O., Presti, D., Callistemon, C., Liu, G. B., Ungerer, Y., & Pettigrew, J. D. (2005).
Meditation alters perceptual rivalry in Tibetan Buddhist monks. Current Biology,
15(11), R412–413.
Chaudhuri, H. (1974). Being, evolution, and immortality: An outline of integral
philosophy. Wheaton, IL: The Theosophical Publishing House.
Chodorow, J. (1991). Dance therapy and depth psychology: the moving imagination.
London: Routledge.
Cicuzza, C. (2001). The Laghutantratika by Vajrapani: A critical edition of the Sanskrit
text. Rome: Serie Orientale Roma.
Cohen, M. Z., & Omery, A. (1994). Schools of phenomenology: Implication for research.
In J. M. Morse (Ed.), Critical Issues in Qualitative Research Methods (pp. 136–
157). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Cornell, J. (1994). Mandala: Luminous symbols for healing. Wheaton, IL: Theosophical
Publishing House.
Creswell, J. W. (2007). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five
approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE.
Dacher, E. (2006). Integral health: The path to human flourishing. Laguna Beach, CA:
Basic Health Publication.
247
Dasgupta, S. B. (1974). An introduction to tantric Buddhism (2nd ed.). Calcutta, India:
Calcutta University Press.
Deikman, A. J. (1963). Experimental meditation. The Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 136(4), 329–343.
Deikman, A. J. (1966). Implications of experimentally induced contemplative meditation.
The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 142, 101–116.
Dennett, C. D. (2005). Sweet dreams: Philosophical obstacles to a science of
consciousness. London: Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Dhargyey, N. (1985). A commentary on the Kālacakra tantra (I. V. Jakić, Ed, A.
Wallace, Trans.). Dharmasala, India: Library of Tibetan Works and Archives.
Dorland, W. A. N. (2007). Dorland’s medical dictionary. Retrieved February 15, 2010,
from URL =
http://www.mercksource.com/pp/us/cns/cns_hl_dorlands_split.jsp?pg=/ppdocs/us/c
ommon/dorlands/dorland/six/000072074.htm.
Douglas, N. (1970). Tantra yoga. New Delhi, India: Munshiram Manoharlal
Douillard, J. (2004). The encyclopedia of ayurvedic massage. Berkeley, CA: North
Atlantic Books.
Dychtwald, K. (1986). Bodymind. New York: Penguin Putnam.
Dyczkowski, Mark, S. G. (1987). The doctrine of vibration: An analysis of the doctrines
and practices of Kashmir shaivism. Delhi [u.a.]: Motilal Banarsidass.
Eliade, M. (1973). The sacred in the secular world. Cultural Hermeneutics, 1, 101–113.
Eliade, M. (1969). Yoga: Immortality and freedom (2nd ed., W. R. Trask, Trans.).
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
248
Evans-Wentz, W. Y. (1935). Tibetan yoga and secret doctrines. London: Oxford
University.
Farrow, G. W., & Menon, I. (1992). The concealed essence of the hevajra tantra: With
the commentary yogaratnamala. Delhi, India: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers.
Feuerstein, G. (1997). The Shambhala encyclopaedia of yoga. Boston, MA: Shambala
Publishing House.
Feuerstein, G. (2001). The yoga tradition: Its history, literature, philosophy, and
practice. London: Hohm Press.
Feuerstein, G. (2003). The deeper dimension of yoga: Theory and practice. Boston, MA:
Shambala Publishing House.
Fields, G. P. (2001). Religious therapeutics: Body and health in yoga, Āyurveda, and
tantra. Albany: SUNY Press.
Fish, S. (1993). Therapeutic Touch: Can we trust the data? Journal of Christian Nursing,
10(3), 6–8.
Flood, G. (1996). An introduction to Hinduism. Cambridge, UK. Cambridge University
Press.
Flood, G. (2002). The purification of the body in tantric ritual representation. Indo
Iranian Journal, 45(1), 25–45.
Flood, G. (2005). The Blackwell companion to Hinduism. Oxford, UK: Blackwell
publishing.
Flood, G. (2006). The tantric body: The secret tradition of Hindu religion. New York: I.
B. Tauris.
249
Fraleigh, S. H. (1987). Dance and the lived body. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh
Press.
Franklin, E. N. (1996). Dance imagery for technique and performance. Champaign, IL:
Human Kinetics.
Frawley, D., & Vedacharya, P. (2008). Yoga and Ayurveda: A call for a complete yogic
system of medicine. International Journal of Yoga Therapy, 18, 21-23.
Gibbs, R. (2007). Where‘s the missing body? A puzzle for cognitive science. In H. Cohen
& B. Stemmer (Eds.), Science direct consciousness and cognition: fragments of
mind and brain (pp. 140-157). London: Academic Press
Giorgi, A. (2000). The similarities and difference between descriptive and interpretative
methods in scientific phenomenological psychology. In B. Gupta (Ed.), The
empirical and the transcendental: A fusion of horizons (pp. 61-76). Lanham, MD:
Rowman & Littlefield.
Goldman, J. S. (1991). Sonic entrainment. In D. G. Campbell (Ed.), Music: Physician for
times to come (pp. 217-233). Wheaton, IL: Quest.
Goldman, J. (1992). Sonic entrainment. In R. Spintge & R. Droh (Eds.). MusicMedicine
(pp. 194-208). St. Louis, MO: MMB Music.
Graziano, A. M., & Raulin, M. L. (1993). Research methods: A process of inquiry (2nd
ed.). New York: Harper Collins.
Grof, S. (1975). Realms of the human unconscious: Observations from LSD research.
MI: University of Michigan.
Grof, S. (1988). The adventure of self-discovery: Dimensions of consciousness and new
perspectives in psychotherapy. New York: SUNY Press.
250
Grof, S. (2000). Psychology of the future: Lessons from modern consciousness research.
Albany: SUNY press.
Grow, G.. (1990). Writing and multiple intelligences. Presentation given at the annual
meeting of the Association for Educators in Journalism and Mass Communication.
(ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED 406 643). Retrieved February 15,
2010, from URL = http://www.longleaf.net/ggrow/7In/7IntelIndex.html.
Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. (1994). Competing paradigms in qualitative research. In N.
K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (pp. 105-117).
London: SAGE Publications.
Guenther, H. V. (1972). The Tantric view of life. Berkeley, CA: Shambala Publications.
Guenther, H. V. (1986). The life and teaching of Naropa. Boston, MA: Shambhala
Publications.
Guignon, C. (2009). Becoming a person: Hermeneutic phenomenology‘s contribution.
New Ideas in Psychology, doi:10.1016/j.newideapsych.2009.11.005
Hankey, A. (2006). Studies of advanced stages of meditation in the Tibetan Buddhist and
Vedic traditions: A comparison of general changes. eCAM, 3(4), 513–521.
Heidegger, M., Macquarrie, J., & Robinson, E. (2005). Being and time. Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Hervey, W. L. (2000). Artistic inquiry in dance/movement therapy: Creative alternatives
for research. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas publisher.
Humphrey, N. (2006). Seeing red: A study in consciousness. London: The Belknap Press
of Harvard University press.
251
Huxley, A. (1969). The perennial philosophy. New York: Harper and Row. (Original
work published 1945)
Janowiak, J. J., & Hackman, R. (1994). Meditation and college students‘ self-
actualization and rated stress. Psychol. Rep., 75, 1007–1010.
Judith, A. (1987). Wheels of life: A user’s guide to chakra system. St. Paul, MI:
Llewellyn.
Judith, A. (2004). Eastern body, Western mind: Psychology and the chakras system as a
path to the Self (Rev. ed.). Berkeley, CA: Celestial Arts.
Jung, C. G. (1962). Symbols of Transformation: An analysis of the prelude to a case of
schizophrenia (Vol. 2, R. F. C. Hull, Trans.). New York: Harper & Brothers.
Jung, C. G. (1971). Psychological types, collected works (Vol. 6). Princeton, NJ:
Princeton University Press. (Original work published 1921)
Jung, C. G. (1990). Two essays on analytical psychology. London: Routledge.
Jung, C. G. (1996). The psychology of kundalini yoga: Notes of the seminar given in 1932
by C. G. Jung (S. Shamdasani, Ed.). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Jung, C. G., Dell, W.S., & Baynes, C.F. (2001). Modern man in search of a soul (2nd ed.,
Rev. ed.) Oxon, UK: Routledge. (First published in 1993 by Kegan Paul)
Kak, S. C. (1997). On the science of consciousness in ancient India. Indian Journal of
History of Science, 32,105–120.
Katz, J. B. (2000). Music therapy: some possibilities in the Indian tradition. In P. Horden
(Ed.), Music as medicine: The history of music therapy since antiquity (pp. 84-100).
Brookfield, VT: Ashgate.
252
Khalsa, C. S. (2006). Effects of a yoga lifestyle intervention on performance-related
characteristics of musicians: A preliminary study. Med Sci Monit, 12(8), 25–31.
Khalsa, S., Shorter, S., Cope, S., Wyshak, G., & Sklar, E. (2009). Yoga ameliorates
performance anxiety and mood disturbance in young professional musicians.
Applied Psychophysiology Biofeedback, 34, 279–289.
Kiecolt-Glaser, J.K., McGuire, L., Robles, T.F., & Glaser, R. (2002). Emotions,
morbidity, and mortality: New perspective from psychoneuroimmunology. Annual
Review of Psychology, 53, 83–107.
Knott, K. (1998). Hinduism: A very short introduction. Oxford, NY: Oxford University
Press.
Koenig, H. G., McCullough, M. E., & Larson, D. B. (2001). Handbook of religion and
health. New York: Oxford University Press.
Krieger, D. (2002). Therapeutic touch: Transpersonal healing. New York: Lantern
Books.
Krishna, G. (1971). Kundalini: The evolutionary energy in man. Berkeley, CA:
Shambhala Publications.
Kristensen, B. W. (1971). The Meaning of religion: Lectures in the phenomenology of
religion ( J.B. Carman, Trans.). The Haugue, Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff.
Kuhn, T. S. (1961). The function of measurement in modern physical science. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Küpers, M. W. (June 2009). The status and relevance of phenomenology for integral
research. Integral Review, 5(1), 51–95.
253
Lajoie, D. H., & Shapiro, S. I. (1992). Definitions of transpersonal psychology: The first
twenty-three years. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 24 (1), 79–98.
Lavezzoli, P. (2006). The dawn of Indian music in the West. New York: Continuum.
Lee, M. M., Lin, S. S., Wrensch, M. R., Adler, S. R., & Eisenberg, D. (2000).
Alternative Therapies Used by Women With Breast Cancer in Four Ethnic
Populations. Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 92(1), 42-47.
Lessing, F. D., & Wayman, A. (1978). Introduction to the Buddhist tantric systems (2nd
ed.). Delhi, India: Motilal Banarsidass.
Lehmann, D., Faber, P.L., Achermann, P., Jeanmonod, D., Gianotti, L. R. R.,
& Pizzagalli, D. (2001). Brain sources of EEG gamma frequency during
volitionally meditation-induced, altered states of consciousness, & experience of the
self. Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging Section, 108, 111-121.
Leskowitz, E. (2008). Energy-based therapies for chronic pain. In J. F. Audette & A.
Bailey (eds.), Integrative Pain Medicine: The science and practice of
complementary and alternative medicine in pain management (pp. 225–241).
Totowa, NJ: Humana Press.
Levine, J., Ludwig, A. M., & Lyle, W. H., Jr. (1963). The controlled psychedelic state.
American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 6, 163–164.
Lewis, P. P. (2007). Authentic Movement as active imagination. In P. Pallaro (Ed.),
Authentic Movement (pp. 74-79). Philadelphia, PA: Jessica Kingsley.
Limbrick, G. (1991). The hidden Significance of sound. In D. G. Campbell (Ed.), Music:
Physician for times to come (pp. 307-316). Wheaton, IL: Quest.
254
Loevinger, J. (March 1966). The meaning and measurement of ego development. Amer.
Psychologist, 21(3), 195-206.
Loevinger, J. (1976). Ego development. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Ludwig, A. M. (1966). Altered states of consciousness. Archives of General Psychiatry,
15(3), 225–234.
Gheranda, & Mallison, J. (2004). The Gheranda Samhita: The original Sanskrit and an
English translation. Woodstock, NY: YogaVidya.com.
Mallison, J. (2007). The Shiva Samhita: A critical edition and English translation.
Woodstock, NY: YogaVidya.com.
Maslow, A. H. (1964). Religions, values, and peak experiences. Columbus, OH: Ohio
State University.
Maslow, A. H. (1968). Toward a psychology of being (2nd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Maslow, A. H. (1970). Religions, values, and peak experiences (2nd ed.). New York: The
Viking Press.
McNiff, S. (1987). Research and scholarship in the creative arts therapies. The Arts in
Psychotherapy, 14(2), 285–292.
McNiff, S. (1998). Art-based research. London: Jessica Kingsley.
McNiff, S. (2004). Research in new keys: An introduction to the ideas and methods of
arts-based research. Journal of Pedagogy Pluralism and Practice, 9. Retrieved
online on November 16, 2009, from URL =
http://www.lesley.edu/journals/jppp/9/index.html.
Meadow, M. J. (1993). Yogic chakra symbols: Mirrors of human mind/heart. Journal of
Religion and Health, 32(1), 67–78.
255
Miller, J. C., & Jung, C. G. (2004). The transcendent function: Jung's model of
psychological growth through dialogue with the unconscious. Albany, NY: SUNY
press.
Myss, C. (1996). Anatomy of the spirit: The seven stages of power and healing. New
York: Three Rivers Press.
Murray, M. ( 1995). The mystery of mantra: Mantra Yoga - transformation by conscious
sound. Harmony: New Approaches to Cancer, 12. Retrieved from Alt HealthWatch
database.
Newberg, A. B., & D‘Aquili, E. G. (1999). The mystical mind: Probing the biology of
religious experience. Minneapolis, MN: Fortress Press.
Newberg, A. B., D‘Aquili, E. G., & Rause, V. (2002). Why God won’t go away: Brain
science and the biology of belief. New York: Ballantine Books.
Newham, P. (1999). The healing voice: How to use the power of your voice to bring
harmony into your life. Boston: Elements Books
Newham, P. (1999). Using voice and song in therapy: The practical application of voice
movement therapy. London: Jessica Kingsley.
Nixon, G. (2001). Using Wilber‘s transpersonal model of psychological and spiritual
growth in alcoholism treatment. Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly, 19(1), 79–95.
Noack, A. (1992). On a Jungian approach to dance movent theraphy. In H. Payne (Ed.),
Dance movement therapy: Theory and practice (pp. 182–201). London: Routledge.
Olds, L. E. (1992). Metaphors of interrelatedness: Toward a systems theory of
psychology. Albany, NY: SUNY Press.
Ornstein, R. (1972). The psychology of consciousness. New York: Viking.
256
Ozsoy, M., & Ernst, E. (1999). How effective are complementary therapies for HIV and
AIDS? A systematic review. International Journal of Sexually Transmitted Disease
and AIDS, 10, 629–635.
Palmer, R. E., & Heidegger, M.(1969). Hermeneutics: Interpretation theory in
Schleiermacher, Dilthey, Heidegger. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.
Paloutzian, R. F., & Ellison, C. W. (1982). Loneliness, spiritual well-being and quality of
life. In L.A. Peplau & D. Perlman (Eds.), Loneliness: A sourcebook for current
therapy (pp. 224–237). New York: Wiley-Interscience Publication.
Pandit, M. P. (1959). Kundalini yoga: A brief study of Sir John Woodroffe’s “The Serpent
Power”. Madras, India: Ganesh & Co.
Payne, H. (Ed.). (1992). Dance movement therapy: Theory and practice. London:
Routledge.
Payne, H. (2006). Introduction: Embodiment in action. In H. Payne (Ed.), Dance
movement therapy: Theory, research and practice (pp. 1–16). London: Routledge.
Polit, D., & Beck, C. T. (2004). Nursing research: Principles and methods. Philadelphia,
PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
Radha, S. S. (2005). Mantras: Words of power. Kootenay Bay, BC: Timeless.
Radha, S. S. (2006). Hatha yoga: The hidden language, symbols, secrets and metaphors.
Kooteney Bay, BC: Timeless books.
Rama, S. Ballentine, R., & Ajaya S. (1976). Yoga and psychotherapy. Honesdale, PA:
The Himalayan International Institute of Yoga Science and Philosophy.
Reed, P. G. (1986). Religiousness in terminally ill and health adults. Research in Nursing
and Health, 9(1), 35–41.
257
Rennie, B. S. (2007). Mircea Eliade and the perception of the sacred in the profane:
Intention, reduction, and cognitive theory. The Finnish Society for the Study of
Religion. 43(1), 183–208.
Reynolds, B. (2004). Embracing reality: The integral vision of Ken Wilber. New York:
Penguin.
Rogers, N. H. (1993). Creative connection: Expressive arts as healing. Palo Alto, CA:
Science and Behavior Books.
Russil, P. (2004). The yoga of sound: Healing and enlightenment through the sacred
practice of mantra. Novato, CA: New World.
Samuel, G. (1989). The body in Buddhist and Hindu tantra: Some Notes. Religion, 19(3),
197–210.
Samuel. G. (2008). The origins of yoga and tantra: Indic religions to the thirteenth
Century. New York [u.a.]: Cambridge University Press
Saraswati, S. S.. (1996). Asana, pranayama, mudra, and bandha. Bihar, India: Yoga
publication trust.
Satprem. (1968). Sri Aurobindo: Or the adventure of consciousness. New York: Harper
& Row.
Seeman, T.E., Dubin, L.F., & Seeman, M. (2003). Religiosity/spirituality and health: A
critical review of the evidence for biological pathways. American Psychological
Association, 58(1), 53–63.
Self-realization. (2010). In Merriam-Webster Online Dictionary. Retrieved July 12, 2010,
from URL = http://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/self-realization.
Sheldrake, P. (2007). A brief history of spirituality. Oxford, UK: Wiley-Blackwell.
258
Siegel, D. J. (2001). Toward an interpersonal neurobiology of the developing mind:
Attachment relationships, ―mindsight‖, and neural integration. Infant Mental Health
Journal, 22(1-2), 67–94.
Singh, J. (Ed.). (1979). The Vijnanabhairava or divine consciousness: A treasury of 112
types of yoga. Delhi, India: Motilal Banarsidass.
Singh, J. (1988). Siva sutras: The yoga of supreme identity. Delhi, India: Motilal
Banarsidass.
Singh, J. (1989). A trident of wisdom: Translation of paratrisika-vivarana of
Abhinavagupta. Albany, NY: SUNY Press.
Singh, S., Kyizom, T., Singh, K.P., Tandon, O.P., & Madhu, S.V. (2008). Influence of
pranayamas and yoga-asanas on serum insulin, blood glucose and lipid profile in
type 2 diabetes. Indian Journal of Clinical Biochemistry, 23(4), 365–368.
Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological
analysis: Theory, method and research. London: SAGE Publication.
Snellgrove, D. L. (1959). The Hevajra tantra: A critical study. London: Oxford
University Press.
Sovatsky, S. (1998). Words from the soul: Time, East/West spirituality, and
psychotherapeutic narratives. Albany, NY: SUNY Press.
Sowell, R., Moneyham, L., Hennessy, M., Guillory, J., Demi, A., & Seals, B. (2000).
Spiritual activities as a resistance resource for women with human
immunodeficiency virus. Nursing Research, 49(2), 73–82.
Staunton, T. (Ed.). (2002). Body psychotherapy. East Sussex, UK: Brunner-Routledge.
259
Stromsted, T. (2007).The discipline of Authentic Movement as mystical practice:
Evolving moment in Janet Adler‘s life and work. In P. Pallaro (Ed.), Authentic
Movement (pp. 244-259). Philadelphia, PA: Jessica Kingsley Publisher.
Svatmarama, S. (1972). The Hathayogapradipika of Svatmarama; with the commentary
Jyotsna of Brahmananda and English translation (S. Iyangar, Trans.). Adyar, India:
The Adyar Library and Research Centre.
Tart, C. (1969). Altered states of consciousness: A book of readings. New York: Wiley.
Tart, C. (Ed.). (1975). Transpersonal psychologies. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Tart, C. (1990). Adapting Eastern spiritual teaching to Western culture: A discussion with
Shinzen Young. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 22(2), 149–165.
Tiller, W. A., & Dibble, W. E. (1999). Device-mediated pH changes in water, the
Journal of Scientific Exploration, 13(2), 155–176.
Tiller, W. A. (2003). Conscious acts of creation: The emergence of a new physics. The
International Journal of Healing and Caring, 3(1), 1-25.
Tuck, I., McCain, N. L., & Elswick, R. K. J. (2001). Spirituality and psychosocial factors
in persons living with HIV. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 33, 776–783.
Tzu, L. (1979). Complete works of Lao Tzu: Tao Teh Ching and Hua Hu Ching. (C. N.
Hua, Trans. and Eluc.). Santa Monica, CA: Seven Star Communications
Valente, V., & Marotta A. (2005). The impact of yoga on the professional and personal
life of the psychotherapist. Journal of Contemporary Family Therapy, 27(1) 65-80.
Van Gulick, R. (Winter 2009 ed.). Consciousness. In E. N. Zalta (Ed.), The Stanford
Encyclopedia of Philosophy. Retrieved May 19, 2010, from URL =
<http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2009/entries/consciousness/>.
260
Varma V. P. (1990). The political philosophy of sri Aurobindo. Delhi. India: Motilal
Banarsidass.
Visser, F. (2003). Ken Wilber: Thought passion. New York: SUNY press.
Waldman, M. R. (July 2006). Understanding transpersonal psychology: An examination
of definitions, descriptions, and concepts. Alternative Journal of Nursing. 11(7), 1-
23. Retrieved online November 12, 2009, from URL =
http://www.altjn.com/ideas/understanding.pdf.
Walsh, R. N., & Vaughan, F. R. (1980). Beyond ego: Transpersonal dimensions in
psychology. Los Angeles, CA: J.P. Tarcher.
Walsh, R. N., & Vaughan F. R. (1996). Comparative models of the person and
psychotherapy. In S. Boorstein (Ed.), Transpersonal Psychotherapy (pp.15-30).
Albany, NY: SUNY Press.
Wayman, A. (1977). Yoga of the Guhyasamajatantra. Delhi, India: Motilal Banarsidass.
Wallace, V. A. (2001). The inner kālacakratantra: A Buddhist tantric view of the
individual. New York: Oxford University Press.
Wesa, K., Gubili, J., & Cassileth, B. (2008). Integrative Oncology: Complementary
therapies for cancer survivors. Hematology/Oncology Clinics of North America,
22(2), 343-353. Retrived online on June 15, 2009, from URL =
http://www.sciencedirect.com.ezproxy.lib.ucalgary.ca/science?
White, D. G. (Ed.). (2000). Tantra in practice. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Whitehouse, M. (1979). C. G. Jung and dance therapy: Two major principles. In P. Lewis
(Ed.), Theoretical approaches in Dance-Movement Therapy (Vol. 1). Dubuque, IA:
Kendall/Hunt.
261
Wilber, K. (1975). Psychologia perennis: The spectrum of consciousness.
Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 7(2), 105-132.
Wilber, K. (1993). The spectrum of consciousness (2nd ed.). Wheaton, IL: Theosophical
Publishing House.
Wilber, K. (1995). An informal overview of transpersonal studies. The Journal of
Transpersonal Psychology, 27(2), 107–129.
Wilber, K. (1996). The Atman project: A transpersonal view of human development.
Wheaton, IL: Theosophical Publishing House.
Wilber, K. (2000). Integral psychology: Consciousness, spirit, psychology, therapy.
Boston, MA: Shambhala Publications.
Wilber, K., Patten, T., Leonard, A., & Morelli, M. (2008). Integral Life Practice: A 21st-
century blueprint for physical health, emotional balance, mental clarity, and
spiritual awakening. Boston: Integral Books.
Williams, M. (2001). Problems of Knowledge: A Critical Introduction to Epistemology.
New York: Oxford University Press.
Woods, J. H. (1927). The yoga sutras of Patańjali by Patańjali. NY: Harvard University
Press.
Woodruff, S. D. ( Summer 2009 ed.) "Phenomenology". In E. N. Zalta (Ed.), The
Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy. Retrieved October 9, 2009, from URL =
<http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/sum2009/entries/phenomenology/>.
Woods, T. E., & Ironson, G.H. (1999). Religion and spirituality in the face of illness:
How cancer, cardiac and HIV patients describe their spirituality/religiosity. Journal
of Health Psychology, 4(3), 393–412.
262
Yogeswar (2004). Textbook of yoga. New Delhi, India: Penguin Books.
Zimmer, R. H. (1951). Philosophies of India (J. Campbell, Ed.). Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press.